File: | build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-15~++20220420111733+e13d2efed663/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 13738, column 21 Although the value stored to 'RHS' is used in the enclosing expression, the value is never actually read from 'RHS' |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | |
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" |
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" |
37 | #include <algorithm> |
38 | #include <cstdlib> |
39 | |
40 | using namespace clang; |
41 | using namespace sema; |
42 | |
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; |
44 | |
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { |
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); |
48 | }); |
49 | } |
50 | |
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. |
52 | static ExprResult CreateFunctionRefExpr( |
53 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, const Expr *Base, |
54 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), |
55 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()) { |
56 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) |
57 | return ExprError(); |
58 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template |
59 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is |
60 | // called on both. |
61 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying |
62 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl |
63 | // being used. |
64 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) |
65 | return ExprError(); |
66 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) |
67 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); |
68 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) |
69 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); |
70 | |
71 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); |
72 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
73 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { |
74 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); |
75 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); |
76 | } |
77 | } |
78 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), |
79 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); |
80 | } |
81 | |
82 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, |
83 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
84 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, |
85 | bool CStyle, |
86 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
87 | |
88 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, |
89 | QualType &ToType, |
90 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
91 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, |
92 | bool CStyle); |
93 | static OverloadingResult |
94 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
95 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, |
96 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, |
97 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
98 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); |
99 | |
100 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
101 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
102 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); |
104 | |
105 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
106 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, |
107 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); |
109 | |
110 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
111 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
112 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); |
114 | |
115 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank |
116 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. |
117 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { |
118 | static const ImplicitConversionRank |
119 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { |
120 | ICR_Exact_Match, |
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, |
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, |
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, |
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, |
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, |
126 | ICR_Promotion, |
127 | ICR_Promotion, |
128 | ICR_Promotion, |
129 | ICR_Conversion, |
130 | ICR_Conversion, |
131 | ICR_Conversion, |
132 | ICR_Conversion, |
133 | ICR_Conversion, |
134 | ICR_Conversion, |
135 | ICR_Conversion, |
136 | ICR_Conversion, |
137 | ICR_Conversion, |
138 | ICR_Conversion, |
139 | ICR_Conversion, |
140 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, |
141 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, |
142 | ICR_Conversion, |
143 | ICR_Conversion, |
144 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, |
145 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- |
146 | // it was omitted by the patch that added |
147 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion |
148 | ICR_C_Conversion, |
149 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension |
150 | }; |
151 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; |
152 | } |
153 | |
154 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of |
155 | /// implicit conversion. |
156 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { |
157 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { |
158 | "No conversion", |
159 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", |
160 | "Array-to-pointer", |
161 | "Function-to-pointer", |
162 | "Function pointer conversion", |
163 | "Qualification", |
164 | "Integral promotion", |
165 | "Floating point promotion", |
166 | "Complex promotion", |
167 | "Integral conversion", |
168 | "Floating conversion", |
169 | "Complex conversion", |
170 | "Floating-integral conversion", |
171 | "Pointer conversion", |
172 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", |
173 | "Boolean conversion", |
174 | "Compatible-types conversion", |
175 | "Derived-to-base conversion", |
176 | "Vector conversion", |
177 | "SVE Vector conversion", |
178 | "Vector splat", |
179 | "Complex-real conversion", |
180 | "Block Pointer conversion", |
181 | "Transparent Union Conversion", |
182 | "Writeback conversion", |
183 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", |
184 | "C specific type conversion", |
185 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" |
186 | }; |
187 | return Name[Kind]; |
188 | } |
189 | |
190 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion |
191 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. |
192 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { |
193 | First = ICK_Identity; |
194 | Second = ICK_Identity; |
195 | Third = ICK_Identity; |
196 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; |
197 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; |
198 | ReferenceBinding = false; |
199 | DirectBinding = false; |
200 | IsLvalueReference = true; |
201 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; |
202 | BindsToRvalue = false; |
203 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; |
204 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; |
205 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; |
206 | } |
207 | |
208 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence |
209 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the |
210 | /// implicit conversions. |
211 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { |
212 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; |
213 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) |
214 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); |
215 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) |
216 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); |
217 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) |
218 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); |
219 | return Rank; |
220 | } |
221 | |
222 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is |
223 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is |
224 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences |
225 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). |
226 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { |
227 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the |
228 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so |
229 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is |
230 | // a pointer. |
231 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && |
232 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || |
233 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || |
234 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
235 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || |
236 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) |
237 | return true; |
238 | |
239 | return false; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this |
243 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is |
244 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ |
245 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). |
246 | bool |
247 | StandardConversionSequence:: |
248 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { |
249 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); |
250 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); |
251 | |
252 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the |
253 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence |
254 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. |
255 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) |
256 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); |
257 | |
258 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) |
259 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
260 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); |
261 | |
262 | return false; |
263 | } |
264 | |
265 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion |
266 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. |
267 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, |
268 | const Expr *Converted) { |
269 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be |
270 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. |
271 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { |
272 | Expr *Inner = |
273 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); |
274 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), |
275 | EWC->getObjects()); |
276 | } |
277 | |
278 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { |
279 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { |
280 | case CK_NoOp: |
281 | case CK_IntegralCast: |
282 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: |
283 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: |
284 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: |
285 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: |
286 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: |
287 | case CK_FloatingCast: |
288 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
289 | continue; |
290 | |
291 | default: |
292 | return Converted; |
293 | } |
294 | } |
295 | |
296 | return Converted; |
297 | } |
298 | |
299 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing |
300 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. |
301 | /// |
302 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. |
303 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. |
304 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the |
305 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. |
306 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the |
307 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. |
308 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions |
309 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. |
310 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( |
311 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, |
312 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { |
313 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")(static_cast <bool> (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
314 | |
315 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: |
316 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... |
317 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); |
318 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); |
319 | |
320 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to |
321 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of |
322 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. |
323 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) |
324 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
325 | |
326 | switch (Second) { |
327 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. |
328 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: |
329 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) |
330 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; |
331 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) |
332 | goto IntegralConversion; |
333 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or |
334 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; |
335 | |
336 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or |
337 | // |
338 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point |
339 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual |
340 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce |
341 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or |
342 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: |
343 | FloatingIntegralConversion: |
344 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { |
345 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; |
346 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && |
347 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
348 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) |
349 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; |
350 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); |
351 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")(static_cast <bool> (Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
352 | |
353 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. |
354 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) |
355 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; |
356 | |
357 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = |
358 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { |
359 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. |
360 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); |
361 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), |
362 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); |
363 | // And back. |
364 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; |
365 | bool ignored; |
366 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, |
367 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); |
368 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. |
369 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { |
370 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); |
371 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); |
372 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; |
373 | } |
374 | } else { |
375 | // Variables are always narrowings. |
376 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; |
377 | } |
378 | } |
379 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; |
380 | |
381 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except |
382 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after |
383 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even |
384 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or |
385 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: |
386 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && |
387 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { |
388 | // FromType is larger than ToType. |
389 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); |
390 | |
391 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. |
392 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) |
393 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; |
394 | |
395 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { |
396 | // Constant! |
397 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())(static_cast <bool> (ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 397, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
398 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); |
399 | // Convert the source value into the target type. |
400 | bool ignored; |
401 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( |
402 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), |
403 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); |
404 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of |
405 | // values that can be represented. |
406 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { |
407 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); |
408 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; |
409 | } |
410 | } else { |
411 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; |
412 | } |
413 | } |
414 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; |
415 | |
416 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type |
417 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where |
418 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after |
419 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original |
420 | // value when converted back to the original type. |
421 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: |
422 | IntegralConversion: { |
423 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
424 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
425 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); |
426 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); |
427 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); |
428 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); |
429 | |
430 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || |
431 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || |
432 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { |
433 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. |
434 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); |
435 | |
436 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. |
437 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) |
438 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; |
439 | |
440 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; |
441 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { |
442 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. |
443 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; |
444 | } |
445 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; |
446 | bool Narrowing = false; |
447 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { |
448 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never |
449 | // narrowing. |
450 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) |
451 | Narrowing = true; |
452 | } else { |
453 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about |
454 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. |
455 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( |
456 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); |
457 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. |
458 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; |
459 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); |
460 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); |
461 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); |
462 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); |
463 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. |
464 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) |
465 | Narrowing = true; |
466 | } |
467 | if (Narrowing) { |
468 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); |
469 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); |
470 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; |
471 | } |
472 | } |
473 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; |
474 | } |
475 | |
476 | default: |
477 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. |
478 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; |
479 | } |
480 | } |
481 | |
482 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard |
483 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. |
484 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { |
485 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
486 | bool PrintedSomething = false; |
487 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { |
488 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); |
489 | PrintedSomething = true; |
490 | } |
491 | |
492 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { |
493 | if (PrintedSomething) { |
494 | OS << " -> "; |
495 | } |
496 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); |
497 | |
498 | if (CopyConstructor) { |
499 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; |
500 | } else if (DirectBinding) { |
501 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; |
502 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { |
503 | OS << " (reference binding)"; |
504 | } |
505 | PrintedSomething = true; |
506 | } |
507 | |
508 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { |
509 | if (PrintedSomething) { |
510 | OS << " -> "; |
511 | } |
512 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); |
513 | PrintedSomething = true; |
514 | } |
515 | |
516 | if (!PrintedSomething) { |
517 | OS << "No conversions required"; |
518 | } |
519 | } |
520 | |
521 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard |
522 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. |
523 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { |
524 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
525 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { |
526 | Before.dump(); |
527 | OS << " -> "; |
528 | } |
529 | if (ConversionFunction) |
530 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; |
531 | else |
532 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; |
533 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { |
534 | OS << " -> "; |
535 | After.dump(); |
536 | } |
537 | } |
538 | |
539 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard |
540 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. |
541 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { |
542 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
543 | if (hasInitializerListContainerType()) |
544 | OS << "Worst list element conversion: "; |
545 | switch (ConversionKind) { |
546 | case StandardConversion: |
547 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; |
548 | Standard.dump(); |
549 | break; |
550 | case UserDefinedConversion: |
551 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; |
552 | UserDefined.dump(); |
553 | break; |
554 | case EllipsisConversion: |
555 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; |
556 | break; |
557 | case AmbiguousConversion: |
558 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; |
559 | break; |
560 | case BadConversion: |
561 | OS << "Bad conversion"; |
562 | break; |
563 | } |
564 | |
565 | OS << "\n"; |
566 | } |
567 | |
568 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { |
569 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); |
570 | } |
571 | |
572 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { |
573 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | void |
577 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { |
578 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; |
579 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; |
580 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); |
581 | } |
582 | |
583 | namespace { |
584 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store |
585 | // template argument information. |
586 | struct DFIArguments { |
587 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; |
588 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; |
589 | }; |
590 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store |
591 | // template parameter and template argument information. |
592 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { |
593 | TemplateParameter Param; |
594 | }; |
595 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument |
596 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. |
597 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { |
598 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; |
599 | unsigned CallArgIndex; |
600 | }; |
601 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about |
602 | // unsatisfied constraints. |
603 | struct CNSInfo { |
604 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; |
605 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
606 | }; |
607 | } |
608 | |
609 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information |
610 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. |
611 | DeductionFailureInfo |
612 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
613 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
614 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { |
615 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; |
616 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); |
617 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; |
618 | switch (TDK) { |
619 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
620 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
621 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
623 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
624 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
625 | Result.Data = nullptr; |
626 | break; |
627 | |
628 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
629 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
630 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); |
631 | break; |
632 | |
633 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { |
635 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. |
636 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; |
637 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; |
638 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; |
639 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); |
640 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; |
641 | Result.Data = Saved; |
642 | break; |
643 | } |
644 | |
645 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { |
646 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. |
647 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; |
648 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; |
649 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; |
650 | Result.Data = Saved; |
651 | break; |
652 | } |
653 | |
654 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
655 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. |
656 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
657 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { |
658 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. |
659 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; |
660 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; |
661 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; |
662 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; |
663 | Result.Data = Saved; |
664 | break; |
665 | } |
666 | |
667 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
668 | Result.Data = Info.take(); |
669 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { |
670 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( |
671 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); |
672 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); |
673 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; |
674 | } |
675 | break; |
676 | |
677 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { |
678 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; |
679 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); |
680 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; |
681 | Result.Data = Saved; |
682 | break; |
683 | } |
684 | |
685 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
686 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
687 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 687); |
688 | } |
689 | |
690 | return Result; |
691 | } |
692 | |
693 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { |
694 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { |
695 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
696 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
697 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
698 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
699 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
701 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
702 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
703 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
704 | break; |
705 | |
706 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
707 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
708 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: |
709 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
711 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: |
712 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? |
713 | Data = nullptr; |
714 | break; |
715 | |
716 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
717 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? |
718 | Data = nullptr; |
719 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { |
720 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); |
721 | HasDiagnostic = false; |
722 | } |
723 | break; |
724 | |
725 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: |
726 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? |
727 | Data = nullptr; |
728 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { |
729 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); |
730 | HasDiagnostic = false; |
731 | } |
732 | break; |
733 | |
734 | // Unhandled |
735 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
736 | break; |
737 | } |
738 | } |
739 | |
740 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { |
741 | if (HasDiagnostic) |
742 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); |
743 | return nullptr; |
744 | } |
745 | |
746 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { |
747 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { |
748 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
749 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
750 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
751 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
752 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
753 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
754 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
756 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: |
757 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
758 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
759 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: |
760 | return TemplateParameter(); |
761 | |
762 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
763 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
764 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); |
765 | |
766 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
767 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
768 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: |
769 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; |
770 | |
771 | // Unhandled |
772 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
773 | break; |
774 | } |
775 | |
776 | return TemplateParameter(); |
777 | } |
778 | |
779 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { |
780 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { |
781 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
782 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
783 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
784 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
785 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
786 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
787 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
788 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
789 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
790 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: |
791 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: |
792 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
793 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
794 | return nullptr; |
795 | |
796 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
798 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; |
799 | |
800 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
801 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); |
802 | |
803 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: |
804 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; |
805 | |
806 | // Unhandled |
807 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
808 | break; |
809 | } |
810 | |
811 | return nullptr; |
812 | } |
813 | |
814 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { |
815 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { |
816 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
817 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
818 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
819 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
820 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
821 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
822 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
823 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
824 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
825 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
826 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: |
827 | return nullptr; |
828 | |
829 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
830 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
831 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: |
832 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
834 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: |
835 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; |
836 | |
837 | // Unhandled |
838 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
839 | break; |
840 | } |
841 | |
842 | return nullptr; |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { |
846 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { |
847 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
848 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
849 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
850 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
851 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
852 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
853 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
854 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
855 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
856 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
857 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
858 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: |
859 | return nullptr; |
860 | |
861 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
862 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: |
863 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
865 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: |
866 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; |
867 | |
868 | // Unhandled |
869 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
870 | break; |
871 | } |
872 | |
873 | return nullptr; |
874 | } |
875 | |
876 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { |
877 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { |
878 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
880 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; |
881 | |
882 | default: |
883 | return llvm::None; |
884 | } |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( |
888 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { |
889 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) |
890 | return false; |
891 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; |
892 | } |
893 | |
894 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( |
895 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
896 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) |
897 | return false; |
898 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better |
899 | // match than the non-reversed version. |
900 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || |
901 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), |
902 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || |
903 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); |
904 | } |
905 | |
906 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { |
907 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { |
908 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) |
909 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); |
910 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) |
911 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); |
912 | } |
913 | } |
914 | |
915 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { |
916 | destroyCandidates(); |
917 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); |
918 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; |
919 | Candidates.clear(); |
920 | Functions.clear(); |
921 | Kind = CSK; |
922 | } |
923 | |
924 | namespace { |
925 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { |
926 | struct Entry { |
927 | Expr **Addr; |
928 | Expr *Saved; |
929 | }; |
930 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; |
931 | |
932 | public: |
933 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { |
934 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))(static_cast <bool> (E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType ::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 934, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
935 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; |
936 | Entries.push_back(entry); |
937 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); |
938 | } |
939 | |
940 | void restore() { |
941 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator |
942 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) |
943 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; |
944 | } |
945 | }; |
946 | } |
947 | |
948 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like |
949 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. |
950 | /// |
951 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; |
952 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors |
953 | /// |
954 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. |
955 | static bool |
956 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, |
957 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { |
958 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
959 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload |
960 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. |
961 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; |
962 | |
963 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip |
964 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. |
965 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && |
966 | unbridgedCasts) { |
967 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); |
968 | return false; |
969 | } |
970 | |
971 | // Go ahead and check everything else. |
972 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
973 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
974 | return true; |
975 | |
976 | E = result.get(); |
977 | return false; |
978 | } |
979 | |
980 | // Nothing to do. |
981 | return false; |
982 | } |
983 | |
984 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for |
985 | /// placeholders. |
986 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, MultiExprArg Args, |
987 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { |
988 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) |
989 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) |
990 | return true; |
991 | |
992 | return false; |
993 | } |
994 | |
995 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the |
996 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if |
997 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as |
998 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't |
999 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or |
1000 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be |
1001 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying |
1002 | /// declaration. |
1003 | /// |
1004 | /// Example: Given the following input: |
1005 | /// |
1006 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 |
1007 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 |
1008 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 |
1009 | /// |
1010 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload |
1011 | /// will not be used. |
1012 | /// |
1013 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing |
1014 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have |
1015 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is |
1016 | /// unchanged. |
1017 | /// |
1018 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare |
1019 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then |
1020 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of |
1021 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and |
1022 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. |
1023 | /// |
1024 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class |
1025 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations |
1026 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's |
1027 | /// signature. |
1028 | Sema::OverloadKind |
1029 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, |
1030 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { |
1031 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); |
1032 | I != E; ++I) { |
1033 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; |
1034 | |
1035 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; |
1036 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { |
1037 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; |
1038 | |
1039 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same |
1040 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. |
1041 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; |
1042 | |
1043 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); |
1044 | } |
1045 | |
1046 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration |
1047 | // if one of them is hidden. |
1048 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) |
1049 | continue; |
1050 | |
1051 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, |
1052 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. |
1053 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that |
1054 | // function templates hide function templates with different |
1055 | // return types or template parameter lists. |
1056 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = |
1057 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && |
1058 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); |
1059 | |
1060 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { |
1061 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { |
1062 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { |
1063 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); |
1064 | continue; |
1065 | } |
1066 | |
1067 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && |
1068 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) |
1069 | continue; |
1070 | |
1071 | Match = *I; |
1072 | return Ovl_Match; |
1073 | } |
1074 | |
1075 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should |
1076 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. |
1077 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { |
1078 | Match = *I; |
1079 | return Ovl_NonFunction; |
1080 | } |
1081 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { |
1082 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing |
1083 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. |
1084 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)(static_cast <bool> (Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1084, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1085 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { |
1086 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. |
1087 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { |
1088 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will |
1089 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during |
1090 | // template instantiation. |
1091 | // |
1092 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class |
1093 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. |
1094 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { |
1095 | Match = *I; |
1096 | return Ovl_NonFunction; |
1097 | } |
1098 | } else { |
1099 | // (C++ 13p1): |
1100 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type |
1101 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. |
1102 | Match = *I; |
1103 | return Ovl_NonFunction; |
1104 | } |
1105 | } |
1106 | |
1107 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: |
1108 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: |
1109 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, |
1110 | // [...], otherwise |
1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching |
1112 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, |
1113 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, |
1114 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function |
1115 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend |
1116 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function |
1117 | // template, otherwise |
1118 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] |
1119 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the |
1120 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup |
1121 | // until instantiation. |
1122 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && |
1123 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && |
1124 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && |
1125 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
1126 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); |
1127 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); |
1128 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, |
1129 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { |
1130 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
1131 | return Ovl_Overload; |
1132 | } |
1133 | |
1134 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); |
1135 | return Ovl_Match; |
1136 | } |
1137 | |
1138 | return Ovl_Overload; |
1139 | } |
1140 | |
1141 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
1142 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, |
1143 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { |
1144 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. |
1145 | if (New->isMain()) |
1146 | return false; |
1147 | |
1148 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. |
1149 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) |
1150 | return false; |
1151 | |
1152 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); |
1153 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); |
1154 | |
1155 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: |
1156 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates |
1157 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. |
1158 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) |
1159 | return true; |
1160 | |
1161 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? |
1162 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
1163 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
1164 | |
1165 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to |
1166 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch |
1167 | // in the signature, they are overloads. |
1168 | |
1169 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no |
1170 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. |
1171 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || |
1172 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) |
1173 | return false; |
1174 | |
1175 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); |
1176 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); |
1177 | |
1178 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its |
1179 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence |
1180 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). |
1181 | if (OldQType != NewQType && |
1182 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || |
1183 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || |
1184 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) |
1185 | return true; |
1186 | |
1187 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: |
1188 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function |
1189 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names |
1190 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the |
1191 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the |
1192 | // signature. |
1193 | // |
1194 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function |
1195 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. |
1196 | // |
1197 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether |
1198 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. |
1199 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && |
1200 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), |
1201 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), |
1202 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || |
1203 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), |
1204 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) |
1205 | return true; |
1206 | |
1207 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the |
1208 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. |
1209 | // |
1210 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions |
1211 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ |
1212 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, |
1213 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions |
1214 | // can be overloaded. |
1215 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
1216 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
1217 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && |
1218 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
1219 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { |
1220 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && |
1221 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || |
1222 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { |
1223 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: |
1224 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same |
1225 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template |
1226 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and |
1227 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of |
1228 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). |
1229 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) |
1230 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); |
1231 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
1232 | } |
1233 | return true; |
1234 | } |
1235 | |
1236 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member |
1237 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static |
1238 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this |
1239 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. |
1240 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); |
1241 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); |
1242 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && |
1243 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
1244 | NewQuals.addConst(); |
1245 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. |
1246 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); |
1247 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); |
1248 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) |
1249 | return true; |
1250 | } |
1251 | |
1252 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we |
1253 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function |
1254 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with |
1255 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. |
1256 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != |
1257 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) |
1258 | return true; |
1259 | |
1260 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. |
1261 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> |
1262 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), |
1263 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), |
1264 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), |
1265 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); |
1266 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { |
1267 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) |
1268 | return true; |
1269 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; |
1270 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); |
1271 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); |
1272 | if (NewID != OldID) |
1273 | return true; |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { |
1277 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it |
1278 | // would be a giant change to clang.) |
1279 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { |
1280 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), |
1281 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); |
1282 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { |
1283 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(static_cast <bool> ((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1284 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(static_cast <bool> ((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1284, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1285 | |
1286 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA |
1287 | // target attributes. |
1288 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) |
1289 | return true; |
1290 | } |
1291 | } |
1292 | } |
1293 | |
1294 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { |
1295 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), |
1296 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); |
1297 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) |
1298 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. |
1299 | return true; |
1300 | |
1301 | if (NewRC) { |
1302 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; |
1303 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); |
1304 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); |
1305 | if (NewID != OldID) |
1306 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. |
1307 | return true; |
1308 | } |
1309 | } |
1310 | |
1311 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. |
1312 | return false; |
1313 | } |
1314 | |
1315 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. |
1316 | /// |
1317 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion |
1318 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. |
1319 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
1320 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
1321 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
1322 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
1323 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
1324 | bool CStyle, |
1325 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
1326 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { |
1327 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; |
1328 | |
1329 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { |
1330 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that |
1331 | // we can perform. |
1332 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); |
1333 | return ICS; |
1334 | } |
1335 | |
1336 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. |
1337 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), |
1338 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
1339 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, |
1340 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, |
1341 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { |
1342 | case OR_Success: |
1343 | case OR_Deleted: |
1344 | ICS.setUserDefined(); |
1345 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: |
1346 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class |
1347 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an |
1348 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is |
1349 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy |
1350 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is |
1351 | // called for those cases. |
1352 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor |
1353 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { |
1354 | QualType FromCanon |
1355 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); |
1356 | QualType ToCanon |
1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
1358 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && |
1359 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || |
1360 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { |
1361 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it |
1362 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. |
1363 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; |
1364 | ICS.setStandard(); |
1365 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
1366 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); |
1367 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
1368 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; |
1369 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; |
1370 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) |
1371 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; |
1372 | } |
1373 | } |
1374 | break; |
1375 | |
1376 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
1377 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); |
1378 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); |
1379 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); |
1380 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); |
1381 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) |
1382 | if (Cand->Best) |
1383 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); |
1384 | break; |
1385 | |
1386 | // Fall through. |
1387 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
1388 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); |
1389 | break; |
1390 | } |
1391 | |
1392 | return ICS; |
1393 | } |
1394 | |
1395 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion |
1396 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This |
1397 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used |
1398 | /// to perform the initialization. Given |
1399 | /// |
1400 | /// void f(float f); |
1401 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } |
1402 | /// |
1403 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to |
1404 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard |
1405 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ |
1406 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). |
1407 | // |
1408 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be |
1409 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, |
1410 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, |
1411 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind |
1412 | /// "BadConversion". |
1413 | /// |
1414 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are |
1415 | /// not permitted. |
1416 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are |
1417 | /// permitted. |
1418 | /// |
1419 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C |
1420 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to |
1421 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. |
1422 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
1423 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
1424 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
1425 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
1426 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
1427 | bool CStyle, |
1428 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
1429 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { |
1430 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; |
1431 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, |
1432 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ |
1433 | ICS.setStandard(); |
1434 | return ICS; |
1435 | } |
1436 | |
1437 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
1438 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); |
1439 | return ICS; |
1440 | } |
1441 | |
1442 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: |
1443 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class |
1444 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an |
1445 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is |
1446 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move |
1447 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is |
1448 | // called for those cases. |
1449 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
1450 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && |
1451 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || |
1452 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { |
1453 | ICS.setStandard(); |
1454 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
1455 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); |
1456 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
1457 | |
1458 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid |
1459 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it |
1460 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the |
1461 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. |
1462 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; |
1463 | |
1464 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. |
1465 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) |
1466 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; |
1467 | |
1468 | return ICS; |
1469 | } |
1470 | |
1471 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, |
1472 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, |
1473 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
1474 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); |
1475 | } |
1476 | |
1477 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
1478 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
1479 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
1480 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
1481 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
1482 | bool CStyle, |
1483 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { |
1484 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, |
1485 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, |
1486 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
1487 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); |
1488 | } |
1489 | |
1490 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the |
1491 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the |
1492 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're |
1493 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, |
1494 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. |
1495 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
1496 | AssignmentAction Action, |
1497 | bool AllowExplicit) { |
1498 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) |
1499 | return ExprError(); |
1500 | |
1501 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. |
1502 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion |
1503 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
1504 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); |
1505 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) |
1506 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, |
1507 | From->getType(), From); |
1508 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( |
1509 | *this, From, ToType, |
1510 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
1511 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, |
1512 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
1513 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
1514 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); |
1515 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); |
1516 | } |
1517 | |
1518 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid |
1519 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function |
1520 | /// type. |
1521 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
1522 | QualType &ResultTy) { |
1523 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) |
1524 | return false; |
1525 | |
1526 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) |
1527 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) |
1528 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: |
1529 | // - a pointer |
1530 | // - a member pointer |
1531 | // - a block pointer |
1532 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. |
1533 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); |
1534 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); |
1535 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); |
1536 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; |
1537 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { |
1538 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { |
1539 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
1540 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
1541 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { |
1542 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
1543 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
1544 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { |
1545 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
1546 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
1547 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. |
1548 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) |
1549 | return false; |
1550 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); |
1551 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); |
1552 | } else { |
1553 | return false; |
1554 | } |
1555 | |
1556 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); |
1557 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; |
1558 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) |
1559 | return false; |
1560 | } |
1561 | |
1562 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); |
1563 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); |
1564 | |
1565 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); |
1566 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); |
1567 | |
1568 | bool Changed = false; |
1569 | |
1570 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. |
1571 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { |
1572 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); |
1573 | Changed = true; |
1574 | } |
1575 | |
1576 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. |
1577 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { |
1578 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); |
1579 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { |
1580 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( |
1581 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), |
1582 | EST_None) |
1583 | .getTypePtr()); |
1584 | Changed = true; |
1585 | } |
1586 | |
1587 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid |
1588 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be |
1589 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. |
1590 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; |
1591 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; |
1592 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, |
1593 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && |
1594 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { |
1595 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
1596 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = |
1597 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); |
1598 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), |
1599 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); |
1600 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
1601 | Changed = true; |
1602 | } |
1603 | } |
1604 | |
1605 | if (!Changed) |
1606 | return false; |
1607 | |
1608 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())(static_cast <bool> (QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1608, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1609 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; |
1610 | |
1611 | ResultTy = ToType; |
1612 | return true; |
1613 | } |
1614 | |
1615 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid |
1616 | /// vector conversion. |
1617 | /// |
1618 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector |
1619 | /// conversion. |
1620 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, |
1621 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { |
1622 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector |
1623 | // conversion. |
1624 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) |
1625 | return false; |
1626 | |
1627 | // Identical types require no conversions. |
1628 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) |
1629 | return false; |
1630 | |
1631 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. |
1632 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { |
1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the |
1634 | // identity conversion. |
1635 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) |
1636 | return false; |
1637 | |
1638 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. |
1639 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { |
1640 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; |
1641 | return true; |
1642 | } |
1643 | } |
1644 | |
1645 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) |
1646 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || |
1647 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { |
1648 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; |
1649 | return true; |
1650 | } |
1651 | |
1652 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: |
1653 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types |
1654 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the |
1655 | // same size |
1656 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism |
1657 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution |
1658 | // only |
1659 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { |
1660 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || |
1661 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && |
1662 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { |
1663 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; |
1664 | return true; |
1665 | } |
1666 | } |
1667 | |
1668 | return false; |
1669 | } |
1670 | |
1671 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
1672 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
1673 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, |
1674 | bool CStyle); |
1675 | |
1676 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard |
1677 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the |
1678 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences |
1679 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class |
1680 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will |
1681 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this |
1682 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this |
1683 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. |
1684 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, |
1685 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
1686 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, |
1687 | bool CStyle, |
1688 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { |
1689 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
1690 | |
1691 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) |
1692 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
1693 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; |
1694 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); |
1695 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; |
1696 | |
1697 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so |
1698 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. |
1699 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
1700 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) |
1701 | return false; |
1702 | |
1703 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, |
1704 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion |
1705 | // (C++ 4p1). |
1706 | |
1707 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { |
1708 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; |
1709 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn |
1710 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, |
1711 | AccessPair)) { |
1712 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, |
1713 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. |
1714 | FromType = Fn->getType(); |
1715 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); |
1716 | |
1717 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check |
1718 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool |
1719 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
1720 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { |
1721 | QualType resultTy; |
1722 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok |
1723 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, |
1724 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) |
1725 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard |
1726 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) |
1727 | return false; |
1728 | } |
1729 | |
1730 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded |
1731 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the |
1732 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of |
1733 | // expression. |
1734 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); |
1735 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { |
1736 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1737, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1737 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")(static_cast <bool> (isa<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1737, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1738 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1740, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1739 | == UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1740, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1740 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1740, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1741 | const Type *ClassType |
1742 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); |
1743 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); |
1744 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { |
1745 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1746 | UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
1747 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1748 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); |
1749 | } |
1750 | } else { |
1751 | return false; |
1752 | } |
1753 | } |
1754 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): |
1755 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can |
1756 | // be converted to a prvalue. |
1757 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); |
1758 | if (argIsLValue && |
1759 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && |
1760 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { |
1761 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; |
1762 | |
1763 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: |
1764 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version |
1765 | // of the type of the lvalue ... |
1766 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
1767 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); |
1768 | |
1769 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the |
1770 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue |
1771 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we |
1772 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. |
1773 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1774 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { |
1775 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) |
1776 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; |
1777 | |
1778 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown |
1779 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to |
1780 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). |
1781 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); |
1782 | |
1783 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { |
1784 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) |
1785 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; |
1786 | |
1787 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution |
1788 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an |
1789 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification |
1790 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) |
1791 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; |
1792 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; |
1793 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; |
1794 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); |
1795 | return true; |
1796 | } |
1797 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { |
1798 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). |
1799 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; |
1800 | |
1801 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
1802 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) |
1803 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) |
1804 | return false; |
1805 | |
1806 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of |
1807 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the |
1808 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). |
1809 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); |
1810 | } else { |
1811 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. |
1812 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; |
1813 | } |
1814 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); |
1815 | |
1816 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating |
1817 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, |
1818 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, |
1819 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). |
1820 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" |
1821 | // conversion. |
1822 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; |
1823 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; |
1824 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { |
1825 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no |
1826 | // conversion to do. |
1827 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; |
1828 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { |
1829 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). |
1830 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; |
1831 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1832 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { |
1833 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). |
1834 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; |
1835 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1836 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { |
1837 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) |
1838 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; |
1839 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1840 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && |
1841 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || |
1842 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || |
1843 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || |
1844 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { |
1845 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). |
1846 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; |
1847 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; |
1848 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && |
1849 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { |
1850 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). |
1851 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; |
1852 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1853 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { |
1854 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) |
1855 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; |
1856 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1857 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || |
1858 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { |
1859 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) |
1860 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; |
1861 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1862 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
1863 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double, __ibm128 and __float128 |
1864 | // if their representation is different until there is back end support |
1865 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. |
1866 | |
1867 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. |
1868 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) |
1869 | return false; |
1870 | |
1871 | // Conversions between IEEE-quad and IBM-extended semantics are not |
1872 | // permitted. |
1873 | const llvm::fltSemantics &FromSem = |
1874 | S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType); |
1875 | const llvm::fltSemantics &ToSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType); |
1876 | if ((&FromSem == &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble() && |
1877 | &ToSem == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad()) || |
1878 | (&FromSem == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad() && |
1879 | &ToSem == &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) |
1880 | return false; |
1881 | |
1882 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). |
1883 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; |
1884 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1885 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && |
1886 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || |
1887 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && |
1888 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { |
1889 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. |
1890 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) |
1891 | return false; |
1892 | |
1893 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). |
1894 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; |
1895 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1896 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { |
1897 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; |
1898 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && |
1899 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { |
1900 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; |
1901 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, |
1902 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { |
1903 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). |
1904 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; |
1905 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; |
1906 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1907 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, |
1908 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { |
1909 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). |
1910 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; |
1911 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { |
1912 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; |
1913 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1914 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
1915 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { |
1916 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) |
1917 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; |
1918 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
1919 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, |
1920 | InOverloadResolution, |
1921 | SCS, CStyle)) { |
1922 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; |
1923 | FromType = ToType; |
1924 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, |
1925 | CStyle)) { |
1926 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence |
1927 | // appropriately. |
1928 | return true; |
1929 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && |
1930 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && |
1931 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { |
1932 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; |
1933 | FromType = ToType; |
1934 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && |
1935 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && |
1936 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { |
1937 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; |
1938 | FromType = ToType; |
1939 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && |
1940 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { |
1941 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; |
1942 | FromType = ToType; |
1943 | } else { |
1944 | // No second conversion required. |
1945 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; |
1946 | } |
1947 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); |
1948 | |
1949 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a |
1950 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). |
1951 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; |
1952 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { |
1953 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of |
1954 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). |
1955 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; |
1956 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, |
1957 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { |
1958 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; |
1959 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; |
1960 | FromType = ToType; |
1961 | } else { |
1962 | // No conversion required |
1963 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; |
1964 | } |
1965 | |
1966 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: |
1967 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is |
1968 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute |
1969 | // a conversion. [...] |
1970 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); |
1971 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); |
1972 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() |
1973 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && |
1974 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { |
1975 | FromType = ToType; |
1976 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; |
1977 | } |
1978 | |
1979 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); |
1980 | |
1981 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) |
1982 | return true; |
1983 | |
1984 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, |
1985 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. |
1986 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) |
1987 | return false; |
1988 | |
1989 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; |
1990 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = |
1991 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, |
1992 | /*Diagnose=*/false, |
1993 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, |
1994 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); |
1995 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; |
1996 | switch (Conv) { |
1997 | case Sema::Compatible: |
1998 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; |
1999 | break; |
2000 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an |
2001 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop |
2002 | // qualifiers, as well. |
2003 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: |
2004 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: |
2005 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: |
2006 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; |
2007 | break; |
2008 | default: |
2009 | return false; |
2010 | } |
2011 | |
2012 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the |
2013 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the |
2014 | // function. |
2015 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; |
2016 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); |
2017 | |
2018 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other |
2019 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just |
2020 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything |
2021 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. |
2022 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; |
2023 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); |
2024 | return true; |
2025 | } |
2026 | |
2027 | static bool |
2028 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, |
2029 | QualType &ToType, |
2030 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2031 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, |
2032 | bool CStyle) { |
2033 | |
2034 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); |
2035 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) |
2036 | return false; |
2037 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. |
2038 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); |
2039 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. |
2040 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { |
2041 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, |
2042 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { |
2043 | ToType = it->getType(); |
2044 | return true; |
2045 | } |
2046 | } |
2047 | return false; |
2048 | } |
2049 | |
2050 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the |
2051 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to |
2052 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and |
2053 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. |
2054 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { |
2055 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
2056 | // All integers are built-in. |
2057 | if (!To) { |
2058 | return false; |
2059 | } |
2060 | |
2061 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or |
2062 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if |
2063 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, |
2064 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned |
2065 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). |
2066 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && |
2067 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { |
2068 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int |
2069 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || |
2070 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is |
2071 | // less than int to an int. |
2072 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { |
2073 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; |
2074 | } |
2075 | |
2076 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; |
2077 | } |
2078 | |
2079 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: |
2080 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not |
2081 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the |
2082 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration |
2083 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, |
2084 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned |
2085 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the |
2086 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration |
2087 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type |
2088 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long |
2089 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If |
2090 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. |
2091 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: |
2092 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed |
2093 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if |
2094 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an |
2095 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be |
2096 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. |
2097 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { |
2098 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not |
2099 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. |
2100 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) |
2101 | return false; |
2102 | |
2103 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, |
2104 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting |
2105 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider |
2106 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. |
2107 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { |
2108 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
2109 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || |
2110 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); |
2111 | } |
2112 | |
2113 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. |
2114 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && |
2115 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) |
2116 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( |
2117 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); |
2118 | |
2119 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: |
2120 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other |
2121 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. |
2122 | // |
2123 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. |
2124 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
2125 | return false; |
2126 | } |
2127 | |
2128 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: |
2129 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted |
2130 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can |
2131 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, |
2132 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. |
2133 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its |
2134 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, |
2135 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying |
2136 | // type. |
2137 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && |
2138 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { |
2139 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or |
2140 | // unsigned. |
2141 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); |
2142 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); |
2143 | |
2144 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate |
2145 | // order. Try each of these types. |
2146 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { |
2147 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, |
2148 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , |
2149 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy |
2150 | }; |
2151 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { |
2152 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); |
2153 | if (FromSize < ToSize || |
2154 | (FromSize == ToSize && |
2155 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { |
2156 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the |
2157 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no |
2158 | // promotion. |
2159 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); |
2160 | } |
2161 | } |
2162 | } |
2163 | |
2164 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an |
2165 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the |
2166 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if |
2167 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If |
2168 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to |
2169 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any |
2170 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). |
2171 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the |
2172 | // conversion. |
2173 | // |
2174 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be |
2175 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum |
2176 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC |
2177 | // compatibility. |
2178 | if (From) { |
2179 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { |
2180 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; |
2181 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && |
2182 | (BitWidth = |
2183 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { |
2184 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); |
2185 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); |
2186 | |
2187 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? |
2188 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || |
2189 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { |
2190 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; |
2191 | } |
2192 | |
2193 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield |
2194 | // that fits into an unsigned int? |
2195 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { |
2196 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; |
2197 | } |
2198 | |
2199 | return false; |
2200 | } |
2201 | } |
2202 | } |
2203 | |
2204 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, |
2205 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). |
2206 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { |
2207 | return true; |
2208 | } |
2209 | |
2210 | return false; |
2211 | } |
2212 | |
2213 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from |
2214 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, |
2215 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. |
2216 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { |
2217 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
2218 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
2219 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type |
2220 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). |
2221 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && |
2222 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) |
2223 | return true; |
2224 | |
2225 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: |
2226 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a |
2227 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. |
2228 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
2229 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || |
2230 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && |
2231 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || |
2232 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128 || |
2233 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Ibm128)) |
2234 | return true; |
2235 | |
2236 | // Half can be promoted to float. |
2237 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && |
2238 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && |
2239 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) |
2240 | return true; |
2241 | } |
2242 | |
2243 | return false; |
2244 | } |
2245 | |
2246 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. |
2247 | /// |
2248 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion |
2249 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a |
2250 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. |
2251 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { |
2252 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); |
2253 | if (!FromComplex) |
2254 | return false; |
2255 | |
2256 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); |
2257 | if (!ToComplex) |
2258 | return false; |
2259 | |
2260 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), |
2261 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || |
2262 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), |
2263 | ToComplex->getElementType()); |
2264 | } |
2265 | |
2266 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from |
2267 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the |
2268 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, |
2269 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have |
2270 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. |
2271 | /// |
2272 | static QualType |
2273 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, |
2274 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, |
2275 | ASTContext &Context, |
2276 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { |
2277 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2279, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
2278 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2279, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
2279 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2279, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
2280 | |
2281 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. |
2282 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
2283 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
2284 | |
2285 | QualType CanonFromPointee |
2286 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); |
2287 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); |
2288 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); |
2289 | |
2290 | if (StripObjCLifetime) |
2291 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); |
2292 | |
2293 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. |
2294 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { |
2295 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. |
2296 | if (!ToType.isNull()) |
2297 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
2298 | |
2299 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers |
2300 | // already. |
2301 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) |
2302 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); |
2303 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); |
2304 | } |
2305 | |
2306 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. |
2307 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee |
2308 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); |
2309 | |
2310 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) |
2311 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); |
2312 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); |
2313 | } |
2314 | |
2315 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, |
2316 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2317 | ASTContext &Context) { |
2318 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. |
2319 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 |
2320 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && |
2321 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) |
2322 | return !InOverloadResolution; |
2323 | |
2324 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
2325 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull |
2326 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
2327 | } |
2328 | |
2329 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the |
2330 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, |
2331 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ |
2332 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that |
2333 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into |
2334 | /// ConvertedType. |
2335 | /// |
2336 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers |
2337 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and |
2338 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the |
2339 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to |
2340 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, |
2341 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer |
2342 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be |
2343 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that |
2344 | /// should result in a warning. |
2345 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2346 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2347 | QualType& ConvertedType, |
2348 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { |
2349 | IncompatibleObjC = false; |
2350 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, |
2351 | IncompatibleObjC)) |
2352 | return true; |
2353 | |
2354 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. |
2355 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
2356 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { |
2357 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
2358 | return true; |
2359 | } |
2360 | |
2361 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. |
2362 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && |
2363 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
2364 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
2365 | return true; |
2366 | } |
2367 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block |
2368 | // pointer type. |
2369 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && |
2370 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { |
2371 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
2372 | return true; |
2373 | } |
2374 | |
2375 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null |
2376 | // pointer constant. |
2377 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && |
2378 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { |
2379 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
2380 | return true; |
2381 | } |
2382 | |
2383 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
2384 | if (!ToTypePtr) |
2385 | return false; |
2386 | |
2387 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). |
2388 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { |
2389 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
2390 | return true; |
2391 | } |
2392 | |
2393 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers |
2394 | // , including objective-c pointers. |
2395 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
2396 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && |
2397 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
2398 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( |
2399 | FromType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), ToPointeeType, ToType, |
2400 | Context); |
2401 | return true; |
2402 | } |
2403 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
2404 | if (!FromTypePtr) |
2405 | return false; |
2406 | |
2407 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
2408 | |
2409 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a |
2410 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. |
2411 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) |
2412 | return false; |
2413 | |
2414 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, |
2415 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ |
2416 | // 4.10p2). |
2417 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && |
2418 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { |
2419 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, |
2420 | ToPointeeType, |
2421 | ToType, Context, |
2422 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); |
2423 | return true; |
2424 | } |
2425 | |
2426 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. |
2427 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && |
2428 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { |
2429 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, |
2430 | ToPointeeType, |
2431 | ToType, Context); |
2432 | return true; |
2433 | } |
2434 | |
2435 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer |
2436 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. |
2437 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
2438 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { |
2439 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, |
2440 | ToPointeeType, |
2441 | ToType, Context); |
2442 | return true; |
2443 | } |
2444 | |
2445 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: |
2446 | // |
2447 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, |
2448 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where |
2449 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible |
2450 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that |
2451 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the |
2452 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the |
2453 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to |
2454 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. |
2455 | // |
2456 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility |
2457 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. |
2458 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && |
2459 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && |
2460 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && |
2461 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { |
2462 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, |
2463 | ToPointeeType, |
2464 | ToType, Context); |
2465 | return true; |
2466 | } |
2467 | |
2468 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && |
2469 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { |
2470 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, |
2471 | ToPointeeType, |
2472 | ToType, Context); |
2473 | return true; |
2474 | } |
2475 | |
2476 | return false; |
2477 | } |
2478 | |
2479 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. |
2480 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ |
2481 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); |
2482 | |
2483 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. |
2484 | if (TQs == Qs) |
2485 | return T; |
2486 | |
2487 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) |
2488 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); |
2489 | |
2490 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); |
2491 | } |
2492 | |
2493 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an |
2494 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, |
2495 | /// with the same arguments and return values. |
2496 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2497 | QualType& ConvertedType, |
2498 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { |
2499 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) |
2500 | return false; |
2501 | |
2502 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. |
2503 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); |
2504 | |
2505 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. |
2506 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = |
2507 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
2508 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = |
2509 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
2510 | |
2511 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { |
2512 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), |
2513 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. |
2514 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), |
2515 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) |
2516 | return false; |
2517 | |
2518 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. |
2519 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { |
2520 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); |
2521 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); |
2522 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && |
2523 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( |
2524 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) |
2525 | return false; |
2526 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, |
2527 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), |
2528 | ToType, Context); |
2529 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); |
2530 | return true; |
2531 | } |
2532 | |
2533 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { |
2534 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C |
2535 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to |
2536 | // complain about it. |
2537 | IncompatibleObjC = true; |
2538 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, |
2539 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), |
2540 | ToType, Context); |
2541 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); |
2542 | return true; |
2543 | } |
2544 | } |
2545 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. |
2546 | QualType ToPointeeType; |
2547 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
2548 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); |
2549 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = |
2550 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
2551 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object |
2552 | // to a block pointer type. |
2553 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
2554 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); |
2555 | return true; |
2556 | } |
2557 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); |
2558 | } |
2559 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && |
2560 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
2561 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a |
2562 | // pointer to any object. |
2563 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); |
2564 | return true; |
2565 | } |
2566 | else |
2567 | return false; |
2568 | |
2569 | QualType FromPointeeType; |
2570 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
2571 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); |
2572 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = |
2573 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) |
2574 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); |
2575 | else |
2576 | return false; |
2577 | |
2578 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this |
2579 | // is an Objective-C conversion. |
2580 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && |
2581 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, |
2582 | IncompatibleObjC)) { |
2583 | // We always complain about this conversion. |
2584 | IncompatibleObjC = true; |
2585 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); |
2586 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); |
2587 | return true; |
2588 | } |
2589 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; |
2590 | // as in I* to id. |
2591 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && |
2592 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && |
2593 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, |
2594 | IncompatibleObjC)) { |
2595 | |
2596 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); |
2597 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); |
2598 | return true; |
2599 | } |
2600 | |
2601 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only |
2602 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C |
2603 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but |
2604 | // complain about it). |
2605 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType |
2606 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
2607 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType |
2608 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
2609 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { |
2610 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an |
2611 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. |
2612 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) |
2613 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) |
2614 | return false; |
2615 | |
2616 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these |
2617 | // function types are obviously different. |
2618 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || |
2619 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || |
2620 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) |
2621 | return false; |
2622 | |
2623 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; |
2624 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == |
2625 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { |
2626 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. |
2627 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), |
2628 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), |
2629 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { |
2630 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. |
2631 | HasObjCConversion = true; |
2632 | } else { |
2633 | // Function types are too different. Abort. |
2634 | return false; |
2635 | } |
2636 | |
2637 | // Check argument types. |
2638 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); |
2639 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { |
2640 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
2641 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
2642 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) |
2643 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { |
2644 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. |
2645 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, |
2646 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { |
2647 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. |
2648 | HasObjCConversion = true; |
2649 | } else { |
2650 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. |
2651 | return false; |
2652 | } |
2653 | } |
2654 | |
2655 | if (HasObjCConversion) { |
2656 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer |
2657 | // conversion, but complain about it. |
2658 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); |
2659 | IncompatibleObjC = true; |
2660 | return true; |
2661 | } |
2662 | } |
2663 | |
2664 | return false; |
2665 | } |
2666 | |
2667 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, |
2668 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. |
2669 | /// |
2670 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. |
2671 | /// |
2672 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. |
2673 | /// |
2674 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying |
2675 | /// this conversion. |
2676 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2677 | QualType &ConvertedType) { |
2678 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || |
2679 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) |
2680 | return false; |
2681 | |
2682 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). |
2683 | QualType ToPointee; |
2684 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
2685 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); |
2686 | else |
2687 | return false; |
2688 | |
2689 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); |
2690 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || |
2691 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || |
2692 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) |
2693 | return false; |
2694 | |
2695 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. |
2696 | QualType FromPointee; |
2697 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
2698 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); |
2699 | else |
2700 | return false; |
2701 | |
2702 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); |
2703 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || |
2704 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && |
2705 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) |
2706 | return false; |
2707 | |
2708 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. |
2709 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); |
2710 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) |
2711 | return false; |
2712 | |
2713 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they |
2714 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back |
2715 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. |
2716 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); |
2717 | |
2718 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. |
2719 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); |
2720 | bool IncompatibleObjC; |
2721 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) |
2722 | FromPointee = ToPointee; |
2723 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, |
2724 | IncompatibleObjC)) |
2725 | return false; |
2726 | |
2727 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to |
2728 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. |
2729 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); |
2730 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); |
2731 | return true; |
2732 | } |
2733 | |
2734 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2735 | QualType& ConvertedType) { |
2736 | QualType ToPointeeType; |
2737 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = |
2738 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) |
2739 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); |
2740 | else |
2741 | return false; |
2742 | |
2743 | QualType FromPointeeType; |
2744 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = |
2745 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) |
2746 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); |
2747 | else |
2748 | return false; |
2749 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only |
2750 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C |
2751 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. |
2752 | |
2753 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType |
2754 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
2755 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType |
2756 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
2757 | |
2758 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) |
2759 | return false; |
2760 | |
2761 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) |
2762 | return true; |
2763 | |
2764 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these |
2765 | // function types are obviously different. |
2766 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || |
2767 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) |
2768 | return false; |
2769 | |
2770 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); |
2771 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); |
2772 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) |
2773 | return false; |
2774 | |
2775 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; |
2776 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), |
2777 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { |
2778 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. |
2779 | } else { |
2780 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); |
2781 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); |
2782 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && |
2783 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) |
2784 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); |
2785 | |
2786 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { |
2787 | // OK exact match. |
2788 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, |
2789 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { |
2790 | if (IncompatibleObjC) |
2791 | return false; |
2792 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. |
2793 | } |
2794 | else |
2795 | return false; |
2796 | } |
2797 | |
2798 | // Check argument types. |
2799 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); |
2800 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { |
2801 | IncompatibleObjC = false; |
2802 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
2803 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
2804 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { |
2805 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. |
2806 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, |
2807 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { |
2808 | if (IncompatibleObjC) |
2809 | return false; |
2810 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. |
2811 | } else |
2812 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. |
2813 | return false; |
2814 | } |
2815 | |
2816 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; |
2817 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; |
2818 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, |
2819 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, |
2820 | NewParamInfos)) |
2821 | return false; |
2822 | |
2823 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
2824 | return true; |
2825 | } |
2826 | |
2827 | enum { |
2828 | ft_default, |
2829 | ft_different_class, |
2830 | ft_parameter_arity, |
2831 | ft_parameter_mismatch, |
2832 | ft_return_type, |
2833 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, |
2834 | ft_noexcept |
2835 | }; |
2836 | |
2837 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles |
2838 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. |
2839 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { |
2840 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
2841 | return FPT; |
2842 | |
2843 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
2844 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
2845 | |
2846 | return nullptr; |
2847 | } |
2848 | |
2849 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing |
2850 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in |
2851 | /// parameter types, and different return types. |
2852 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
2853 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { |
2854 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. |
2855 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { |
2856 | PDiag << ft_default; |
2857 | return; |
2858 | } |
2859 | |
2860 | // Get the function type from the pointers. |
2861 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { |
2862 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), |
2863 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
2864 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { |
2865 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) |
2866 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); |
2867 | return; |
2868 | } |
2869 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); |
2870 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); |
2871 | } |
2872 | |
2873 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) |
2874 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); |
2875 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) |
2876 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); |
2877 | |
2878 | // Remove references. |
2879 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); |
2880 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); |
2881 | |
2882 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. |
2883 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && |
2884 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
2885 | PDiag << ft_default; |
2886 | return; |
2887 | } |
2888 | |
2889 | // No extra info for same types. |
2890 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { |
2891 | PDiag << ft_default; |
2892 | return; |
2893 | } |
2894 | |
2895 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), |
2896 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); |
2897 | |
2898 | // Both types need to be function types. |
2899 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { |
2900 | PDiag << ft_default; |
2901 | return; |
2902 | } |
2903 | |
2904 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { |
2905 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() |
2906 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); |
2907 | return; |
2908 | } |
2909 | |
2910 | // Handle different parameter types. |
2911 | unsigned ArgPos; |
2912 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { |
2913 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 |
2914 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) |
2915 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); |
2916 | return; |
2917 | } |
2918 | |
2919 | // Handle different return type. |
2920 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), |
2921 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { |
2922 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() |
2923 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); |
2924 | return; |
2925 | } |
2926 | |
2927 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { |
2928 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() |
2929 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); |
2930 | return; |
2931 | } |
2932 | |
2933 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 |
2934 | // onwards). |
2935 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) |
2936 | ->isNothrow() != |
2937 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) |
2938 | ->isNothrow()) { |
2939 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; |
2940 | return; |
2941 | } |
2942 | |
2943 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. |
2944 | PDiag << ft_default; |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types |
2948 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that |
2949 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, |
2950 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. |
2951 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
2952 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
2953 | unsigned *ArgPos) { |
2954 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), |
2955 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), |
2956 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); |
2957 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { |
2958 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading |
2959 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. |
2960 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); |
2961 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); |
2962 | |
2963 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { |
2964 | if (ArgPos) |
2965 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); |
2966 | return false; |
2967 | } |
2968 | } |
2969 | return true; |
2970 | } |
2971 | |
2972 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the |
2973 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for |
2974 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer |
2975 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned |
2976 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an |
2977 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. |
2978 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2979 | CastKind &Kind, |
2980 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
2981 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
2982 | bool Diagnose) { |
2983 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
2984 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; |
2985 | |
2986 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
2987 | |
2988 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && |
2989 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == |
2990 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { |
2991 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) |
2992 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, |
2993 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) |
2994 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); |
2995 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) |
2996 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) |
2997 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); |
2998 | } |
2999 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
3000 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
3001 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), |
3002 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); |
3003 | |
3004 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && |
3005 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { |
3006 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an |
3007 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. |
3008 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; |
3009 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; |
3010 | if (Diagnose) { |
3011 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; |
3012 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; |
3013 | } |
3014 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( |
3015 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, |
3016 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), |
3017 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) |
3018 | return true; |
3019 | |
3020 | // The conversion was successful. |
3021 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; |
3022 | } |
3023 | |
3024 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && |
3025 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { |
3026 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3027, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
3027 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3027, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3028 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) |
3029 | << From->getSourceRange(); |
3030 | } |
3031 | } |
3032 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = |
3033 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
3034 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = |
3035 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
3036 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. |
3037 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the |
3038 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. |
3039 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) |
3040 | return false; |
3041 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
3042 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
3043 | } else { |
3044 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
3045 | } |
3046 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
3047 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) |
3048 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; |
3049 | } |
3050 | |
3051 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other |
3052 | // reasons. |
3053 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) |
3054 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; |
3055 | |
3056 | return false; |
3057 | } |
3058 | |
3059 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the |
3060 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be |
3061 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). |
3062 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from |
3063 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. |
3064 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, |
3065 | QualType ToType, |
3066 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3067 | QualType &ConvertedType) { |
3068 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
3069 | if (!ToTypePtr) |
3070 | return false; |
3071 | |
3072 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) |
3073 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
3074 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull |
3075 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
3076 | ConvertedType = ToType; |
3077 | return true; |
3078 | } |
3079 | |
3080 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. |
3081 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
3082 | if (!FromTypePtr) |
3083 | return false; |
3084 | |
3085 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, |
3086 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). |
3087 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); |
3088 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); |
3089 | |
3090 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && |
3091 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { |
3092 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), |
3093 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); |
3094 | return true; |
3095 | } |
3096 | |
3097 | return false; |
3098 | } |
3099 | |
3100 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the |
3101 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or |
3102 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions |
3103 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns |
3104 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false |
3105 | /// otherwise. |
3106 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3107 | CastKind &Kind, |
3108 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
3109 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { |
3110 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
3111 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
3112 | if (!FromPtrType) { |
3113 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion |
3114 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3116, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
3115 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3116, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
3116 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3116, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3117 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; |
3118 | return false; |
3119 | } |
3120 | |
3121 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
3122 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "(static_cast <bool> (ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3123, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
3123 | "that is not a member pointer.")(static_cast <bool> (ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3123, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3124 | |
3125 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); |
3126 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); |
3127 | |
3128 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? |
3129 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")(static_cast <bool> (FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3129, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3130 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")(static_cast <bool> (ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3130, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3131 | |
3132 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, |
3133 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); |
3134 | bool DerivationOkay = |
3135 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); |
3136 | assert(DerivationOkay &&(static_cast <bool> (DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3137, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
3137 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")(static_cast <bool> (DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3137, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3138 | (void)DerivationOkay; |
3139 | |
3140 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). |
3141 | getUnqualifiedType())) { |
3142 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); |
3143 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) |
3144 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); |
3145 | return true; |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { |
3149 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) |
3150 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) |
3151 | << From->getSourceRange(); |
3152 | return true; |
3153 | } |
3154 | |
3155 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) |
3156 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, |
3157 | Paths.front(), |
3158 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); |
3159 | |
3160 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. |
3161 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); |
3162 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; |
3163 | return false; |
3164 | } |
3165 | |
3166 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given |
3167 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. |
3168 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, |
3169 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { |
3170 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. |
3171 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && |
3172 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) |
3173 | return false; |
3174 | |
3175 | return true; |
3176 | } |
3177 | |
3178 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification |
3179 | /// conversion is valid. |
3180 | /// |
3181 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p |
3182 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every |
3183 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. |
3184 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3185 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, |
3186 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, |
3187 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { |
3188 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); |
3189 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); |
3190 | |
3191 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier. |
3192 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
3193 | |
3194 | // Objective-C ARC: |
3195 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. |
3196 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { |
3197 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { |
3198 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) |
3199 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; |
3200 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); |
3201 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); |
3202 | } else { |
3203 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different |
3204 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. |
3205 | return false; |
3206 | } |
3207 | } |
3208 | |
3209 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. |
3210 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && |
3211 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { |
3212 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
3213 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
3214 | } |
3215 | |
3216 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv |
3217 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. |
3218 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) |
3219 | return false; |
3220 | |
3221 | // If address spaces mismatch: |
3222 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a |
3223 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow |
3224 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. |
3225 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. |
3226 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && |
3227 | (!IsTopLevel || |
3228 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || |
3229 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) |
3230 | return false; |
3231 | |
3232 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in |
3233 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. |
3234 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && |
3235 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) |
3236 | return false; |
3237 | |
3238 | // The following wording is from C++20, where the result of the conversion |
3239 | // is T3, not T2. |
3240 | // -- if [...] P1,i [...] is "array of unknown bound of", P3,i is |
3241 | // "array of unknown bound of" |
3242 | if (FromType->isIncompleteArrayType() && !ToType->isIncompleteArrayType()) |
3243 | return false; |
3244 | |
3245 | // -- if the resulting P3,i is different from P1,i [...], then const is |
3246 | // added to every cv 3_k for 0 < k < i. |
3247 | if (!CStyle && FromType->isConstantArrayType() && |
3248 | ToType->isIncompleteArrayType() && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) |
3249 | return false; |
3250 | |
3251 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type |
3252 | // include const. |
3253 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = |
3254 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); |
3255 | return true; |
3256 | } |
3257 | |
3258 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from |
3259 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion |
3260 | /// (C++ 4.4). |
3261 | /// |
3262 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate |
3263 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C |
3264 | /// object lifetime. |
3265 | bool |
3266 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
3267 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { |
3268 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); |
3269 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); |
3270 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; |
3271 | |
3272 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a |
3273 | // qualification conversion. |
3274 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) |
3275 | return false; |
3276 | |
3277 | // (C++ 4.4p4): |
3278 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first |
3279 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] |
3280 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; |
3281 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; |
3282 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { |
3283 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( |
3284 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, |
3285 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) |
3286 | return false; |
3287 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; |
3288 | } |
3289 | |
3290 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types |
3291 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number |
3292 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and |
3293 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked |
3294 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. |
3295 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); |
3296 | } |
3297 | |
3298 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an |
3299 | /// atomic type. |
3300 | /// |
3301 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion |
3302 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. |
3303 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3304 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
3305 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, |
3306 | bool CStyle) { |
3307 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); |
3308 | if (!ToAtomic) |
3309 | return false; |
3310 | |
3311 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; |
3312 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), |
3313 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, |
3314 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) |
3315 | return false; |
3316 | |
3317 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; |
3318 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); |
3319 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; |
3320 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime |
3321 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; |
3322 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); |
3323 | return true; |
3324 | } |
3325 | |
3326 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, |
3327 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
3328 | QualType Type) { |
3329 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
3330 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { |
3331 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); |
3332 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) |
3333 | return true; |
3334 | } |
3335 | return false; |
3336 | } |
3337 | |
3338 | static OverloadingResult |
3339 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3340 | CXXRecordDecl *To, |
3341 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, |
3342 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3343 | bool AllowExplicit) { |
3344 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); |
3345 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { |
3346 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); |
3347 | if (!Info) |
3348 | continue; |
3349 | |
3350 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && |
3351 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); |
3352 | if (Usable) { |
3353 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; |
3354 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) |
3355 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, |
3356 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, |
3357 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
3358 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, |
3359 | AllowExplicit); |
3360 | else |
3361 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, |
3362 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
3363 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); |
3364 | } |
3365 | } |
3366 | |
3367 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
3368 | |
3369 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
3370 | switch (auto Result = |
3371 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { |
3372 | case OR_Deleted: |
3373 | case OR_Success: { |
3374 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. |
3375 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); |
3376 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); |
3377 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. |
3378 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
3379 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; |
3380 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; |
3381 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; |
3382 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
3383 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); |
3384 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
3385 | return Result; |
3386 | } |
3387 | |
3388 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
3389 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; |
3390 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
3391 | return OR_Ambiguous; |
3392 | } |
3393 | |
3394 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3394); |
3395 | } |
3396 | |
3397 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence |
3398 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type |
3399 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the |
3400 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion |
3401 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns |
3402 | /// false and User is unspecified. |
3403 | /// |
3404 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x |
3405 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion |
3406 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). |
3407 | /// |
3408 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should |
3409 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit |
3410 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. |
3411 | static OverloadingResult |
3412 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3413 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, |
3414 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3415 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
3416 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { |
3417 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||(static_cast <bool> (AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit:: None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3418, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
3418 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)(static_cast <bool> (AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit:: None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3418, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
3419 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); |
3420 | |
3421 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. |
3422 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; |
3423 | |
3424 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its |
3425 | // constructors. |
3426 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
3427 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: |
3428 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or |
3429 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a |
3430 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the |
3431 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate |
3432 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of |
3433 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within |
3434 | // the parentheses of the initializer. |
3435 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || |
3436 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && |
3437 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) |
3438 | ConstructorsOnly = true; |
3439 | |
3440 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { |
3441 | // We're not going to find any constructors. |
3442 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl |
3443 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { |
3444 | |
3445 | Expr **Args = &From; |
3446 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; |
3447 | bool ListInitializing = false; |
3448 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { |
3449 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. |
3450 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( |
3451 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, |
3452 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); |
3453 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) |
3454 | return Result; |
3455 | // Never mind. |
3456 | CandidateSet.clear( |
3457 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); |
3458 | |
3459 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as |
3460 | // arguments, not the entire list. |
3461 | Args = InitList->getInits(); |
3462 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); |
3463 | ListInitializing = true; |
3464 | } |
3465 | |
3466 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { |
3467 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); |
3468 | if (!Info) |
3469 | continue; |
3470 | |
3471 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); |
3472 | if (!ListInitializing) |
3473 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( |
3474 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); |
3475 | if (Usable) { |
3476 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; |
3477 | // C++20 [over.best.ics.general]/4.5: |
3478 | // if the target is the first parameter of a constructor [of class |
3479 | // X] and the constructor [...] is a candidate by [...] the second |
3480 | // phase of [over.match.list] when the initializer list has exactly |
3481 | // one element that is itself an initializer list, [...] and the |
3482 | // conversion is to X or reference to cv X, user-defined conversion |
3483 | // sequences are not cnosidered. |
3484 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { |
3485 | SuppressUserConversions = |
3486 | NumArgs == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Args[0]) && |
3487 | isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(S.Context, Info.Constructor, |
3488 | ToType); |
3489 | } |
3490 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) |
3491 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
3492 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, |
3493 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), |
3494 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
3495 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, |
3496 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); |
3497 | else |
3498 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a |
3499 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). |
3500 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, |
3501 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), |
3502 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
3503 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, |
3504 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); |
3505 | } |
3506 | } |
3507 | } |
3508 | } |
3509 | |
3510 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. |
3511 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { |
3512 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { |
3513 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. |
3514 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = |
3515 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
3516 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl |
3517 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { |
3518 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. |
3519 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); |
3520 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
3521 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); |
3522 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); |
3523 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); |
3524 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
3525 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
3526 | |
3527 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; |
3528 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; |
3529 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) |
3530 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); |
3531 | else |
3532 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); |
3533 | |
3534 | if (ConvTemplate) |
3535 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
3536 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, |
3537 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3538 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); |
3539 | else |
3540 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, |
3541 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3542 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); |
3543 | } |
3544 | } |
3545 | } |
3546 | |
3547 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
3548 | |
3549 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
3550 | switch (auto Result = |
3551 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { |
3552 | case OR_Success: |
3553 | case OR_Deleted: |
3554 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. |
3555 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor |
3556 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { |
3557 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: |
3558 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a |
3559 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion |
3560 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by |
3561 | // the argument of the constructor. |
3562 | // |
3563 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); |
3564 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { |
3565 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. |
3566 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
3567 | } else { |
3568 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) |
3569 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; |
3570 | else { |
3571 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; |
3572 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; |
3573 | } |
3574 | } |
3575 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; |
3576 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; |
3577 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; |
3578 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
3579 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); |
3580 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
3581 | return Result; |
3582 | } |
3583 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion |
3584 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { |
3585 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: |
3586 | // |
3587 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a |
3588 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard |
3589 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the |
3590 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. |
3591 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; |
3592 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; |
3593 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; |
3594 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; |
3595 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; |
3596 | |
3597 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: |
3598 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the |
3599 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type |
3600 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence |
3601 | // is an initialization, the special rules for |
3602 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when |
3603 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a |
3604 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and |
3605 | // 13.3.3.1). |
3606 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; |
3607 | return Result; |
3608 | } |
3609 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3609); |
3610 | |
3611 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
3612 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; |
3613 | |
3614 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
3615 | return OR_Ambiguous; |
3616 | } |
3617 | |
3618 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3618); |
3619 | } |
3620 | |
3621 | bool |
3622 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { |
3623 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; |
3624 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), |
3625 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
3626 | OverloadingResult OvResult = |
3627 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, |
3628 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); |
3629 | |
3630 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || |
3631 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) |
3632 | return false; |
3633 | |
3634 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( |
3635 | *this, |
3636 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, |
3637 | From); |
3638 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) |
3639 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) |
3640 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); |
3641 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() |
3642 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, |
3643 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, |
3644 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) |
3645 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) |
3646 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; |
3647 | } |
3648 | |
3649 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
3650 | *this, From, Cands); |
3651 | return true; |
3652 | } |
3653 | |
3654 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the |
3655 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. |
3656 | static const FunctionType * |
3657 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { |
3658 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
3659 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = |
3660 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); |
3661 | |
3662 | if (!RetPtrTy) |
3663 | return nullptr; |
3664 | |
3665 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
3666 | } |
3667 | |
3668 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors |
3669 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering |
3670 | /// is possible. |
3671 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
3672 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, |
3673 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { |
3674 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); |
3675 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); |
3676 | if (!Conv1 || !Conv2) |
3677 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3678 | |
3679 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) |
3680 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3681 | |
3682 | // Objective-C++: |
3683 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from |
3684 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, |
3685 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, |
3686 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely |
3687 | // to keep code working. |
3688 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
3689 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); |
3690 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); |
3691 | if (Block1 != Block2) |
3692 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse |
3693 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3694 | } |
3695 | |
3696 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion |
3697 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is |
3698 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention |
3699 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of |
3700 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. |
3701 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); |
3702 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); |
3703 | |
3704 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && |
3705 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { |
3706 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); |
3707 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); |
3708 | |
3709 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); |
3710 | const auto *CallOpProto = CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
3711 | |
3712 | CallingConv CallOpCC = |
3713 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
3714 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( |
3715 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); |
3716 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( |
3717 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); |
3718 | |
3719 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; |
3720 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { |
3721 | if (Conv1CC == CC) |
3722 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3723 | if (Conv2CC == CC) |
3724 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3725 | } |
3726 | } |
3727 | |
3728 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3729 | } |
3730 | |
3731 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( |
3732 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { |
3733 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || |
3734 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && |
3735 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); |
3736 | } |
3737 | |
3738 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit |
3739 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the |
3740 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). |
3741 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
3742 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
3743 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, |
3744 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) |
3745 | { |
3746 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit |
3747 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) |
3748 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better |
3749 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or |
3750 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and |
3751 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better |
3752 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence |
3753 | // (13.3.3.1.3). |
3754 | // |
3755 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: |
3756 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as |
3757 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is |
3758 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable |
3759 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. |
3760 | |
3761 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has |
3762 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at |
3763 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse |
3764 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the |
3765 | // standard. For example: |
3766 | // |
3767 | // int &f(...); // #1 |
3768 | // void f(char*); // #2 |
3769 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } |
3770 | // |
3771 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. |
3772 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis |
3773 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there |
3774 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't |
3775 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. |
3776 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued |
3777 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. |
3778 | |
3779 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && |
3780 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != |
3781 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2) && |
3782 | // Ill-formedness must not differ |
3783 | ICS1.isBad() == ICS2.isBad()) |
3784 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) |
3785 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse |
3786 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3787 | |
3788 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) |
3789 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3790 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) |
3791 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3792 | |
3793 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of |
3794 | // the same kind. |
3795 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) |
3796 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3797 | |
3798 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = |
3799 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3800 | |
3801 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are |
3802 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the |
3803 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): |
3804 | |
3805 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than |
3806 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: |
3807 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, |
3808 | // if not that, |
3809 | // — L1 and L2 convert to arrays of the same element type, and either the |
3810 | // number of elements n_1 initialized by L1 is less than the number of |
3811 | // elements n_2 initialized by L2, or (C++20) n_1 = n_2 and L2 converts to |
3812 | // an array of unknown bound and L1 does not, |
3813 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. |
3814 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { |
3815 | bool StdInit1 = false, StdInit2 = false; |
3816 | if (ICS1.hasInitializerListContainerType()) |
3817 | StdInit1 = S.isStdInitializerList(ICS1.getInitializerListContainerType(), |
3818 | nullptr); |
3819 | if (ICS2.hasInitializerListContainerType()) |
3820 | StdInit2 = S.isStdInitializerList(ICS2.getInitializerListContainerType(), |
3821 | nullptr); |
3822 | if (StdInit1 != StdInit2) |
3823 | return StdInit1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
3824 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3825 | |
3826 | if (ICS1.hasInitializerListContainerType() && |
3827 | ICS2.hasInitializerListContainerType()) |
3828 | if (auto *CAT1 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType( |
3829 | ICS1.getInitializerListContainerType())) |
3830 | if (auto *CAT2 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType( |
3831 | ICS2.getInitializerListContainerType())) { |
3832 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CAT1->getElementType(), |
3833 | CAT2->getElementType())) { |
3834 | // Both to arrays of the same element type |
3835 | if (CAT1->getSize() != CAT2->getSize()) |
3836 | // Different sized, the smaller wins |
3837 | return CAT1->getSize().ult(CAT2->getSize()) |
3838 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
3839 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3840 | if (ICS1.isInitializerListOfIncompleteArray() != |
3841 | ICS2.isInitializerListOfIncompleteArray()) |
3842 | // One is incomplete, it loses |
3843 | return ICS2.isInitializerListOfIncompleteArray() |
3844 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
3845 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3846 | } |
3847 | } |
3848 | } |
3849 | |
3850 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) |
3851 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than |
3852 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] |
3853 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, |
3854 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); |
3855 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { |
3856 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion |
3857 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if |
3858 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or |
3859 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of |
3860 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of |
3861 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). |
3862 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == |
3863 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) |
3864 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, |
3865 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, |
3866 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); |
3867 | else |
3868 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, |
3869 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, |
3870 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); |
3871 | } |
3872 | |
3873 | return Result; |
3874 | } |
3875 | |
3876 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to |
3877 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. |
3878 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
3879 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, |
3880 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
3881 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { |
3882 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result |
3883 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3884 | |
3885 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of |
3886 | // any non-identity conversion sequence |
3887 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) |
3888 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3889 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) |
3890 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3891 | |
3892 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { |
3893 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) |
3894 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3895 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) |
3896 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3897 | else |
3898 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3899 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) |
3900 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3901 | |
3902 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { |
3903 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result |
3904 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3905 | } |
3906 | |
3907 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) |
3908 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse |
3909 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable |
3910 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
3911 | |
3912 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) |
3913 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
3914 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable |
3915 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
3916 | |
3917 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
3918 | } |
3919 | |
3920 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better |
3921 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. |
3922 | static bool |
3923 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, |
3924 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { |
3925 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: |
3926 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an |
3927 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared |
3928 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference |
3929 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an |
3930 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue |
3931 | // reference*. |
3932 | // |
3933 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, |
3934 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the |
3935 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward |
3936 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. |
3937 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. |
3938 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || |
3939 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) |
3940 | return false; |
3941 | |
3942 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && |
3943 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || |
3944 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && |
3945 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); |
3946 | } |
3947 | |
3948 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { |
3949 | None, |
3950 | ToUnderlyingType, |
3951 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType |
3952 | }; |
3953 | |
3954 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. |
3955 | static FixedEnumPromotion |
3956 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { |
3957 | |
3958 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) |
3959 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; |
3960 | |
3961 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); |
3962 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) |
3963 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; |
3964 | |
3965 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); |
3966 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) |
3967 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; |
3968 | |
3969 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
3970 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) |
3971 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; |
3972 | |
3973 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; |
3974 | } |
3975 | |
3976 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard |
3977 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the |
3978 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). |
3979 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
3980 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
3981 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
3982 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) |
3983 | { |
3984 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence |
3985 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): |
3986 | |
3987 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion |
3988 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, |
3989 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion |
3990 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any |
3991 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, |
3992 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK |
3993 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) |
3994 | return CK; |
3995 | |
3996 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules |
3997 | // defined below), or, if not that, |
3998 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); |
3999 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); |
4000 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) |
4001 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4002 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) |
4003 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4004 | |
4005 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank |
4006 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules |
4007 | // applies: |
4008 | |
4009 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or |
4010 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion |
4011 | // that is such a conversion. |
4012 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) |
4013 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() |
4014 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4015 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4016 | |
4017 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: |
4018 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. |
4019 | // |
4020 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed |
4021 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted |
4022 | // underlying type, if the two are different. |
4023 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); |
4024 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); |
4025 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && |
4026 | FEP1 != FEP2) |
4027 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType |
4028 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4029 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4030 | |
4031 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: |
4032 | // |
4033 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, |
4034 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to |
4035 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion |
4036 | // of B* to void*. |
4037 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid |
4038 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); |
4039 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid |
4040 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); |
4041 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { |
4042 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to |
4043 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. |
4044 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4045 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4046 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { |
4047 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare |
4048 | // their derived-to-base conversions. |
4049 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK |
4050 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) |
4051 | return DerivedCK; |
4052 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && |
4053 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { |
4054 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void |
4055 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an |
4056 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. |
4057 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); |
4058 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); |
4059 | |
4060 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer |
4061 | // conversion, if we need to. |
4062 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) |
4063 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); |
4064 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) |
4065 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); |
4066 | |
4067 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
4068 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
4069 | |
4070 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) |
4071 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4072 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) |
4073 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4074 | |
4075 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the |
4076 | // other, it is the better one. |
4077 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 |
4078 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
4079 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 |
4080 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
4081 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { |
4082 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, |
4083 | FromObjCPtr2); |
4084 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, |
4085 | FromObjCPtr1); |
4086 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { |
4087 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4088 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4089 | } |
4090 | } |
4091 | } |
4092 | |
4093 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { |
4094 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. |
4095 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) |
4096 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4097 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) |
4098 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, |
4102 | // bullet 3). |
4103 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK |
4104 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) |
4105 | return QualCK; |
4106 | |
4107 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { |
4108 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: |
4109 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to |
4110 | // which the references refer are the same type except for |
4111 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference |
4112 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type |
4113 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. |
4114 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); |
4115 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); |
4116 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); |
4117 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); |
4118 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; |
4119 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); |
4120 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); |
4121 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { |
4122 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different |
4123 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. |
4124 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != |
4125 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { |
4126 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding |
4127 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse |
4128 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the |
4132 | // type for comparison. |
4133 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) |
4134 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); |
4135 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) |
4136 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); |
4137 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) |
4138 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4139 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) |
4140 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4141 | } |
4142 | } |
4143 | |
4144 | // In Microsoft mode (below 19.28), prefer an integral conversion to a |
4145 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion |
4146 | // is between types of the same size. |
4147 | // For example: |
4148 | // void f(float); |
4149 | // void f(int); |
4150 | // int main { |
4151 | // long a; |
4152 | // f(a); |
4153 | // } |
4154 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error |
4155 | // as clang will do in standard mode. |
4156 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && |
4157 | !S.getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2019_8) && |
4158 | SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && |
4159 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && |
4160 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == |
4161 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) |
4162 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4163 | |
4164 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion |
4165 | // For example: |
4166 | // |
4167 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); |
4168 | // void f(vector float); |
4169 | // void f(vector signed int); |
4170 | // int main() { |
4171 | // __v4sf a; |
4172 | // f(a); |
4173 | // } |
4174 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not |
4175 | // report an ambiguous call error |
4176 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && |
4177 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { |
4178 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( |
4179 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); |
4180 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( |
4181 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); |
4182 | |
4183 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) |
4184 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion |
4185 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4186 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4187 | } |
4188 | |
4189 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && |
4190 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { |
4191 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = |
4192 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); |
4193 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = |
4194 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); |
4195 | |
4196 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != |
4197 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) |
4198 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion |
4199 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4200 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4201 | } |
4202 | |
4203 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
4204 | } |
4205 | |
4206 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion |
4207 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their |
4208 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). |
4209 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
4210 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, |
4211 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
4212 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { |
4213 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3: |
4214 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and |
4215 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, [...] |
4216 | // [C++98] |
4217 | // [...] and the cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset |
4218 | // of the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the |
4219 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). |
4220 | // [C++2a] |
4221 | // [...] where T1 can be converted to T2 by a qualification conversion. |
4222 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || |
4223 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) |
4224 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
4225 | |
4226 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification |
4227 | // conversion (!) |
4228 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); |
4229 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); |
4230 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); |
4231 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); |
4232 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4232, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4233 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; |
4234 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); |
4235 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); |
4236 | |
4237 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping |
4238 | // them. |
4239 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) |
4240 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
4241 | |
4242 | // Don't ever prefer a standard conversion sequence that uses the deprecated |
4243 | // string literal array to pointer conversion. |
4244 | bool CanPick1 = !SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr; |
4245 | bool CanPick2 = !SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr; |
4246 | |
4247 | // Objective-C++ ARC: |
4248 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime |
4249 | // to qualification conversions that do change lifetime. |
4250 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime && |
4251 | !SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) |
4252 | CanPick1 = false; |
4253 | if (SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime && |
4254 | !SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) |
4255 | CanPick2 = false; |
4256 | |
4257 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; |
4258 | if (CanPick1 && |
4259 | !S.IsQualificationConversion(T1, T2, false, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) |
4260 | CanPick1 = false; |
4261 | // FIXME: In Objective-C ARC, we can have qualification conversions in both |
4262 | // directions, so we can't short-cut this second check in general. |
4263 | if (CanPick2 && |
4264 | !S.IsQualificationConversion(T2, T1, false, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) |
4265 | CanPick2 = false; |
4266 | |
4267 | if (CanPick1 != CanPick2) |
4268 | return CanPick1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4269 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4270 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
4271 | } |
4272 | |
4273 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion |
4274 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their |
4275 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ |
4276 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at |
4277 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. |
4278 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind |
4279 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
4280 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, |
4281 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { |
4282 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); |
4283 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); |
4284 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); |
4285 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); |
4286 | |
4287 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer |
4288 | // conversion, if we need to. |
4289 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) |
4290 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); |
4291 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) |
4292 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); |
4293 | |
4294 | // Canonicalize all of the types. |
4295 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); |
4296 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); |
4297 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); |
4298 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); |
4299 | |
4300 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: |
4301 | // |
4302 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and |
4303 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, |
4304 | // |
4305 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. |
4306 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && |
4307 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && |
4308 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ |
4309 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && |
4310 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { |
4311 | QualType FromPointee1 = |
4312 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
4313 | QualType ToPointee1 = |
4314 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
4315 | QualType FromPointee2 = |
4316 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
4317 | QualType ToPointee2 = |
4318 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
4319 | |
4320 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, |
4321 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { |
4322 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) |
4323 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4324 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) |
4325 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4326 | } |
4327 | |
4328 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, |
4329 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { |
4330 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) |
4331 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4332 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) |
4333 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4334 | } |
4335 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && |
4336 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { |
4337 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 |
4338 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
4339 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 |
4340 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
4341 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 |
4342 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
4343 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 |
4344 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
4345 | |
4346 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { |
4347 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types |
4348 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the |
4349 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of |
4350 | // Objective-C pointer types. |
4351 | bool FromAssignLeft |
4352 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); |
4353 | bool FromAssignRight |
4354 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); |
4355 | bool ToAssignLeft |
4356 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); |
4357 | bool ToAssignRight |
4358 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); |
4359 | |
4360 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' |
4361 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. |
4362 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && |
4363 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) |
4364 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4365 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && |
4366 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) |
4367 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4368 | |
4369 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a |
4370 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type |
4371 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) |
4372 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4373 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) |
4374 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4375 | |
4376 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' |
4377 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. |
4378 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && |
4379 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) |
4380 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4381 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && |
4382 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) |
4383 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4384 | |
4385 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a |
4386 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. |
4387 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) |
4388 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4389 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) |
4390 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4391 | |
4392 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," |
4393 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && |
4394 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && |
4395 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { |
4396 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { |
4397 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to |
4398 | // C *. |
4399 | bool IsFirstSame = |
4400 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); |
4401 | bool IsSecondSame = |
4402 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); |
4403 | if (IsFirstSame) { |
4404 | if (!IsSecondSame) |
4405 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4406 | } else if (IsSecondSame) |
4407 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4408 | } |
4409 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse |
4410 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4411 | } |
4412 | |
4413 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," |
4414 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && |
4415 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) |
4416 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better |
4417 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4418 | } |
4419 | } |
4420 | |
4421 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. |
4422 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && |
4423 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && |
4424 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { |
4425 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
4426 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
4427 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
4428 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
4429 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); |
4430 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); |
4431 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); |
4432 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); |
4433 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); |
4434 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); |
4435 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); |
4436 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); |
4437 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, |
4438 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { |
4439 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) |
4440 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4441 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) |
4442 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4443 | } |
4444 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* |
4445 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { |
4446 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) |
4447 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4448 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) |
4449 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4450 | } |
4451 | } |
4452 | |
4453 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { |
4454 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, |
4455 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type |
4456 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a |
4457 | // reference of type A&, |
4458 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && |
4459 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { |
4460 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) |
4461 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4462 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) |
4463 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4464 | } |
4465 | |
4466 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. |
4467 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type |
4468 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a |
4469 | // reference of type A&, |
4470 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && |
4471 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { |
4472 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) |
4473 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
4474 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) |
4475 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; |
4476 | } |
4477 | } |
4478 | |
4479 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; |
4480 | } |
4481 | |
4482 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid |
4483 | /// C++ class. |
4484 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { |
4485 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
4486 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); |
4487 | |
4488 | return true; |
4489 | } |
4490 | |
4491 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { |
4492 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) |
4493 | return T; |
4494 | |
4495 | Qualifiers Q; |
4496 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); |
4497 | Q.removeUnaligned(); |
4498 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); |
4499 | } |
4500 | |
4501 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to |
4502 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, |
4503 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by |
4504 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference |
4505 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference |
4506 | /// type being initialized. |
4507 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult |
4508 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, |
4509 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, |
4510 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { |
4511 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4512, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
4512 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4512, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4513 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4513, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4514 | |
4515 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); |
4516 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); |
4517 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; |
4518 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); |
4519 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); |
4520 | |
4521 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; |
4522 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; |
4523 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); |
4524 | |
4525 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: |
4526 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is |
4527 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or |
4528 | // T1 is a base class of T2. |
4529 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if |
4530 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type |
4531 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. |
4532 | |
4533 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base |
4534 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. |
4535 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) |
4536 | QualType ConvertedT2; |
4537 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { |
4538 | // Nothing to do. |
4539 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && |
4540 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && |
4541 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) |
4542 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; |
4543 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && |
4544 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && |
4545 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) |
4546 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; |
4547 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && |
4548 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { |
4549 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; |
4550 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. |
4551 | return Ref_Compatible; |
4552 | } |
4553 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; |
4554 | |
4555 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are |
4556 | // similar at the same time. |
4557 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; |
4558 | bool TopLevel = true; |
4559 | do { |
4560 | if (T1 == T2) |
4561 | break; |
4562 | |
4563 | // We will need a qualification conversion. |
4564 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; |
4565 | |
4566 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other |
4567 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in |
4568 | // overload resolution. |
4569 | if (!TopLevel) |
4570 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; |
4571 | |
4572 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. |
4573 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); |
4574 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); |
4575 | |
4576 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, |
4577 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. |
4578 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; |
4579 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, |
4580 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, |
4581 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) |
4582 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) |
4583 | ? Ref_Related |
4584 | : Ref_Incompatible; |
4585 | |
4586 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? |
4587 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) |
4588 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; |
4589 | |
4590 | TopLevel = false; |
4591 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); |
4592 | |
4593 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the |
4594 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how |
4595 | // to convert the referent. |
4596 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) |
4597 | ? Ref_Compatible |
4598 | : Ref_Incompatible; |
4599 | } |
4600 | |
4601 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible |
4602 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. |
4603 | static bool |
4604 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, |
4605 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
4606 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, |
4607 | bool AllowExplicit) { |
4608 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")(static_cast <bool> (T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4608, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4609 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
4610 | |
4611 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( |
4612 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); |
4613 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); |
4614 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
4615 | NamedDecl *D = *I; |
4616 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); |
4617 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
4618 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
4619 | |
4620 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate |
4621 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); |
4622 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; |
4623 | if (ConvTemplate) |
4624 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); |
4625 | else |
4626 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); |
4627 | |
4628 | if (AllowRvalues) { |
4629 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion |
4630 | // functions that return lvalues. |
4631 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { |
4632 | const ReferenceType *RefType |
4633 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); |
4634 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) |
4635 | continue; |
4636 | } |
4637 | |
4638 | if (!ConvTemplate && |
4639 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( |
4640 | DeclLoc, |
4641 | Conv->getConversionType() |
4642 | .getNonReferenceType() |
4643 | .getUnqualifiedType(), |
4644 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == |
4645 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) |
4646 | continue; |
4647 | } else { |
4648 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, |
4649 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference |
4650 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. |
4651 | |
4652 | const ReferenceType *RefType = |
4653 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); |
4654 | if (!RefType || |
4655 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && |
4656 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) |
4657 | continue; |
4658 | } |
4659 | |
4660 | if (ConvTemplate) |
4661 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
4662 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, |
4663 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); |
4664 | else |
4665 | S.AddConversionCandidate( |
4666 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, |
4667 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); |
4668 | } |
4669 | |
4670 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
4671 | |
4672 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
4673 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { |
4674 | case OR_Success: |
4675 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: |
4676 | // |
4677 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of |
4678 | // applying a conversion function to the argument |
4679 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a |
4680 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the |
4681 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity |
4682 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an |
4683 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter |
4684 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. |
4685 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) |
4686 | return false; |
4687 | |
4688 | ICS.setUserDefined(); |
4689 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; |
4690 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; |
4691 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; |
4692 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; |
4693 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; |
4694 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; |
4695 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
4696 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
4697 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4698 | return true; |
4699 | |
4700 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
4701 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); |
4702 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); |
4703 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) |
4704 | if (Cand->Best) |
4705 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); |
4706 | return true; |
4707 | |
4708 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
4709 | case OR_Deleted: |
4710 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted |
4711 | // conversion; continue with other checks. |
4712 | return false; |
4713 | } |
4714 | |
4715 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4715); |
4716 | } |
4717 | |
4718 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference |
4719 | /// initialization. |
4720 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
4721 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, |
4722 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
4723 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
4724 | bool AllowExplicit) { |
4725 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")(static_cast <bool> (DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4725, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
4726 | |
4727 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. |
4728 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; |
4729 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); |
4730 | |
4731 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); |
4732 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); |
4733 | |
4734 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try |
4735 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the |
4736 | // type of the resulting function. |
4737 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { |
4738 | DeclAccessPair Found; |
4739 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, |
4740 | false, Found)) |
4741 | T2 = Fn->getType(); |
4742 | } |
4743 | |
4744 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. |
4745 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); |
4746 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); |
4747 | |
4748 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; |
4749 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = |
4750 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); |
4751 | |
4752 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { |
4753 | ICS.setStandard(); |
4754 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; |
4755 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should |
4756 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. |
4757 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) |
4758 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base |
4759 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) |
4760 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion |
4761 | : ICK_Identity; |
4762 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank |
4763 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification |
4764 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. |
4765 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & |
4766 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) |
4767 | ? ICK_Qualification |
4768 | : ICK_Identity; |
4769 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); |
4770 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); |
4771 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); |
4772 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); |
4773 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; |
4774 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; |
4775 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; |
4776 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); |
4777 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); |
4778 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; |
4779 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = |
4780 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; |
4781 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; |
4782 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; |
4783 | }; |
4784 | |
4785 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: |
4786 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression |
4787 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: |
4788 | |
4789 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression |
4790 | if (!isRValRef) { |
4791 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is |
4792 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or |
4793 | // |
4794 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. |
4795 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { |
4796 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: |
4797 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) |
4798 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence |
4799 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression |
4800 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, |
4801 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a |
4802 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). |
4803 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); |
4804 | |
4805 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for |
4806 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're |
4807 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ |
4808 | // [over.best.ics]p2). |
4809 | return ICS; |
4810 | } |
4811 | |
4812 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is |
4813 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly |
4814 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" |
4815 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this |
4816 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable |
4817 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best |
4818 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), |
4819 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && |
4820 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && |
4821 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { |
4822 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, |
4823 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, |
4824 | AllowExplicit)) |
4825 | return ICS; |
4826 | } |
4827 | } |
4828 | |
4829 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a |
4830 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference |
4831 | // shall be an rvalue reference. |
4832 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { |
4833 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) |
4834 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); |
4835 | return ICS; |
4836 | } |
4837 | |
4838 | // -- If the initializer expression |
4839 | // |
4840 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function |
4841 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or |
4842 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && |
4843 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || |
4844 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && |
4845 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || |
4846 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { |
4847 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct |
4848 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. |
4849 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we |
4850 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of |
4851 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. |
4852 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || |
4853 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); |
4854 | return ICS; |
4855 | } |
4856 | |
4857 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not |
4858 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to |
4859 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type |
4860 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with |
4861 | // "cv3 T3", |
4862 | // |
4863 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer |
4864 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion |
4865 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base |
4866 | // class subobject). |
4867 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && |
4868 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && |
4869 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, |
4870 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, |
4871 | AllowExplicit)) { |
4872 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference |
4873 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the |
4874 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue |
4875 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. |
4876 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && |
4877 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) |
4878 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); |
4879 | |
4880 | return ICS; |
4881 | } |
4882 | |
4883 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. |
4884 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) |
4885 | return ICS; |
4886 | |
4887 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and |
4888 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the |
4889 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The |
4890 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is |
4891 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same |
4892 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, |
4893 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. |
4894 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { |
4895 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then |
4896 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with |
4897 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference |
4898 | // initialization fails. |
4899 | // |
4900 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. |
4901 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. |
4902 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); |
4903 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); |
4904 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
4905 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); |
4906 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
4907 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); |
4908 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. |
4909 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); |
4910 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); |
4911 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) |
4912 | return ICS; |
4913 | } |
4914 | |
4915 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not |
4916 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the |
4917 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking |
4918 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to |
4919 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. |
4920 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && |
4921 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) |
4922 | return ICS; |
4923 | |
4924 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue |
4925 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. |
4926 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && |
4927 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { |
4928 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); |
4929 | return ICS; |
4930 | } |
4931 | |
4932 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: |
4933 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to |
4934 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one |
4935 | // required to convert the argument expression to the |
4936 | // underlying type of the reference according to |
4937 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds |
4938 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with |
4939 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level |
4940 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself |
4941 | // and does not constitute a conversion. |
4942 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, |
4943 | AllowedExplicit::None, |
4944 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
4945 | /*CStyle=*/false, |
4946 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, |
4947 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); |
4948 | |
4949 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. |
4950 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { |
4951 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; |
4952 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; |
4953 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; |
4954 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; |
4955 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; |
4956 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; |
4957 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { |
4958 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = |
4959 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() |
4960 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); |
4961 | |
4962 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: |
4963 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a |
4964 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] |
4965 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function |
4966 | // lvalue. |
4967 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. |
4968 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { |
4969 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); |
4970 | return ICS; |
4971 | } |
4972 | |
4973 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; |
4974 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; |
4975 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; |
4976 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; |
4977 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; |
4978 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; |
4979 | } |
4980 | |
4981 | return ICS; |
4982 | } |
4983 | |
4984 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
4985 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
4986 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
4987 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
4988 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
4989 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
4990 | |
4991 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the |
4992 | /// initializer list From. |
4993 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
4994 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, |
4995 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
4996 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
4997 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { |
4998 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: |
4999 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and |
5000 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. |
5001 | |
5002 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; |
5003 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); |
5004 | |
5005 | // We need a complete type for what follows. With one C++20 exception, |
5006 | // incomplete types can never be initialized from init lists. |
5007 | QualType InitTy = ToType; |
5008 | const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType); |
5009 | if (AT && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
5010 | if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) |
5011 | // C++20 allows list initialization of an incomplete array type. |
5012 | InitTy = IAT->getElementType(); |
5013 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), InitTy)) |
5014 | return Result; |
5015 | |
5016 | // Per DR1467: |
5017 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single |
5018 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the |
5019 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element |
5020 | // to the parameter type. |
5021 | // |
5022 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] |
5023 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an |
5024 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the |
5025 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. |
5026 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { |
5027 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { |
5028 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); |
5029 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || |
5030 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) |
5031 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, |
5032 | SuppressUserConversions, |
5033 | InOverloadResolution, |
5034 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
5035 | } |
5036 | |
5037 | if (AT && S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { |
5038 | InitializedEntity Entity = |
5039 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, |
5040 | /*Consumed=*/false); |
5041 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { |
5042 | Result.setStandard(); |
5043 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
5044 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); |
5045 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
5046 | return Result; |
5047 | } |
5048 | } |
5049 | } |
5050 | |
5051 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). |
5052 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: |
5053 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and |
5054 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit |
5055 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an |
5056 | // element of the list to X. |
5057 | // |
5058 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: |
5059 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer |
5060 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is |
5061 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list |
5062 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is |
5063 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. |
5064 | if (AT || S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &InitTy)) { |
5065 | unsigned e = From->getNumInits(); |
5066 | ImplicitConversionSequence DfltElt; |
5067 | DfltElt.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, QualType(), |
5068 | QualType()); |
5069 | QualType ContTy = ToType; |
5070 | bool IsUnbounded = false; |
5071 | if (AT) { |
5072 | InitTy = AT->getElementType(); |
5073 | if (ConstantArrayType const *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { |
5074 | if (CT->getSize().ult(e)) { |
5075 | // Too many inits, fatally bad |
5076 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::too_many_initializers, From, |
5077 | ToType); |
5078 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); |
5079 | return Result; |
5080 | } |
5081 | if (CT->getSize().ugt(e)) { |
5082 | // Need an init from empty {}, is there one? |
5083 | InitListExpr EmptyList(S.Context, From->getEndLoc(), None, |
5084 | From->getEndLoc()); |
5085 | EmptyList.setType(S.Context.VoidTy); |
5086 | DfltElt = TryListConversion( |
5087 | S, &EmptyList, InitTy, SuppressUserConversions, |
5088 | InOverloadResolution, AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
5089 | if (DfltElt.isBad()) { |
5090 | // No {} init, fatally bad |
5091 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers, From, |
5092 | ToType); |
5093 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); |
5094 | return Result; |
5095 | } |
5096 | } |
5097 | } else { |
5098 | assert(isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && "Expected incomplete array")(static_cast <bool> (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && "Expected incomplete array") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && \"Expected incomplete array\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5098, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5099 | IsUnbounded = true; |
5100 | if (!e) { |
5101 | // Cannot convert to zero-sized. |
5102 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers, From, |
5103 | ToType); |
5104 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); |
5105 | return Result; |
5106 | } |
5107 | llvm::APInt Size(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.getSizeType()), e); |
5108 | ContTy = S.Context.getConstantArrayType(InitTy, Size, nullptr, |
5109 | ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
5110 | } |
5111 | } |
5112 | |
5113 | Result.setStandard(); |
5114 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
5115 | Result.Standard.setFromType(InitTy); |
5116 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(InitTy); |
5117 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < e; ++i) { |
5118 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); |
5119 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryCopyInitialization( |
5120 | S, Init, InitTy, SuppressUserConversions, InOverloadResolution, |
5121 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
5122 | |
5123 | // Keep the worse conversion seen so far. |
5124 | // FIXME: Sequences are not totally ordered, so 'worse' can be |
5125 | // ambiguous. CWG has been informed. |
5126 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, |
5127 | Result) == |
5128 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) { |
5129 | Result = ICS; |
5130 | // Bail as soon as we find something unconvertible. |
5131 | if (Result.isBad()) { |
5132 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); |
5133 | return Result; |
5134 | } |
5135 | } |
5136 | } |
5137 | |
5138 | // If we needed any implicit {} initialization, compare that now. |
5139 | // over.ics.list/6 indicates we should compare that conversion. Again CWG |
5140 | // has been informed that this might not be the best thing. |
5141 | if (!DfltElt.isBad() && CompareImplicitConversionSequences( |
5142 | S, From->getEndLoc(), DfltElt, Result) == |
5143 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) |
5144 | Result = DfltElt; |
5145 | // Record the type being initialized so that we may compare sequences |
5146 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); |
5147 | return Result; |
5148 | } |
5149 | |
5150 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: |
5151 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: |
5152 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload |
5153 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit |
5154 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple |
5155 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the |
5156 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. |
5157 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { |
5158 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. |
5159 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, |
5160 | AllowedExplicit::None, |
5161 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, |
5162 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
5163 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); |
5164 | } |
5165 | |
5166 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: |
5167 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: |
5168 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be |
5169 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion |
5170 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. |
5171 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { |
5172 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes |
5173 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. |
5174 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. |
5175 | InitializedEntity Entity = |
5176 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, |
5177 | /*Consumed=*/false); |
5178 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, |
5179 | From)) { |
5180 | Result.setUserDefined(); |
5181 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
5182 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. |
5183 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); |
5184 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); |
5185 | |
5186 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
5187 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); |
5188 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
5189 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; |
5190 | } |
5191 | return Result; |
5192 | } |
5193 | |
5194 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: |
5195 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: |
5196 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. |
5197 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { |
5198 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't |
5199 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- |
5200 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. |
5201 | |
5202 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); |
5203 | |
5204 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related |
5205 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. |
5206 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { |
5207 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); |
5208 | |
5209 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); |
5210 | |
5211 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try |
5212 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the |
5213 | // type of the resulting function. |
5214 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { |
5215 | DeclAccessPair Found; |
5216 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( |
5217 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) |
5218 | T2 = Fn->getType(); |
5219 | } |
5220 | |
5221 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. |
5222 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = |
5223 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); |
5224 | |
5225 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { |
5226 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), |
5227 | SuppressUserConversions, |
5228 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); |
5229 | } |
5230 | } |
5231 | |
5232 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the |
5233 | // initializer list. |
5234 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, |
5235 | InOverloadResolution, |
5236 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
5237 | if (Result.isFailure()) |
5238 | return Result; |
5239 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5240, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5240 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")(static_cast <bool> (!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5240, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5241 | |
5242 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? |
5243 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || |
5244 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { |
5245 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : |
5246 | Result.UserDefined.After; |
5247 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; |
5248 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); |
5249 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; |
5250 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; |
5251 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; |
5252 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; |
5253 | } else |
5254 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, |
5255 | From, ToType); |
5256 | return Result; |
5257 | } |
5258 | |
5259 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: |
5260 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: |
5261 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: |
5262 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { |
5263 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an |
5264 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one |
5265 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. |
5266 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); |
5267 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) |
5268 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, |
5269 | SuppressUserConversions, |
5270 | InOverloadResolution, |
5271 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
5272 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion |
5273 | // sequence is the identity conversion. |
5274 | else if (NumInits == 0) { |
5275 | Result.setStandard(); |
5276 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
5277 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); |
5278 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
5279 | } |
5280 | return Result; |
5281 | } |
5282 | |
5283 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: |
5284 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: |
5285 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible |
5286 | return Result; |
5287 | } |
5288 | |
5289 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type |
5290 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion |
5291 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad |
5292 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to |
5293 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we |
5294 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. |
5295 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
5296 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
5297 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
5298 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
5299 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
5300 | bool AllowExplicit) { |
5301 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) |
5302 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, |
5303 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
5304 | |
5305 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) |
5306 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, |
5307 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), |
5308 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); |
5309 | |
5310 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, |
5311 | SuppressUserConversions, |
5312 | AllowedExplicit::None, |
5313 | InOverloadResolution, |
5314 | /*CStyle=*/false, |
5315 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, |
5316 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); |
5317 | } |
5318 | |
5319 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, |
5320 | const CanQualType ToQTy, |
5321 | Sema &S, |
5322 | SourceLocation Loc, |
5323 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { |
5324 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); |
5325 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = |
5326 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); |
5327 | |
5328 | return !ICS.isBad(); |
5329 | } |
5330 | |
5331 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object |
5332 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the |
5333 | /// expression @p From. |
5334 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
5335 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, |
5336 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, |
5337 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
5338 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { |
5339 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); |
5340 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or |
5341 | // const volatile object. |
5342 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); |
5343 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { |
5344 | Quals.addConst(); |
5345 | Quals.addVolatile(); |
5346 | } |
5347 | |
5348 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); |
5349 | |
5350 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us |
5351 | // to exit early. |
5352 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; |
5353 | |
5354 | // We need to have an object of class type. |
5355 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5356 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); |
5357 | |
5358 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we |
5359 | // better have an lvalue. |
5360 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())(static_cast <bool> (FromClassification.isLValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5360, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5361 | } |
5362 | |
5363 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())(static_cast <bool> (FromType->isRecordType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5364 | |
5365 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: |
5366 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object |
5367 | // parameter is |
5368 | // |
5369 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a |
5370 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier |
5371 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && |
5372 | // ref-qualifier |
5373 | // |
5374 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the |
5375 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. |
5376 | // |
5377 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we |
5378 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions |
5379 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of |
5380 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to |
5381 | // non-constant references. |
5382 | |
5383 | // First check the qualifiers. |
5384 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); |
5385 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() |
5386 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && |
5387 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { |
5388 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, |
5389 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); |
5390 | return ICS; |
5391 | } |
5392 | |
5393 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { |
5394 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); |
5395 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); |
5396 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { |
5397 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, |
5398 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); |
5399 | return ICS; |
5400 | } |
5401 | } |
5402 | |
5403 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It |
5404 | // affects the conversion rank. |
5405 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); |
5406 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; |
5407 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { |
5408 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; |
5409 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) |
5410 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; |
5411 | else { |
5412 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, |
5413 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); |
5414 | return ICS; |
5415 | } |
5416 | |
5417 | // Check the ref-qualifier. |
5418 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { |
5419 | case RQ_None: |
5420 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. |
5421 | break; |
5422 | |
5423 | case RQ_LValue: |
5424 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { |
5425 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue |
5426 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, |
5427 | ImplicitParamType); |
5428 | return ICS; |
5429 | } |
5430 | break; |
5431 | |
5432 | case RQ_RValue: |
5433 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { |
5434 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue |
5435 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, |
5436 | ImplicitParamType); |
5437 | return ICS; |
5438 | } |
5439 | break; |
5440 | } |
5441 | |
5442 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. |
5443 | ICS.setStandard(); |
5444 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
5445 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; |
5446 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); |
5447 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); |
5448 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; |
5449 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; |
5450 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; |
5451 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; |
5452 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); |
5453 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier |
5454 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); |
5455 | return ICS; |
5456 | } |
5457 | |
5458 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of |
5459 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given |
5460 | /// expression. |
5461 | ExprResult |
5462 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
5463 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5464 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5465 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { |
5466 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; |
5467 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = |
5468 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
5469 | |
5470 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; |
5471 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5472 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); |
5473 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); |
5474 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); |
5475 | } else { |
5476 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); |
5477 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; |
5478 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); |
5479 | |
5480 | // When performing member access on a prvalue, materialize a temporary. |
5481 | if (From->isPRValue()) { |
5482 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, |
5483 | Method->getRefQualifier() != |
5484 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); |
5485 | } |
5486 | } |
5487 | |
5488 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing |
5489 | // the actual argument initialization. |
5490 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( |
5491 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, |
5492 | Method->getParent()); |
5493 | if (ICS.isBad()) { |
5494 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { |
5495 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { |
5496 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); |
5497 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); |
5498 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); |
5499 | if (CVR) { |
5500 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) |
5501 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) |
5502 | << From->getSourceRange(); |
5503 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
5504 | << Method->getDeclName(); |
5505 | return ExprError(); |
5506 | } |
5507 | break; |
5508 | } |
5509 | |
5510 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: |
5511 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { |
5512 | bool IsRValueQualified = |
5513 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; |
5514 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) |
5515 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() |
5516 | << IsRValueQualified; |
5517 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
5518 | << Method->getDeclName(); |
5519 | return ExprError(); |
5520 | } |
5521 | |
5522 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: |
5523 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: |
5524 | break; |
5525 | |
5526 | case BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers: |
5527 | case BadConversionSequence::too_many_initializers: |
5528 | llvm_unreachable("Lists are not objects")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Lists are not objects", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5528); |
5529 | } |
5530 | |
5531 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) |
5532 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType |
5533 | << From->getSourceRange(); |
5534 | } |
5535 | |
5536 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { |
5537 | ExprResult FromRes = |
5538 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); |
5539 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) |
5540 | return ExprError(); |
5541 | From = FromRes.get(); |
5542 | } |
5543 | |
5544 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { |
5545 | CastKind CK; |
5546 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); |
5547 | LangAS DestAS = |
5548 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); |
5549 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) |
5550 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
5551 | else |
5552 | CK = CK_NoOp; |
5553 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); |
5554 | } |
5555 | return From; |
5556 | } |
5557 | |
5558 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the |
5559 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). |
5560 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
5561 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { |
5562 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: |
5563 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source |
5564 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial |
5565 | // value of the object being initialized is false. |
5566 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) |
5567 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), |
5568 | S.Context.BoolTy, |
5569 | From->isGLValue()); |
5570 | |
5571 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit |
5572 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. |
5573 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, |
5574 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
5575 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, |
5576 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
5577 | /*CStyle=*/false, |
5578 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, |
5579 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); |
5580 | } |
5581 | |
5582 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion |
5583 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). |
5584 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { |
5585 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) |
5586 | return ExprError(); |
5587 | |
5588 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); |
5589 | if (!ICS.isBad()) |
5590 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); |
5591 | |
5592 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) |
5593 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) |
5594 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); |
5595 | return ExprError(); |
5596 | } |
5597 | |
5598 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant |
5599 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion |
5600 | /// is acceptable. |
5601 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, |
5602 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { |
5603 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration |
5604 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third |
5605 | // conversions are fine. |
5606 | switch (SCS.Second) { |
5607 | case ICK_Identity: |
5608 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: |
5609 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. |
5610 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: |
5611 | return true; |
5612 | |
5613 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: |
5614 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is |
5615 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral |
5616 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. |
5617 | // |
5618 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks |
5619 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this |
5620 | // (non-conforming) extension. |
5621 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && |
5622 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); |
5623 | |
5624 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: |
5625 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: |
5626 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are |
5627 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. |
5628 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); |
5629 | |
5630 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: |
5631 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: |
5632 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: |
5633 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: |
5634 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: |
5635 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: |
5636 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: |
5637 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: |
5638 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: |
5639 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: |
5640 | case ICK_Complex_Real: |
5641 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: |
5642 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: |
5643 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: |
5644 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: |
5645 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: |
5646 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: |
5647 | return false; |
5648 | |
5649 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: |
5650 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: |
5651 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: |
5652 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5652); |
5653 | |
5654 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: |
5655 | case ICK_Qualification: |
5656 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5656); |
5657 | |
5658 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: |
5659 | break; |
5660 | } |
5661 | |
5662 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5662); |
5663 | } |
5664 | |
5665 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a |
5666 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce |
5667 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. |
5668 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, |
5669 | QualType T, APValue &Value, |
5670 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, |
5671 | bool RequireInt, |
5672 | NamedDecl *Dest) { |
5673 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&(static_cast <bool> (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5674, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5674 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")(static_cast <bool> (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5674, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5675 | |
5676 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) |
5677 | return ExprError(); |
5678 | |
5679 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: |
5680 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, |
5681 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted |
5682 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion |
5683 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. |
5684 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = |
5685 | (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool || CCE == Sema::CCEK_Noexcept) |
5686 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) |
5687 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, |
5688 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
5689 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
5690 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, |
5691 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); |
5692 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; |
5693 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { |
5694 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: |
5695 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; |
5696 | break; |
5697 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: |
5698 | if (T->isRecordType()) |
5699 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; |
5700 | else |
5701 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; |
5702 | break; |
5703 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: |
5704 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: |
5705 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) |
5706 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), |
5707 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) |
5708 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; |
5709 | return ExprError(); |
5710 | |
5711 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: |
5712 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5712); |
5713 | } |
5714 | |
5715 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. |
5716 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { |
5717 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), |
5718 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) |
5719 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; |
5720 | } |
5721 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. |
5722 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { |
5723 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), |
5724 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) |
5725 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; |
5726 | } |
5727 | |
5728 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed |
5729 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of |
5730 | // class type. |
5731 | ExprResult Result; |
5732 | if (T->isRecordType()) { |
5733 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&(static_cast <bool> (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5734, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
5734 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")(static_cast <bool> (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5734, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5735 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( |
5736 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( |
5737 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), |
5738 | SourceLocation(), From); |
5739 | } else { |
5740 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); |
5741 | } |
5742 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5743 | return Result; |
5744 | |
5745 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: |
5746 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] |
5747 | Result = |
5748 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), |
5749 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); |
5750 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5751 | return Result; |
5752 | |
5753 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. |
5754 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; |
5755 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; |
5756 | QualType PreNarrowingType; |
5757 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, |
5758 | PreNarrowingType)) { |
5759 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: |
5760 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is |
5761 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. |
5762 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: |
5763 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant |
5764 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. |
5765 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: |
5766 | break; |
5767 | |
5768 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: |
5769 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && |
5770 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && |
5771 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { |
5772 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise |
5773 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. |
5774 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; |
5775 | break; |
5776 | } |
5777 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) |
5778 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 |
5779 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; |
5780 | break; |
5781 | |
5782 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: |
5783 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a |
5784 | // constant expression. |
5785 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) |
5786 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; |
5787 | break; |
5788 | } |
5789 | |
5790 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { |
5791 | Value = APValue(); |
5792 | return Result; |
5793 | } |
5794 | |
5795 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. |
5796 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
5797 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; |
5798 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; |
5799 | |
5800 | ConstantExprKind Kind; |
5801 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) |
5802 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; |
5803 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) |
5804 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; |
5805 | else |
5806 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; |
5807 | |
5808 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || |
5809 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { |
5810 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in |
5811 | // the AST. |
5812 | Result = ExprError(); |
5813 | } else { |
5814 | Value = Eval.Val; |
5815 | |
5816 | if (Notes.empty()) { |
5817 | // It's a constant expression. |
5818 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); |
5819 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) |
5820 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); |
5821 | return E; |
5822 | } |
5823 | } |
5824 | |
5825 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. |
5826 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && |
5827 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { |
5828 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; |
5829 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == |
5830 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { |
5831 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); |
5832 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) |
5833 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); |
5834 | } else { |
5835 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) |
5836 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); |
5837 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) |
5838 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); |
5839 | } |
5840 | return ExprError(); |
5841 | } |
5842 | |
5843 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
5844 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, |
5845 | NamedDecl *Dest) { |
5846 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, |
5847 | Dest); |
5848 | } |
5849 | |
5850 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
5851 | llvm::APSInt &Value, |
5852 | CCEKind CCE) { |
5853 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")(static_cast <bool> (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType( ) && "unexpected converted const type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5853, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
5854 | |
5855 | APValue V; |
5856 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, |
5857 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); |
5858 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) |
5859 | Value = V.getInt(); |
5860 | return R; |
5861 | } |
5862 | |
5863 | |
5864 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence |
5865 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change |
5866 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. |
5867 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { |
5868 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { |
5869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; |
5870 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; |
5871 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; |
5872 | } |
5873 | } |
5874 | |
5875 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually |
5876 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. |
5877 | static ImplicitConversionSequence |
5878 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { |
5879 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. |
5880 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); |
5881 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS |
5882 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, |
5883 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? |
5884 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
5885 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, |
5886 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
5887 | /*CStyle=*/false, |
5888 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, |
5889 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); |
5890 | |
5891 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. |
5892 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { |
5893 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: |
5894 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: |
5895 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: |
5896 | break; |
5897 | |
5898 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: |
5899 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); |
5900 | break; |
5901 | |
5902 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: |
5903 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); |
5904 | break; |
5905 | } |
5906 | |
5907 | return ICS; |
5908 | } |
5909 | |
5910 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual |
5911 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. |
5912 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. |
5913 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { |
5914 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) |
5915 | return ExprError(); |
5916 | |
5917 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
5918 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = |
5919 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); |
5920 | if (!ICS.isBad()) |
5921 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); |
5922 | return ExprResult(); |
5923 | } |
5924 | |
5925 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration |
5926 | /// type of a permitted flavor. |
5927 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { |
5928 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() |
5929 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); |
5930 | } |
5931 | |
5932 | static ExprResult |
5933 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, |
5934 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, |
5935 | QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) { |
5936 | |
5937 | if (Converter.Suppress) |
5938 | return ExprError(); |
5939 | |
5940 | Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); |
5941 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
5942 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = |
5943 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
5944 | QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
5945 | Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy); |
5946 | } |
5947 | return From; |
5948 | } |
5949 | |
5950 | static bool |
5951 | diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, |
5952 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, |
5953 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5954 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) { |
5955 | if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) { |
5956 | DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0]; |
5957 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = |
5958 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
5959 | |
5960 | // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit |
5961 | // conversion; use it. |
5962 | QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
5963 | std::string TypeStr; |
5964 | ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); |
5965 | |
5966 | Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy) |
5967 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getBeginLoc(), |
5968 | "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(") |
5969 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( |
5970 | SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getEndLoc()), ")"); |
5971 | Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy); |
5972 | |
5973 | // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the |
5974 | // explicit conversion function. |
5975 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
5976 | return true; |
5977 | |
5978 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); |
5979 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, |
5980 | HadMultipleCandidates); |
5981 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5982 | return true; |
5983 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. |
5984 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), |
5985 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), |
5986 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), |
5987 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
5988 | } |
5989 | return false; |
5990 | } |
5991 | |
5992 | static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, |
5993 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, |
5994 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5995 | DeclAccessPair &Found) { |
5996 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = |
5997 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
5998 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); |
5999 | |
6000 | QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
6001 | if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) { |
6002 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
6003 | return true; |
6004 | |
6005 | Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType) |
6006 | << From->getSourceRange(); |
6007 | } |
6008 | |
6009 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, |
6010 | HadMultipleCandidates); |
6011 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
6012 | return true; |
6013 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. |
6014 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), |
6015 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), |
6016 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), |
6017 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
6018 | return false; |
6019 | } |
6020 | |
6021 | static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion( |
6022 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, |
6023 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { |
6024 | if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress) |
6025 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType()) |
6026 | << From->getSourceRange(); |
6027 | |
6028 | return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From); |
6029 | } |
6030 | |
6031 | static void |
6032 | collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
6033 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions, |
6034 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { |
6035 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
6036 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I]; |
6037 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); |
6038 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); |
6039 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
6040 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
6041 | |
6042 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; |
6043 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; |
6044 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) |
6045 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); |
6046 | else |
6047 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); |
6048 | |
6049 | if (ConvTemplate) |
6050 | SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
6051 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet, |
6052 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, /*AllowExplicit*/ true); |
6053 | else |
6054 | SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, |
6055 | ToType, CandidateSet, |
6056 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, |
6057 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); |
6058 | } |
6059 | } |
6060 | |
6061 | /// Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted |
6062 | /// by the given converter. |
6063 | /// |
6064 | /// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a |
6065 | /// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class |
6066 | /// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching |
6067 | /// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only |
6068 | /// one target type. |
6069 | /// |
6070 | /// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the |
6071 | /// conversion. |
6072 | /// |
6073 | /// \param From The expression we're converting from. |
6074 | /// |
6075 | /// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process. |
6076 | /// |
6077 | /// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if |
6078 | /// successful. |
6079 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
6080 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { |
6081 | // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions. |
6082 | if (From->isTypeDependent()) |
6083 | return From; |
6084 | |
6085 | // Process placeholders immediately. |
6086 | if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
6087 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From); |
6088 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
6089 | return result; |
6090 | From = result.get(); |
6091 | } |
6092 | |
6093 | // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden. |
6094 | QualType T = From->getType(); |
6095 | if (Converter.match(T)) |
6096 | return DefaultLvalueConversion(From); |
6097 | |
6098 | // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type? |
6099 | |
6100 | // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class |
6101 | // type. |
6102 | const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); |
6103 | if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
6104 | if (!Converter.Suppress) |
6105 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); |
6106 | return From; |
6107 | } |
6108 | |
6109 | // We must have a complete class type. |
6110 | struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser { |
6111 | ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter; |
6112 | Expr *From; |
6113 | |
6114 | TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From) |
6115 | : Converter(Converter), From(From) {} |
6116 | |
6117 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
6118 | Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); |
6119 | } |
6120 | } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From); |
6121 | |
6122 | if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T) |
6123 | : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser)) |
6124 | return From; |
6125 | |
6126 | // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type. |
6127 | UnresolvedSet<4> |
6128 | ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y. |
6129 | UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions; |
6130 | const auto &Conversions = |
6131 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); |
6132 | |
6133 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = |
6134 | (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1); |
6135 | |
6136 | // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y: |
6137 | QualType ToType; |
6138 | bool HasUniqueTargetType = true; |
6139 | |
6140 | // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions. |
6141 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
6142 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
6143 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion; |
6144 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); |
6145 | if (ConvTemplate) { |
6146 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) |
6147 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); |
6148 | else |
6149 | continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?). |
6150 | } else |
6151 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); |
6152 | |
6153 | assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6155, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6154 | "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6155, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6155 | "viable in C++1y")(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6155, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6156 | |
6157 | QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
6158 | if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) { |
6159 | |
6160 | if (Conversion->isExplicit()) { |
6161 | // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction? |
6162 | // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion() |
6163 | if (!ConvTemplate) |
6164 | ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); |
6165 | } else { |
6166 | if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { |
6167 | if (ToType.isNull()) |
6168 | ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
6169 | else if (HasUniqueTargetType && |
6170 | (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType)) |
6171 | HasUniqueTargetType = false; |
6172 | } |
6173 | ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); |
6174 | } |
6175 | } |
6176 | } |
6177 | |
6178 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { |
6179 | // C++1y [conv]p6: |
6180 | // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context |
6181 | // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified |
6182 | // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly |
6183 | // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched |
6184 | // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to |
6185 | // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be |
6186 | // exactly one such T. |
6187 | |
6188 | // If no unique T is found: |
6189 | if (ToType.isNull()) { |
6190 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6191 | HadMultipleCandidates, |
6192 | ExplicitConversions)) |
6193 | return ExprError(); |
6194 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); |
6195 | } |
6196 | |
6197 | // If more than one unique Ts are found: |
6198 | if (!HasUniqueTargetType) |
6199 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6200 | ViableConversions); |
6201 | |
6202 | // If one unique T is found: |
6203 | // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded |
6204 | // potentially viable conversions. |
6205 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
6206 | collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions, |
6207 | CandidateSet); |
6208 | |
6209 | // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set. |
6210 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
6211 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) { |
6212 | case OR_Success: { |
6213 | // Apply this conversion. |
6214 | DeclAccessPair Found = |
6215 | DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); |
6216 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6217 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) |
6218 | return ExprError(); |
6219 | break; |
6220 | } |
6221 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
6222 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6223 | ViableConversions); |
6224 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
6225 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6226 | HadMultipleCandidates, |
6227 | ExplicitConversions)) |
6228 | return ExprError(); |
6229 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
6230 | case OR_Deleted: |
6231 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. |
6232 | break; |
6233 | } |
6234 | } else { |
6235 | switch (ViableConversions.size()) { |
6236 | case 0: { |
6237 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6238 | HadMultipleCandidates, |
6239 | ExplicitConversions)) |
6240 | return ExprError(); |
6241 | |
6242 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. |
6243 | break; |
6244 | } |
6245 | case 1: { |
6246 | // Apply this conversion. |
6247 | DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0]; |
6248 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6249 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) |
6250 | return ExprError(); |
6251 | break; |
6252 | } |
6253 | default: |
6254 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, |
6255 | ViableConversions); |
6256 | } |
6257 | } |
6258 | |
6259 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); |
6260 | } |
6261 | |
6262 | /// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is |
6263 | /// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose |
6264 | /// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine |
6265 | /// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning |
6266 | /// enumeration types. |
6267 | static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context, |
6268 | FunctionDecl *Fn, |
6269 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
6270 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); |
6271 | QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType(); |
6272 | |
6273 | if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType())) |
6274 | return true; |
6275 | |
6276 | if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType())) |
6277 | return true; |
6278 | |
6279 | const auto *Proto = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
6280 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1) |
6281 | return false; |
6282 | |
6283 | if (T1->isEnumeralType()) { |
6284 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType(); |
6285 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType)) |
6286 | return true; |
6287 | } |
6288 | |
6289 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2) |
6290 | return false; |
6291 | |
6292 | if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) { |
6293 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType(); |
6294 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType)) |
6295 | return true; |
6296 | } |
6297 | |
6298 | return false; |
6299 | } |
6300 | |
6301 | /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of |
6302 | /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If |
6303 | /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined |
6304 | /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators. |
6305 | /// |
6306 | /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading |
6307 | /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by |
6308 | /// code completion. |
6309 | void Sema::AddOverloadCandidate( |
6310 | FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6311 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
6312 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowExplicitConversions, |
6313 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, |
6314 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
6315 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto |
6316 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); |
6317 | assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded")(static_cast <bool> (Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6317, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6318 | assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6319, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6319 | "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates")(static_cast <bool> (!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6319, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6320 | |
6321 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { |
6322 | if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) { |
6323 | // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function |
6324 | // that is named without a member access expression (e.g., |
6325 | // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created |
6326 | // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member |
6327 | // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied |
6328 | // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context |
6329 | // is irrelevant. |
6330 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(), QualType(), |
6331 | Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(), Args, |
6332 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
6333 | PartialOverloading, EarlyConversions, PO); |
6334 | return; |
6335 | } |
6336 | // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object |
6337 | // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution. |
6338 | } |
6339 | |
6340 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function, PO)) |
6341 | return; |
6342 | |
6343 | // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402] |
6344 | // A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by |
6345 | // overload resolution. |
6346 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function); |
6347 | if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() && |
6348 | Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) |
6349 | return; |
6350 | |
6351 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. |
6352 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
6353 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
6354 | |
6355 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: |
6356 | // if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the |
6357 | // lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to |
6358 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there |
6359 | // is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to |
6360 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are |
6361 | // candidate functions. |
6362 | if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && |
6363 | !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args)) |
6364 | return; |
6365 | |
6366 | // Add this candidate |
6367 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = |
6368 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size(), EarlyConversions); |
6369 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
6370 | Candidate.Function = Function; |
6371 | Candidate.Viable = true; |
6372 | Candidate.RewriteKind = |
6373 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Function, PO); |
6374 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
6375 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; |
6376 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; |
6377 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); |
6378 | |
6379 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not |
6380 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point |
6381 | // to them in diagnostics. |
6382 | if (!AllowExplicit && ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Function).isExplicit()) { |
6383 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6384 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; |
6385 | return; |
6386 | } |
6387 | |
6388 | if (Function->isMultiVersion() && Function->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && |
6389 | !Function->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { |
6390 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6391 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; |
6392 | return; |
6393 | } |
6394 | |
6395 | if (Constructor) { |
6396 | // C++ [class.copy]p3: |
6397 | // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy |
6398 | // of a class object to an object of its class type. |
6399 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()); |
6400 | if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() && |
6401 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) || |
6402 | IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(), Args[0]->getType(), |
6403 | ClassType))) { |
6404 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6405 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor; |
6406 | return; |
6407 | } |
6408 | |
6409 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p8: (proposed DR resolution) |
6410 | // A constructor inherited from class type C that has a first parameter |
6411 | // of type "reference to P" (including such a constructor instantiated |
6412 | // from a template) is excluded from the set of candidate functions when |
6413 | // constructing an object of type cv D if the argument list has exactly |
6414 | // one argument and D is reference-related to P and P is reference-related |
6415 | // to C. |
6416 | auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl.getDecl()); |
6417 | if (Shadow && Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->getNumParams() >= 1 && |
6418 | Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
6419 | QualType P = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
6420 | QualType C = Context.getRecordType(Constructor->getParent()); |
6421 | QualType D = Context.getRecordType(Shadow->getParent()); |
6422 | SourceLocation Loc = Args.front()->getExprLoc(); |
6423 | if ((Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(P, C) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, P, C)) && |
6424 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(D, P) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, D, P))) { |
6425 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6426 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_inhctor_slice; |
6427 | return; |
6428 | } |
6429 | } |
6430 | |
6431 | // Check that the constructor is capable of constructing an object in the |
6432 | // destination address space. |
6433 | if (!Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf( |
6434 | Constructor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(), |
6435 | CandidateSet.getDestAS())) { |
6436 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6437 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch; |
6438 | } |
6439 | } |
6440 | |
6441 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
6442 | |
6443 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m |
6444 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter |
6445 | // list (8.3.5). |
6446 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && |
6447 | !Proto->isVariadic() && |
6448 | shouldEnforceArgLimit(PartialOverloading, Function)) { |
6449 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6450 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; |
6451 | return; |
6452 | } |
6453 | |
6454 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters |
6455 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument |
6456 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the |
6457 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are |
6458 | // exactly m parameters. |
6459 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments(); |
6460 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { |
6461 | // Not enough arguments. |
6462 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6463 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; |
6464 | return; |
6465 | } |
6466 | |
6467 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. |
6468 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) |
6469 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) |
6470 | // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this |
6471 | // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is |
6472 | // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of |
6473 | // the class. |
6474 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Function)) { |
6475 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6476 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; |
6477 | return; |
6478 | } |
6479 | |
6480 | if (Function->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
6481 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
6482 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Function, Satisfaction) || |
6483 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { |
6484 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6485 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; |
6486 | return; |
6487 | } |
6488 | } |
6489 | |
6490 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the |
6491 | // arguments. |
6492 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { |
6493 | unsigned ConvIdx = |
6494 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 - ArgIdx : ArgIdx; |
6495 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { |
6496 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during |
6497 | // template argument deduction. |
6498 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { |
6499 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall |
6500 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence |
6501 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding |
6502 | // parameter of F. |
6503 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
6504 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization( |
6505 | *this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, SuppressUserConversions, |
6506 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, |
6507 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
6508 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, AllowExplicitConversions); |
6509 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { |
6510 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6511 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
6512 | return; |
6513 | } |
6514 | } else { |
6515 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any |
6516 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is |
6517 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). |
6518 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); |
6519 | } |
6520 | } |
6521 | |
6522 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = |
6523 | CheckEnableIf(Function, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args)) { |
6524 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6525 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; |
6526 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; |
6527 | return; |
6528 | } |
6529 | } |
6530 | |
6531 | ObjCMethodDecl * |
6532 | Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance, |
6533 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { |
6534 | if (Methods.size() <= 1) |
6535 | return nullptr; |
6536 | |
6537 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { |
6538 | bool Match = true; |
6539 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b]; |
6540 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); |
6541 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due |
6542 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. |
6543 | if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs) |
6544 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); |
6545 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) |
6546 | continue; |
6547 | |
6548 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { |
6549 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. |
6550 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { |
6551 | Match = false; |
6552 | break; |
6553 | } |
6554 | |
6555 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; |
6556 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; |
6557 | assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression")(static_cast <bool> (argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"SelectBestMethod(): missing expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6557, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6558 | |
6559 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's |
6560 | // a consumed argument. |
6561 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && |
6562 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) |
6563 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); |
6564 | |
6565 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method. |
6566 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
6567 | Match = false; |
6568 | break; |
6569 | } |
6570 | |
6571 | ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState |
6572 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(), |
6573 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/false, |
6574 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, |
6575 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
6576 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, |
6577 | /*AllowExplicit*/false); |
6578 | // This function looks for a reasonably-exact match, so we consider |
6579 | // incompatible pointer conversions to be a failure here. |
6580 | if (ConversionState.isBad() || |
6581 | (ConversionState.isStandard() && |
6582 | ConversionState.Standard.Second == |
6583 | ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion)) { |
6584 | Match = false; |
6585 | break; |
6586 | } |
6587 | } |
6588 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. |
6589 | if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) { |
6590 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { |
6591 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { |
6592 | Match = false; |
6593 | break; |
6594 | } |
6595 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, |
6596 | nullptr); |
6597 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) { |
6598 | Match = false; |
6599 | break; |
6600 | } |
6601 | } |
6602 | } else { |
6603 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. |
6604 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) |
6605 | Match = false; |
6606 | else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) { |
6607 | // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select |
6608 | // one with the most general result type of 'id'. |
6609 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { |
6610 | QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType(); |
6611 | if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType()) |
6612 | return Methods[b]; |
6613 | } |
6614 | } |
6615 | } |
6616 | |
6617 | if (Match) |
6618 | return Method; |
6619 | } |
6620 | return nullptr; |
6621 | } |
6622 | |
6623 | static bool convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( |
6624 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function, Expr *ThisArg, SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6625 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, Sema::SFINAETrap &Trap, bool MissingImplicitThis, |
6626 | Expr *&ConvertedThis, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs) { |
6627 | if (ThisArg) { |
6628 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function); |
6629 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6630, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6630 | "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6630, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6631 | assert(!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!")(static_cast <bool> (!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Method->isStatic() && \"Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6631, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6632 | ExprResult R = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( |
6633 | ThisArg, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Method, Method); |
6634 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
6635 | return false; |
6636 | ConvertedThis = R.get(); |
6637 | } else { |
6638 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { |
6639 | (void)MD; |
6640 | assert((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() ||(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6642, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6641 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6642, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6642 | "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods")(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6642, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6643 | } |
6644 | ConvertedThis = nullptr; |
6645 | } |
6646 | |
6647 | // Ignore any variadic arguments. Converting them is pointless, since the |
6648 | // user can't refer to them in the function condition. |
6649 | unsigned ArgSizeNoVarargs = std::min(Function->param_size(), Args.size()); |
6650 | |
6651 | // Convert the arguments. |
6652 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArgSizeNoVarargs; ++I) { |
6653 | ExprResult R; |
6654 | R = S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
6655 | S.Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)), |
6656 | SourceLocation(), Args[I]); |
6657 | |
6658 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
6659 | return false; |
6660 | |
6661 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); |
6662 | } |
6663 | |
6664 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) |
6665 | return false; |
6666 | |
6667 | // Push default arguments if needed. |
6668 | if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) { |
6669 | for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { |
6670 | ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i); |
6671 | if (!P->hasDefaultArg()) |
6672 | return false; |
6673 | ExprResult R = S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, Function, P); |
6674 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
6675 | return false; |
6676 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); |
6677 | } |
6678 | |
6679 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) |
6680 | return false; |
6681 | } |
6682 | return true; |
6683 | } |
6684 | |
6685 | EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, |
6686 | SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6687 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6688 | bool MissingImplicitThis) { |
6689 | auto EnableIfAttrs = Function->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); |
6690 | if (EnableIfAttrs.begin() == EnableIfAttrs.end()) |
6691 | return nullptr; |
6692 | |
6693 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); |
6694 | SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs; |
6695 | // FIXME: We should look into making enable_if late-parsed. |
6696 | Expr *DiscardedThis; |
6697 | if (!convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( |
6698 | *this, Function, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallLoc, Args, Trap, |
6699 | /*MissingImplicitThis=*/true, DiscardedThis, ConvertedArgs)) |
6700 | return *EnableIfAttrs.begin(); |
6701 | |
6702 | for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) { |
6703 | APValue Result; |
6704 | // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is |
6705 | // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully. |
6706 | if (EIA->getCond()->isValueDependent() || |
6707 | !EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( |
6708 | Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs))) |
6709 | return EIA; |
6710 | |
6711 | if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue()) |
6712 | return EIA; |
6713 | } |
6714 | return nullptr; |
6715 | } |
6716 | |
6717 | template <typename CheckFn> |
6718 | static bool diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, |
6719 | bool ArgDependent, SourceLocation Loc, |
6720 | CheckFn &&IsSuccessful) { |
6721 | SmallVector<const DiagnoseIfAttr *, 8> Attrs; |
6722 | for (const auto *DIA : ND->specific_attrs<DiagnoseIfAttr>()) { |
6723 | if (ArgDependent == DIA->getArgDependent()) |
6724 | Attrs.push_back(DIA); |
6725 | } |
6726 | |
6727 | // Common case: No diagnose_if attributes, so we can quit early. |
6728 | if (Attrs.empty()) |
6729 | return false; |
6730 | |
6731 | auto WarningBegin = std::stable_partition( |
6732 | Attrs.begin(), Attrs.end(), |
6733 | [](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { return DIA->isError(); }); |
6734 | |
6735 | // Note that diagnose_if attributes are late-parsed, so they appear in the |
6736 | // correct order (unlike enable_if attributes). |
6737 | auto ErrAttr = llvm::find_if(llvm::make_range(Attrs.begin(), WarningBegin), |
6738 | IsSuccessful); |
6739 | if (ErrAttr != WarningBegin) { |
6740 | const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA = *ErrAttr; |
6741 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); |
6742 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) |
6743 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); |
6744 | return true; |
6745 | } |
6746 | |
6747 | for (const auto *DIA : llvm::make_range(WarningBegin, Attrs.end())) |
6748 | if (IsSuccessful(DIA)) { |
6749 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); |
6750 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) |
6751 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | return false; |
6755 | } |
6756 | |
6757 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
6758 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
6759 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
6760 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
6761 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( |
6762 | *this, Function, /*ArgDependent=*/true, Loc, |
6763 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { |
6764 | APValue Result; |
6765 | // It's sane to use the same Args for any redecl of this function, since |
6766 | // EvaluateWithSubstitution only cares about the position of each |
6767 | // argument in the arg list, not the ParmVarDecl* it maps to. |
6768 | if (!DIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( |
6769 | Result, Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(DIA->getParent()), Args, ThisArg)) |
6770 | return false; |
6771 | return Result.isInt() && Result.getInt().getBoolValue(); |
6772 | }); |
6773 | } |
6774 | |
6775 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
6776 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
6777 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( |
6778 | *this, ND, /*ArgDependent=*/false, Loc, |
6779 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { |
6780 | bool Result; |
6781 | return DIA->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Context) && |
6782 | Result; |
6783 | }); |
6784 | } |
6785 | |
6786 | /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to |
6787 | /// the overload candidate set. |
6788 | void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
6789 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6790 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
6791 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6792 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
6793 | bool PartialOverloading, |
6794 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase) { |
6795 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { |
6796 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
6797 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; |
6798 | |
6799 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); |
6800 | FunctionDecl *FD = |
6801 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
6802 | |
6803 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) { |
6804 | QualType ObjectType; |
6805 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification; |
6806 | if (Args.size() > 0) { |
6807 | if (Expr *E = Args[0]) { |
6808 | // Use the explicit base to restrict the lookup: |
6809 | ObjectType = E->getType(); |
6810 | // Pointers in the object arguments are implicitly dereferenced, so we |
6811 | // always classify them as l-values. |
6812 | if (!ObjectType.isNull() && ObjectType->isPointerType()) |
6813 | ObjectClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); |
6814 | else |
6815 | ObjectClassification = E->Classify(Context); |
6816 | } // .. else there is an implicit base. |
6817 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); |
6818 | } |
6819 | if (FunTmpl) { |
6820 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( |
6821 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), |
6822 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()), |
6823 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, |
6824 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
6825 | PartialOverloading); |
6826 | } else { |
6827 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(), |
6828 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(), ObjectType, |
6829 | ObjectClassification, FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, |
6830 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); |
6831 | } |
6832 | } else { |
6833 | // This branch handles both standalone functions and static methods. |
6834 | |
6835 | // Slice the first argument (which is the base) when we access |
6836 | // static method as non-static. |
6837 | if (Args.size() > 0 && |
6838 | (!Args[0] || (FirstArgumentIsBase && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && |
6839 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)))) { |
6840 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())(static_cast <bool> (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)-> isStatic()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6841 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); |
6842 | } |
6843 | if (FunTmpl) { |
6844 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), |
6845 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, FunctionArgs, |
6846 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
6847 | PartialOverloading); |
6848 | } else { |
6849 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, |
6850 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); |
6851 | } |
6852 | } |
6853 | } |
6854 | } |
6855 | |
6856 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of |
6857 | /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set. |
6858 | void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType, |
6859 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
6860 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6861 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
6862 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
6863 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
6864 | NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl(); |
6865 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext()); |
6866 | |
6867 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)) |
6868 | Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl(); |
6869 | |
6870 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) { |
6871 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Expected a member function template") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6872 | "Expected a member function template")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Expected a member function template") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6873 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext, |
6874 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, ObjectType, |
6875 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, |
6876 | SuppressUserConversions, false, PO); |
6877 | } else { |
6878 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext, |
6879 | ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, |
6880 | SuppressUserConversions, false, None, PO); |
6881 | } |
6882 | } |
6883 | |
6884 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set |
6885 | /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments |
6886 | /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call |
6887 | /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain |
6888 | /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't |
6889 | /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion |
6890 | /// operators. |
6891 | void |
6892 | Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
6893 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
6894 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
6895 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6896 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
6897 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
6898 | bool PartialOverloading, |
6899 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, |
6900 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
6901 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto |
6902 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); |
6903 | assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded")(static_cast <bool> (Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6903, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6904 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6905, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
6905 | "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6905, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
6906 | |
6907 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method, PO)) |
6908 | return; |
6909 | |
6910 | // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402] |
6911 | // A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is |
6912 | // ignored by overload resolution. |
6913 | if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() && |
6914 | Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) |
6915 | return; |
6916 | |
6917 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. |
6918 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
6919 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
6920 | |
6921 | // Add this candidate |
6922 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = |
6923 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1, EarlyConversions); |
6924 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
6925 | Candidate.Function = Method; |
6926 | Candidate.RewriteKind = |
6927 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Method, PO); |
6928 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
6929 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; |
6930 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); |
6931 | |
6932 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
6933 | |
6934 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m |
6935 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter |
6936 | // list (8.3.5). |
6937 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && |
6938 | !Proto->isVariadic() && |
6939 | shouldEnforceArgLimit(PartialOverloading, Method)) { |
6940 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6941 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; |
6942 | return; |
6943 | } |
6944 | |
6945 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters |
6946 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument |
6947 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the |
6948 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are |
6949 | // exactly m parameters. |
6950 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments(); |
6951 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { |
6952 | // Not enough arguments. |
6953 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6954 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; |
6955 | return; |
6956 | } |
6957 | |
6958 | Candidate.Viable = true; |
6959 | |
6960 | if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull()) |
6961 | // The implicit object argument is ignored. |
6962 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true; |
6963 | else { |
6964 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; |
6965 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object |
6966 | // parameter. |
6967 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( |
6968 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, |
6969 | Method, ActingContext); |
6970 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { |
6971 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6972 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
6973 | return; |
6974 | } |
6975 | } |
6976 | |
6977 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. |
6978 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) |
6979 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) |
6980 | if (!IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Method)) { |
6981 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6982 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; |
6983 | return; |
6984 | } |
6985 | |
6986 | if (Method->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
6987 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
6988 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction) || |
6989 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { |
6990 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
6991 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; |
6992 | return; |
6993 | } |
6994 | } |
6995 | |
6996 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the |
6997 | // arguments. |
6998 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { |
6999 | unsigned ConvIdx = |
7000 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 0 : (ArgIdx + 1); |
7001 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { |
7002 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during |
7003 | // template argument deduction. |
7004 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { |
7005 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall |
7006 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence |
7007 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding |
7008 | // parameter of F. |
7009 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
7010 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] |
7011 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, |
7012 | SuppressUserConversions, |
7013 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, |
7014 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
7015 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); |
7016 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { |
7017 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7018 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7019 | return; |
7020 | } |
7021 | } else { |
7022 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any |
7023 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is |
7024 | // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). |
7025 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); |
7026 | } |
7027 | } |
7028 | |
7029 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = |
7030 | CheckEnableIf(Method, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args, true)) { |
7031 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7032 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; |
7033 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; |
7034 | return; |
7035 | } |
7036 | |
7037 | if (Method->isMultiVersion() && Method->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && |
7038 | !Method->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { |
7039 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7040 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; |
7041 | } |
7042 | } |
7043 | |
7044 | /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate |
7045 | /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member |
7046 | /// function template specialization. |
7047 | void Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate( |
7048 | FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7049 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
7050 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType, |
7051 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7052 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
7053 | bool PartialOverloading, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
7054 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl, PO)) |
7055 | return; |
7056 | |
7057 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: |
7058 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate |
7059 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument |
7060 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as |
7061 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one |
7062 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template |
7063 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each |
7064 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate |
7065 | // functions. |
7066 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); |
7067 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; |
7068 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; |
7069 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( |
7070 | MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, |
7071 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { |
7072 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( |
7073 | MethodTmpl, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, |
7074 | SuppressUserConversions, ActingContext, ObjectType, |
7075 | ObjectClassification, PO); |
7076 | })) { |
7077 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = |
7078 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); |
7079 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7080 | Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
7081 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7082 | Candidate.RewriteKind = |
7083 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); |
7084 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
7085 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = |
7086 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function)->isStatic() || |
7087 | ObjectType.isNull(); |
7088 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); |
7089 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) |
7090 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7091 | else { |
7092 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; |
7093 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, |
7094 | Info); |
7095 | } |
7096 | return; |
7097 | } |
7098 | |
7099 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument |
7100 | // deduction as a candidate. |
7101 | assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing member function template specialization?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7101, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7102 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization ) && "Specialization is not a member function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7103, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
7103 | "Specialization is not a member function?")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization ) && "Specialization is not a member function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7103, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7104 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl, |
7105 | ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, |
7106 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading, |
7107 | Conversions, PO); |
7108 | } |
7109 | |
7110 | /// Determine whether a given function template has a simple explicit specifier |
7111 | /// or a non-value-dependent explicit-specification that evaluates to true. |
7112 | static bool isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { |
7113 | return ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()).isExplicit(); |
7114 | } |
7115 | |
7116 | /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate |
7117 | /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce |
7118 | /// an appropriate function template specialization. |
7119 | void Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
7120 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7121 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7122 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
7123 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, |
7124 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
7125 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate, PO)) |
7126 | return; |
7127 | |
7128 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, |
7129 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction |
7130 | // and substitution in this case. |
7131 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { |
7132 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); |
7133 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7134 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
7135 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7136 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; |
7137 | return; |
7138 | } |
7139 | |
7140 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: |
7141 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate |
7142 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument |
7143 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as |
7144 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one |
7145 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template |
7146 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each |
7147 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate |
7148 | // functions. |
7149 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); |
7150 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; |
7151 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; |
7152 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( |
7153 | FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, |
7154 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { |
7155 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( |
7156 | FunctionTemplate, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, |
7157 | SuppressUserConversions, nullptr, QualType(), {}, PO); |
7158 | })) { |
7159 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = |
7160 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); |
7161 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7162 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
7163 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7164 | Candidate.RewriteKind = |
7165 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); |
7166 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
7167 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; |
7168 | // Ignore the object argument if there is one, since we don't have an object |
7169 | // type. |
7170 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = |
7171 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function) && |
7172 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Candidate.Function); |
7173 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); |
7174 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) |
7175 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7176 | else { |
7177 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; |
7178 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, |
7179 | Info); |
7180 | } |
7181 | return; |
7182 | } |
7183 | |
7184 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument |
7185 | // deduction as a candidate. |
7186 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7186, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7187 | AddOverloadCandidate( |
7188 | Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, |
7189 | PartialOverloading, AllowExplicit, |
7190 | /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, IsADLCandidate, Conversions, PO); |
7191 | } |
7192 | |
7193 | /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument |
7194 | /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's |
7195 | /// [temp.deduct.call]p10. |
7196 | bool Sema::CheckNonDependentConversions( |
7197 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
7198 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
7199 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
7200 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
7201 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
7202 | // FIXME: The cases in which we allow explicit conversions for constructor |
7203 | // arguments never consider calling a constructor template. It's not clear |
7204 | // that is correct. |
7205 | const bool AllowExplicit = false; |
7206 | |
7207 | auto *FD = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
7208 | auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); |
7209 | bool HasThisConversion = Method && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); |
7210 | unsigned ThisConversions = HasThisConversion ? 1 : 0; |
7211 | |
7212 | Conversions = |
7213 | CandidateSet.allocateConversionSequences(ThisConversions + Args.size()); |
7214 | |
7215 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. |
7216 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
7217 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
7218 | |
7219 | // For a method call, check the 'this' conversion here too. DR1391 doesn't |
7220 | // require that, but this check should never result in a hard error, and |
7221 | // overload resolution is permitted to sidestep instantiations. |
7222 | if (HasThisConversion && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic() && |
7223 | !ObjectType.isNull()) { |
7224 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; |
7225 | Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( |
7226 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, |
7227 | Method, ActingContext); |
7228 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) |
7229 | return true; |
7230 | } |
7231 | |
7232 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(ParamTypes.size(), Args.size()); I != N; |
7233 | ++I) { |
7234 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[I]; |
7235 | if (!ParamType->isDependentType()) { |
7236 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed |
7237 | ? 0 |
7238 | : (ThisConversions + I); |
7239 | Conversions[ConvIdx] |
7240 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[I], ParamType, |
7241 | SuppressUserConversions, |
7242 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, |
7243 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
7244 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, |
7245 | AllowExplicit); |
7246 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) |
7247 | return true; |
7248 | } |
7249 | } |
7250 | |
7251 | return false; |
7252 | } |
7253 | |
7254 | /// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result |
7255 | /// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++ |
7256 | /// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1. |
7257 | /// |
7258 | /// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function. |
7259 | /// |
7260 | /// \param ToType The type we are converting to. |
7261 | /// |
7262 | /// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one |
7263 | /// Objective-C pointer to another. |
7264 | /// |
7265 | /// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise. |
7266 | static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S, |
7267 | QualType ConvType, QualType ToType, |
7268 | bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) { |
7269 | QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); |
7270 | |
7271 | // Easy case: the types are the same. |
7272 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType)) |
7273 | return true; |
7274 | |
7275 | // Allow qualification conversions. |
7276 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; |
7277 | if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false, |
7278 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) |
7279 | return true; |
7280 | |
7281 | // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions, |
7282 | // we're done. |
7283 | if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion) |
7284 | return false; |
7285 | |
7286 | // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion? |
7287 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; |
7288 | QualType ConvertedType; |
7289 | return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType, |
7290 | IncompatibleObjC); |
7291 | } |
7292 | |
7293 | /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a |
7294 | /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv], |
7295 | /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from, |
7296 | /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to |
7297 | /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the |
7298 | /// conversion function produces). |
7299 | void Sema::AddConversionCandidate( |
7300 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7301 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
7302 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
7303 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { |
7304 | assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
7305 | "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate")(static_cast <bool> (!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7306 | QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
7307 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) |
7308 | return; |
7309 | |
7310 | // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its |
7311 | // deduction now. |
7312 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) { |
7313 | if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc())) |
7314 | return; |
7315 | ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
7316 | } |
7317 | |
7318 | // If we don't allow any conversion of the result type, ignore conversion |
7319 | // functions that don't convert to exactly (possibly cv-qualified) T. |
7320 | if (!AllowResultConversion && |
7321 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Conversion->getConversionType(), ToType)) |
7322 | return; |
7323 | |
7324 | // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion |
7325 | // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or |
7326 | // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion. |
7327 | // |
7328 | // FIXME: Include such functions in the candidate list and explain why we |
7329 | // can't select them. |
7330 | if (Conversion->isExplicit() && |
7331 | !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType, |
7332 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) |
7333 | return; |
7334 | |
7335 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. |
7336 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
7337 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
7338 | |
7339 | // Add this candidate |
7340 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1); |
7341 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7342 | Candidate.Function = Conversion; |
7343 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
7344 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; |
7345 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
7346 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType); |
7347 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType); |
7348 | Candidate.Viable = true; |
7349 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; |
7350 | |
7351 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not |
7352 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point |
7353 | // to them in diagnostics. |
7354 | if (!AllowExplicit && Conversion->isExplicit()) { |
7355 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7356 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; |
7357 | return; |
7358 | } |
7359 | |
7360 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4: |
7361 | // For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of |
7362 | // the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of |
7363 | // defining the type of the implicit object parameter. |
7364 | // |
7365 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit |
7366 | // object parameter. |
7367 | QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType(); |
7368 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
7369 | ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); |
7370 | CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext |
7371 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
7372 | |
7373 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( |
7374 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(), |
7375 | From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext); |
7376 | |
7377 | if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) { |
7378 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7379 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7380 | return; |
7381 | } |
7382 | |
7383 | if (Conversion->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
7384 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
7385 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Conversion, Satisfaction) || |
7386 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { |
7387 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7388 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; |
7389 | return; |
7390 | } |
7391 | } |
7392 | |
7393 | // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a |
7394 | // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only |
7395 | // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user] |
7396 | QualType FromCanon |
7397 | = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); |
7398 | QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
7399 | if (FromCanon == ToCanon || |
7400 | IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) { |
7401 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7402 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion; |
7403 | return; |
7404 | } |
7405 | |
7406 | // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the |
7407 | // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to |
7408 | // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the |
7409 | // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This |
7410 | // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to |
7411 | // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this |
7412 | // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be |
7413 | // well-formed. |
7414 | DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Context, Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(), |
7415 | VK_LValue, From->getBeginLoc()); |
7416 | ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, |
7417 | Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()), |
7418 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, &ConversionRef, |
7419 | VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); |
7420 | |
7421 | QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType(); |
7422 | if (!isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ConversionType)) { |
7423 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7424 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; |
7425 | return; |
7426 | } |
7427 | |
7428 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType); |
7429 | |
7430 | // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because |
7431 | // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's |
7432 | // allocator). |
7433 | QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
7434 | |
7435 | alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; |
7436 | CallExpr *TheTemporaryCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary( |
7437 | Buffer, &ConversionFn, CallResultType, VK, From->getBeginLoc()); |
7438 | |
7439 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = |
7440 | TryCopyInitialization(*this, TheTemporaryCall, ToType, |
7441 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, |
7442 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
7443 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); |
7444 | |
7445 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { |
7446 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: |
7447 | Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard; |
7448 | |
7449 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p3: |
7450 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a |
7451 | // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence |
7452 | // shall have exact match rank. |
7453 | if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() && |
7454 | GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) { |
7455 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7456 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact; |
7457 | return; |
7458 | } |
7459 | |
7460 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: |
7461 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and |
7462 | // the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined |
7463 | // conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the |
7464 | // program is ill-formed. |
7465 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() && |
7466 | ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { |
7467 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7468 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; |
7469 | return; |
7470 | } |
7471 | break; |
7472 | |
7473 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: |
7474 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7475 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; |
7476 | return; |
7477 | |
7478 | default: |
7479 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7480) |
7480 | "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7480); |
7481 | } |
7482 | |
7483 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = |
7484 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { |
7485 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7486 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; |
7487 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; |
7488 | return; |
7489 | } |
7490 | |
7491 | if (Conversion->isMultiVersion() && Conversion->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && |
7492 | !Conversion->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { |
7493 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7494 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; |
7495 | } |
7496 | } |
7497 | |
7498 | /// Adds a conversion function template specialization |
7499 | /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction |
7500 | /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function |
7501 | /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++ |
7502 | /// [temp.deduct.conv]). |
7503 | void Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
7504 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7505 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
7506 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
7507 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { |
7508 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate ->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7509, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
7509 | "Only conversion function templates permitted here")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate ->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7509, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7510 | |
7511 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate)) |
7512 | return; |
7513 | |
7514 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, |
7515 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction |
7516 | // and substitution in this case. |
7517 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { |
7518 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); |
7519 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7520 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
7521 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7522 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; |
7523 | return; |
7524 | } |
7525 | |
7526 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); |
7527 | CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; |
7528 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result |
7529 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType, |
7530 | Specialization, Info)) { |
7531 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); |
7532 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7533 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); |
7534 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7535 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; |
7536 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
7537 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; |
7538 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; |
7539 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, |
7540 | Info); |
7541 | return; |
7542 | } |
7543 | |
7544 | // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by |
7545 | // template argument deduction as a candidate. |
7546 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7546, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7547 | AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType, |
7548 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
7549 | AllowExplicit, AllowResultConversion); |
7550 | } |
7551 | |
7552 | /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that |
7553 | /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the |
7554 | /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it |
7555 | /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is |
7556 | /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling. |
7557 | void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
7558 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
7559 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
7560 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
7561 | Expr *Object, |
7562 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7563 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) { |
7564 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) |
7565 | return; |
7566 | |
7567 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. |
7568 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
7569 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
7570 | |
7571 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1); |
7572 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; |
7573 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; |
7574 | Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion; |
7575 | Candidate.Viable = true; |
7576 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = true; |
7577 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; |
7578 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); |
7579 | |
7580 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit |
7581 | // object parameter. |
7582 | ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( |
7583 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(), |
7584 | Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext); |
7585 | if (ObjectInit.isBad()) { |
7586 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7587 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7588 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit; |
7589 | return; |
7590 | } |
7591 | |
7592 | // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose |
7593 | // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is |
7594 | // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such. |
7595 | Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined(); |
7596 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard; |
7597 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; |
7598 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false; |
7599 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion; |
7600 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl; |
7601 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After |
7602 | = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before; |
7603 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
7604 | |
7605 | // Find the |
7606 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
7607 | |
7608 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m |
7609 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter |
7610 | // list (8.3.5). |
7611 | if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) { |
7612 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7613 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; |
7614 | return; |
7615 | } |
7616 | |
7617 | // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if |
7618 | // we have enough arguments. |
7619 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { |
7620 | // Not enough arguments. |
7621 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7622 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; |
7623 | return; |
7624 | } |
7625 | |
7626 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the |
7627 | // arguments. |
7628 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
7629 | if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { |
7630 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall |
7631 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence |
7632 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding |
7633 | // parameter of F. |
7634 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); |
7635 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1] |
7636 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, |
7637 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
7638 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
7639 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
7640 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); |
7641 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) { |
7642 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7643 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7644 | return; |
7645 | } |
7646 | } else { |
7647 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any |
7648 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is |
7649 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). |
7650 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis(); |
7651 | } |
7652 | } |
7653 | |
7654 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = |
7655 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { |
7656 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7657 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; |
7658 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; |
7659 | return; |
7660 | } |
7661 | } |
7662 | |
7663 | /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given |
7664 | /// function set to the overload candidate set. |
7665 | void Sema::AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( |
7666 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7667 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
7668 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs) { |
7669 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { |
7670 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
7671 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; |
7672 | |
7673 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); |
7674 | FunctionDecl *FD = |
7675 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
7676 | |
7677 | // Don't consider rewritten functions if we're not rewriting. |
7678 | if (!CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isAcceptableCandidate(FD)) |
7679 | continue; |
7680 | |
7681 | assert(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7682, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
7682 | "unqualified operator lookup found a member function")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7682, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7683 | |
7684 | if (FunTmpl) { |
7685 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7686 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); |
7687 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) |
7688 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
7689 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7690 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, false, false, |
7691 | true, ADLCallKind::NotADL, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); |
7692 | } else { |
7693 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) |
7694 | continue; |
7695 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); |
7696 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) |
7697 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), |
7698 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, |
7699 | false, false, true, false, ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
7700 | None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); |
7701 | } |
7702 | } |
7703 | } |
7704 | |
7705 | /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are |
7706 | /// member functions. |
7707 | /// |
7708 | /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions |
7709 | /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such |
7710 | /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and |
7711 | /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++ |
7712 | /// [over.match.oper]). |
7713 | void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
7714 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
7715 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7716 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
7717 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { |
7718 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); |
7719 | |
7720 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: |
7721 | // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose |
7722 | // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with |
7723 | // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and |
7724 | // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2, |
7725 | // three sets of candidate functions, designated member |
7726 | // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are |
7727 | // constructed as follows: |
7728 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); |
7729 | |
7730 | // -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being |
7731 | // defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the |
7732 | // qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, |
7733 | // the set of member candidates is empty. |
7734 | if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
7735 | // Complete the type if it can be completed. |
7736 | if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined()) |
7737 | return; |
7738 | // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now. |
7739 | if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition()) |
7740 | return; |
7741 | |
7742 | LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
7743 | LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl()); |
7744 | Operators.suppressDiagnostics(); |
7745 | |
7746 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(), |
7747 | OperEnd = Operators.end(); |
7748 | Oper != OperEnd; |
7749 | ++Oper) |
7750 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(), |
7751 | Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1), |
7752 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false, PO); |
7753 | } |
7754 | } |
7755 | |
7756 | /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in |
7757 | /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types |
7758 | /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the |
7759 | /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator |
7760 | /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment |
7761 | /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments |
7762 | /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually |
7763 | /// converted to bool. |
7764 | void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7765 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
7766 | bool IsAssignmentOperator, |
7767 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) { |
7768 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. |
7769 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
7770 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
7771 | |
7772 | // Add this candidate |
7773 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size()); |
7774 | Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none); |
7775 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; |
7776 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; |
7777 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; |
7778 | std::copy(ParamTys, ParamTys + Args.size(), Candidate.BuiltinParamTypes); |
7779 | |
7780 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the |
7781 | // arguments. |
7782 | Candidate.Viable = true; |
7783 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); |
7784 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
7785 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p4: |
7786 | // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the |
7787 | // left operand are restricted as follows: |
7788 | // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and |
7789 | // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left |
7790 | // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most |
7791 | // parameter of a built-in candidate. |
7792 | // |
7793 | // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined |
7794 | // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of |
7795 | // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that |
7796 | // is not of the same type. |
7797 | if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) { |
7798 | assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&(static_cast <bool> (ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7799, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
7799 | "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type")(static_cast <bool> (ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7799, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7800 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] |
7801 | = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]); |
7802 | } else { |
7803 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] |
7804 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx], |
7805 | ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator, |
7806 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
7807 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
7808 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); |
7809 | } |
7810 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) { |
7811 | Candidate.Viable = false; |
7812 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; |
7813 | break; |
7814 | } |
7815 | } |
7816 | } |
7817 | |
7818 | namespace { |
7819 | |
7820 | /// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the |
7821 | /// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++ |
7822 | /// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and |
7823 | /// enumeration types. |
7824 | class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet { |
7825 | /// TypeSet - A set of types. |
7826 | typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>, |
7827 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet; |
7828 | |
7829 | /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the |
7830 | /// built-in candidates. |
7831 | TypeSet PointerTypes; |
7832 | |
7833 | /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be |
7834 | /// used in the built-in candidates. |
7835 | TypeSet MemberPointerTypes; |
7836 | |
7837 | /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be |
7838 | /// used in the built-in candidates. |
7839 | TypeSet EnumerationTypes; |
7840 | |
7841 | /// The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in |
7842 | /// candidates. |
7843 | TypeSet VectorTypes; |
7844 | |
7845 | /// The set of matrix types that will be used in the built-in |
7846 | /// candidates. |
7847 | TypeSet MatrixTypes; |
7848 | |
7849 | /// A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates |
7850 | bool HasNonRecordTypes; |
7851 | |
7852 | /// A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types |
7853 | /// were present in the candidate set. |
7854 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; |
7855 | |
7856 | /// A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the |
7857 | /// candidate set. |
7858 | bool HasNullPtrType; |
7859 | |
7860 | /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the |
7861 | /// candidate type set. |
7862 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7863 | |
7864 | /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets. |
7865 | ASTContext &Context; |
7866 | |
7867 | bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, |
7868 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals); |
7869 | bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty); |
7870 | |
7871 | public: |
7872 | /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set. |
7873 | typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator; |
7874 | |
7875 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef) |
7876 | : HasNonRecordTypes(false), |
7877 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false), |
7878 | HasNullPtrType(false), |
7879 | SemaRef(SemaRef), |
7880 | Context(SemaRef.Context) { } |
7881 | |
7882 | void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, |
7883 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7884 | bool AllowUserConversions, |
7885 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, |
7886 | const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); |
7887 | |
7888 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> pointer_types() { return PointerTypes; } |
7889 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> member_pointer_types() { |
7890 | return MemberPointerTypes; |
7891 | } |
7892 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> enumeration_types() { |
7893 | return EnumerationTypes; |
7894 | } |
7895 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> vector_types() { return VectorTypes; } |
7896 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> matrix_types() { return MatrixTypes; } |
7897 | |
7898 | bool containsMatrixType(QualType Ty) const { return MatrixTypes.count(Ty); } |
7899 | bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; } |
7900 | bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; } |
7901 | bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; } |
7902 | }; |
7903 | |
7904 | } // end anonymous namespace |
7905 | |
7906 | /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to |
7907 | /// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of |
7908 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine |
7909 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const |
7910 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of |
7911 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, |
7912 | /// false otherwise. |
7913 | /// |
7914 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? |
7915 | bool |
7916 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, |
7917 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { |
7918 | |
7919 | // Insert this type. |
7920 | if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty)) |
7921 | return false; |
7922 | |
7923 | QualType PointeeTy; |
7924 | const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>(); |
7925 | bool buildObjCPtr = false; |
7926 | if (!PointerTy) { |
7927 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
7928 | PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
7929 | buildObjCPtr = true; |
7930 | } else { |
7931 | PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); |
7932 | } |
7933 | |
7934 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed |
7935 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the |
7936 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, |
7937 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. |
7938 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) |
7939 | return true; |
7940 | |
7941 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); |
7942 | bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile(); |
7943 | bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict(); |
7944 | |
7945 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR. |
7946 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { |
7947 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; |
7948 | // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types. |
7949 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue; |
7950 | |
7951 | // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if |
7952 | // the type cannot be restrict-qualified. |
7953 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && |
7954 | (!hasRestrict || |
7955 | (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType())))) |
7956 | continue; |
7957 | |
7958 | // Build qualified pointee type. |
7959 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); |
7960 | |
7961 | // Build qualified pointer type. |
7962 | QualType QPointerTy; |
7963 | if (!buildObjCPtr) |
7964 | QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy); |
7965 | else |
7966 | QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy); |
7967 | |
7968 | // Insert qualified pointer type. |
7969 | PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy); |
7970 | } |
7971 | |
7972 | return true; |
7973 | } |
7974 | |
7975 | /// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty |
7976 | /// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of |
7977 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine |
7978 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const |
7979 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of |
7980 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, |
7981 | /// false otherwise. |
7982 | /// |
7983 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? |
7984 | bool |
7985 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants( |
7986 | QualType Ty) { |
7987 | // Insert this type. |
7988 | if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty)) |
7989 | return false; |
7990 | |
7991 | const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); |
7992 | assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!")(static_cast <bool> (PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerTy && \"type was not a member pointer type!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7992, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
7993 | |
7994 | QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); |
7995 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed |
7996 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the |
7997 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, |
7998 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. |
7999 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) |
8000 | return true; |
8001 | const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass(); |
8002 | |
8003 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR |
8004 | // qualifiers. |
8005 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); |
8006 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { |
8007 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; |
8008 | |
8009 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); |
8010 | MemberPointerTypes.insert( |
8011 | Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy)); |
8012 | } |
8013 | |
8014 | return true; |
8015 | } |
8016 | |
8017 | /// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p |
8018 | /// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're |
8019 | /// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also |
8020 | /// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator. |
8021 | /// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion |
8022 | /// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we |
8023 | /// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class |
8024 | /// type. |
8025 | void |
8026 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, |
8027 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8028 | bool AllowUserConversions, |
8029 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, |
8030 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { |
8031 | // Only deal with canonical types. |
8032 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
8033 | |
8034 | // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an |
8035 | // expression for the purposes of conversions. |
8036 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
8037 | Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType(); |
8038 | |
8039 | // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer. |
8040 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) |
8041 | Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty); |
8042 | |
8043 | // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type. |
8044 | Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); |
8045 | |
8046 | // Flag if we ever add a non-record type. |
8047 | const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
8048 | HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec; |
8049 | |
8050 | // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type. |
8051 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = |
8052 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType(); |
8053 | |
8054 | if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType()) |
8055 | PointerTypes.insert(Ty); |
8056 | else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
8057 | // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set |
8058 | // of types. |
8059 | if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals)) |
8060 | return; |
8061 | } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { |
8062 | // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted. |
8063 | if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty)) |
8064 | return; |
8065 | } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) { |
8066 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; |
8067 | EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty); |
8068 | } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { |
8069 | // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an |
8070 | // extension. |
8071 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; |
8072 | VectorTypes.insert(Ty); |
8073 | } else if (Ty->isMatrixType()) { |
8074 | // Similar to vector types, we treat vector types as arithmetic types in |
8075 | // many contexts as an extension. |
8076 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; |
8077 | MatrixTypes.insert(Ty); |
8078 | } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) { |
8079 | HasNullPtrType = true; |
8080 | } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) { |
8081 | // No conversion functions in incomplete types. |
8082 | if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty)) |
8083 | return; |
8084 | |
8085 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); |
8086 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { |
8087 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
8088 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
8089 | |
8090 | // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything |
8091 | // about which builtin types we can convert to. |
8092 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
8093 | continue; |
8094 | |
8095 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); |
8096 | if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) { |
8097 | AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false, |
8098 | VisibleQuals); |
8099 | } |
8100 | } |
8101 | } |
8102 | } |
8103 | /// Helper function for adjusting address spaces for the pointer or reference |
8104 | /// operands of builtin operators depending on the argument. |
8105 | static QualType AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, |
8106 | Expr *Arg) { |
8107 | return S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, Arg->getType().getAddressSpace()); |
8108 | } |
8109 | |
8110 | /// Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds |
8111 | /// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the |
8112 | /// given type to the candidate set. |
8113 | static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S, |
8114 | QualType T, |
8115 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
8116 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { |
8117 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; |
8118 | |
8119 | // T& operator=(T&, T) |
8120 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8121 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, T, Args[0])); |
8122 | ParamTypes[1] = T; |
8123 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8124 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); |
8125 | |
8126 | if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) { |
8127 | // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T) |
8128 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8129 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, S.Context.getVolatileType(T), |
8130 | Args[0])); |
8131 | ParamTypes[1] = T; |
8132 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8133 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); |
8134 | } |
8135 | } |
8136 | |
8137 | /// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers, |
8138 | /// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type. |
8139 | static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) { |
8140 | Qualifiers VRQuals; |
8141 | const RecordType *TyRec; |
8142 | if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType = |
8143 | ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
8144 | TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
8145 | else |
8146 | TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
8147 | if (!TyRec) { |
8148 | // Just to be safe, assume the worst case. |
8149 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); |
8150 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); |
8151 | return VRQuals; |
8152 | } |
8153 | |
8154 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); |
8155 | if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition()) |
8156 | return VRQuals; |
8157 | |
8158 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { |
8159 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
8160 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
8161 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) { |
8162 | QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType()); |
8163 | if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
8164 | CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType(); |
8165 | // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers |
8166 | // as see them. |
8167 | bool done = false; |
8168 | while (!done) { |
8169 | if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified()) |
8170 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); |
8171 | if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
8172 | CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
8173 | else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr = |
8174 | CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
8175 | CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType(); |
8176 | else |
8177 | done = true; |
8178 | if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified()) |
8179 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); |
8180 | if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile()) |
8181 | return VRQuals; |
8182 | } |
8183 | } |
8184 | } |
8185 | return VRQuals; |
8186 | } |
8187 | |
8188 | namespace { |
8189 | |
8190 | /// Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload |
8191 | /// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout |
8192 | /// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin |
8193 | /// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set. |
8194 | class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder { |
8195 | // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods. |
8196 | Sema &S; |
8197 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args; |
8198 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; |
8199 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType; |
8200 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes; |
8201 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet; |
8202 | |
8203 | static constexpr int ArithmeticTypesCap = 24; |
8204 | SmallVector<CanQualType, ArithmeticTypesCap> ArithmeticTypes; |
8205 | |
8206 | // Define some indices used to iterate over the arithmetic types in |
8207 | // ArithmeticTypes. The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic |
8208 | // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). |
8209 | unsigned FirstIntegralType, |
8210 | LastIntegralType; |
8211 | unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType, |
8212 | LastPromotedIntegralType; |
8213 | unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType, |
8214 | LastPromotedArithmeticType; |
8215 | unsigned NumArithmeticTypes; |
8216 | |
8217 | void InitArithmeticTypes() { |
8218 | // Start of promoted types. |
8219 | FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0; |
8220 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.FloatTy); |
8221 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.DoubleTy); |
8222 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongDoubleTy); |
8223 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type()) |
8224 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Float128Ty); |
8225 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasIbm128Type()) |
8226 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Ibm128Ty); |
8227 | |
8228 | // Start of integral types. |
8229 | FirstIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); |
8230 | FirstPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); |
8231 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.IntTy); |
8232 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongTy); |
8233 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongLongTy); |
8234 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || |
8235 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && |
8236 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) |
8237 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Int128Ty); |
8238 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedIntTy); |
8239 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongTy); |
8240 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy); |
8241 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || |
8242 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && |
8243 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) |
8244 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty); |
8245 | LastPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); |
8246 | LastPromotedArithmeticType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); |
8247 | // End of promoted types. |
8248 | |
8249 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.BoolTy); |
8250 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.CharTy); |
8251 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.WCharTy); |
8252 | if (S.Context.getLangOpts().Char8) |
8253 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char8Ty); |
8254 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char16Ty); |
8255 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char32Ty); |
8256 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.SignedCharTy); |
8257 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.ShortTy); |
8258 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedCharTy); |
8259 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedShortTy); |
8260 | LastIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); |
8261 | NumArithmeticTypes = ArithmeticTypes.size(); |
8262 | // End of integral types. |
8263 | // FIXME: What about complex? What about half? |
8264 | |
8265 | assert(ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap &&(static_cast <bool> (ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 8266, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
8266 | "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.")(static_cast <bool> (ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 8266, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
8267 | } |
8268 | |
8269 | /// Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads |
8270 | /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators. |
8271 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy, |
8272 | bool HasVolatile, |
8273 | bool HasRestrict) { |
8274 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { |
8275 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy), |
8276 | S.Context.IntTy |
8277 | }; |
8278 | |
8279 | // Non-volatile version. |
8280 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8281 | |
8282 | // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set: |
8283 | // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type. |
8284 | if (HasVolatile) { |
8285 | ParamTypes[0] = |
8286 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8287 | S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy)); |
8288 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8289 | } |
8290 | |
8291 | // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type |
8292 | // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer. |
8293 | if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() && |
8294 | !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) { |
8295 | ParamTypes[0] |
8296 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8297 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict)); |
8298 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8299 | |
8300 | if (HasVolatile) { |
8301 | ParamTypes[0] |
8302 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8303 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, |
8304 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | |
8305 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); |
8306 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8307 | } |
8308 | } |
8309 | |
8310 | } |
8311 | |
8312 | /// Helper to add an overload candidate for a binary builtin with types \p L |
8313 | /// and \p R. |
8314 | void AddCandidate(QualType L, QualType R) { |
8315 | QualType LandR[2] = {L, R}; |
8316 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); |
8317 | } |
8318 | |
8319 | public: |
8320 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder( |
8321 | Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
8322 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, |
8323 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, |
8324 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes, |
8325 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) |
8326 | : S(S), Args(Args), |
8327 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals), |
8328 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType( |
8329 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType), |
8330 | CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes), |
8331 | CandidateSet(CandidateSet) { |
8332 | |
8333 | InitArithmeticTypes(); |
8334 | } |
8335 | |
8336 | // Increment is deprecated for bool since C++17. |
8337 | // |
8338 | // C++ [over.built]p3: |
8339 | // |
8340 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other |
8341 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist |
8342 | // candidate operator functions of the form |
8343 | // |
8344 | // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&); |
8345 | // T operator++(VQ T&, int); |
8346 | // |
8347 | // C++ [over.built]p4: |
8348 | // |
8349 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other |
8350 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist |
8351 | // candidate operator functions of the form |
8352 | // |
8353 | // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&); |
8354 | // T operator--(VQ T&, int); |
8355 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { |
8356 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8357 | return; |
8358 | |
8359 | for (unsigned Arith = 0; Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) { |
8360 | const auto TypeOfT = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; |
8361 | if (TypeOfT == S.Context.BoolTy) { |
8362 | if (Op == OO_MinusMinus) |
8363 | continue; |
8364 | if (Op == OO_PlusPlus && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) |
8365 | continue; |
8366 | } |
8367 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( |
8368 | TypeOfT, |
8369 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(), |
8370 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()); |
8371 | } |
8372 | } |
8373 | |
8374 | // C++ [over.built]p5: |
8375 | // |
8376 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or |
8377 | // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or |
8378 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8379 | // |
8380 | // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&); |
8381 | // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&); |
8382 | // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int); |
8383 | // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int); |
8384 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() { |
8385 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { |
8386 | // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types. |
8387 | if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) |
8388 | continue; |
8389 | |
8390 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( |
8391 | PtrTy, |
8392 | (!PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && |
8393 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()), |
8394 | (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && |
8395 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict())); |
8396 | } |
8397 | } |
8398 | |
8399 | // C++ [over.built]p6: |
8400 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there |
8401 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8402 | // |
8403 | // T& operator*(T*); |
8404 | // |
8405 | // C++ [over.built]p7: |
8406 | // For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a |
8407 | // ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8408 | // T& operator*(T*); |
8409 | void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() { |
8410 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { |
8411 | QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType(); |
8412 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) |
8413 | continue; |
8414 | |
8415 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
8416 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier()) |
8417 | continue; |
8418 | |
8419 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8420 | } |
8421 | } |
8422 | |
8423 | // C++ [over.built]p9: |
8424 | // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate |
8425 | // operator functions of the form |
8426 | // |
8427 | // T operator+(T); |
8428 | // T operator-(T); |
8429 | void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() { |
8430 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8431 | return; |
8432 | |
8433 | for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; |
8434 | Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) { |
8435 | QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; |
8436 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8437 | } |
8438 | |
8439 | // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types. |
8440 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) |
8441 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8442 | } |
8443 | |
8444 | // C++ [over.built]p8: |
8445 | // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of |
8446 | // the form |
8447 | // |
8448 | // T* operator+(T*); |
8449 | void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() { |
8450 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) |
8451 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8452 | } |
8453 | |
8454 | // C++ [over.built]p10: |
8455 | // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate |
8456 | // operator functions of the form |
8457 | // |
8458 | // T operator~(T); |
8459 | void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() { |
8460 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8461 | return; |
8462 | |
8463 | for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType; |
8464 | Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) { |
8465 | QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int]; |
8466 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&IntTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8467 | } |
8468 | |
8469 | // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types. |
8470 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) |
8471 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8472 | } |
8473 | |
8474 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p16: |
8475 | // For every pointer to member type T or type std::nullptr_t, there |
8476 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8477 | // |
8478 | // bool operator==(T,T); |
8479 | // bool operator!=(T,T); |
8480 | void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads() { |
8481 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. |
8482 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; |
8483 | |
8484 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
8485 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { |
8486 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. |
8487 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) |
8488 | continue; |
8489 | |
8490 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; |
8491 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8492 | } |
8493 | |
8494 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) { |
8495 | CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy); |
8496 | if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second) { |
8497 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy }; |
8498 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8499 | } |
8500 | } |
8501 | } |
8502 | } |
8503 | |
8504 | // C++ [over.built]p15: |
8505 | // |
8506 | // For every T, where T is an enumeration type or a pointer type, |
8507 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8508 | // |
8509 | // bool operator<(T, T); |
8510 | // bool operator>(T, T); |
8511 | // bool operator<=(T, T); |
8512 | // bool operator>=(T, T); |
8513 | // bool operator==(T, T); |
8514 | // bool operator!=(T, T); |
8515 | // R operator<=>(T, T) |
8516 | void addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(bool IsSpaceship) { |
8517 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: |
8518 | // [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator |
8519 | // functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...] |
8520 | // do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member |
8521 | // candidate. |
8522 | // |
8523 | // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there |
8524 | // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator |
8525 | // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other |
8526 | // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=, |
8527 | // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place |
8528 | // where we must suppress candidates like this. |
8529 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> > |
8530 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators; |
8531 | |
8532 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
8533 | if (!CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types().empty()) { |
8534 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(), |
8535 | CEnd = CandidateSet.end(); |
8536 | C != CEnd; ++C) { |
8537 | if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2) |
8538 | continue; |
8539 | |
8540 | if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) |
8541 | continue; |
8542 | |
8543 | // We interpret "same parameter-type-list" as applying to the |
8544 | // "synthesized candidate, with the order of the two parameters |
8545 | // reversed", not to the original function. |
8546 | bool Reversed = C->isReversed(); |
8547 | QualType FirstParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 1 : 0) |
8548 | ->getType() |
8549 | .getUnqualifiedType(); |
8550 | QualType SecondParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 0 : 1) |
8551 | ->getType() |
8552 | .getUnqualifiedType(); |
8553 | |
8554 | // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type. |
8555 | if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() || |
8556 | !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType()) |
8557 | continue; |
8558 | |
8559 | // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators. |
8560 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert( |
8561 | std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType), |
8562 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType))); |
8563 | } |
8564 | } |
8565 | } |
8566 | |
8567 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. |
8568 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; |
8569 | |
8570 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
8571 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { |
8572 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. |
8573 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) |
8574 | continue; |
8575 | if (IsSpaceship && PtrTy->isFunctionPointerType()) |
8576 | continue; |
8577 | |
8578 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; |
8579 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8580 | } |
8581 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { |
8582 | CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy); |
8583 | |
8584 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined |
8585 | // candidate exists. |
8586 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second || |
8587 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType, |
8588 | CanonType))) |
8589 | continue; |
8590 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; |
8591 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8592 | } |
8593 | } |
8594 | } |
8595 | |
8596 | // C++ [over.built]p13: |
8597 | // |
8598 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T |
8599 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8600 | // |
8601 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); |
8602 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW] |
8603 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); |
8604 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); |
8605 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW] |
8606 | // |
8607 | // C++ [over.built]p14: |
8608 | // |
8609 | // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there |
8610 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8611 | // |
8612 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); |
8613 | void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { |
8614 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. |
8615 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; |
8616 | |
8617 | for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) { |
8618 | QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = { |
8619 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), |
8620 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), |
8621 | }; |
8622 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_types()) { |
8623 | QualType PointeeTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); |
8624 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType()) |
8625 | continue; |
8626 | |
8627 | AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = PtrTy; |
8628 | if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) { |
8629 | // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t) |
8630 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); |
8631 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8632 | } |
8633 | if (Op == OO_Minus) { |
8634 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); |
8635 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) |
8636 | continue; |
8637 | |
8638 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; |
8639 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
8640 | } |
8641 | } |
8642 | } |
8643 | } |
8644 | |
8645 | // C++ [over.built]p12: |
8646 | // |
8647 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there |
8648 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8649 | // |
8650 | // LR operator*(L, R); |
8651 | // LR operator/(L, R); |
8652 | // LR operator+(L, R); |
8653 | // LR operator-(L, R); |
8654 | // bool operator<(L, R); |
8655 | // bool operator>(L, R); |
8656 | // bool operator<=(L, R); |
8657 | // bool operator>=(L, R); |
8658 | // bool operator==(L, R); |
8659 | // bool operator!=(L, R); |
8660 | // |
8661 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions |
8662 | // between types L and R. |
8663 | // |
8664 | // C++ [over.built]p24: |
8665 | // |
8666 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist |
8667 | // candidate operator functions of the form |
8668 | // |
8669 | // LR operator?(bool, L, R); |
8670 | // |
8671 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions |
8672 | // between types L and R. |
8673 | // Our candidates ignore the first parameter. |
8674 | void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { |
8675 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8676 | return; |
8677 | |
8678 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; |
8679 | Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) { |
8680 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; |
8681 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { |
8682 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], |
8683 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; |
8684 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); |
8685 | } |
8686 | } |
8687 | |
8688 | // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the |
8689 | // conditional operator for vector types. |
8690 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) |
8691 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[1].vector_types()) { |
8692 | QualType LandR[2] = {Vec1Ty, Vec2Ty}; |
8693 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); |
8694 | } |
8695 | } |
8696 | |
8697 | /// Add binary operator overloads for each candidate matrix type M1, M2: |
8698 | /// * (M1, M1) -> M1 |
8699 | /// * (M1, M1.getElementType()) -> M1 |
8700 | /// * (M2.getElementType(), M2) -> M2 |
8701 | /// * (M2, M2) -> M2 // Only if M2 is not part of CandidateTypes[0]. |
8702 | void addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { |
8703 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8704 | return; |
8705 | |
8706 | for (QualType M1 : CandidateTypes[0].matrix_types()) { |
8707 | AddCandidate(M1, cast<MatrixType>(M1)->getElementType()); |
8708 | AddCandidate(M1, M1); |
8709 | } |
8710 | |
8711 | for (QualType M2 : CandidateTypes[1].matrix_types()) { |
8712 | AddCandidate(cast<MatrixType>(M2)->getElementType(), M2); |
8713 | if (!CandidateTypes[0].containsMatrixType(M2)) |
8714 | AddCandidate(M2, M2); |
8715 | } |
8716 | } |
8717 | |
8718 | // C++2a [over.built]p14: |
8719 | // |
8720 | // For every integral type T there exists a candidate operator function |
8721 | // of the form |
8722 | // |
8723 | // std::strong_ordering operator<=>(T, T) |
8724 | // |
8725 | // C++2a [over.built]p15: |
8726 | // |
8727 | // For every pair of floating-point types L and R, there exists a candidate |
8728 | // operator function of the form |
8729 | // |
8730 | // std::partial_ordering operator<=>(L, R); |
8731 | // |
8732 | // FIXME: The current specification for integral types doesn't play nice with |
8733 | // the direction of p0946r0, which allows mixed integral and unscoped-enum |
8734 | // comparisons. Under the current spec this can lead to ambiguity during |
8735 | // overload resolution. For example: |
8736 | // |
8737 | // enum A : int {a}; |
8738 | // auto x = (a <=> (long)42); |
8739 | // |
8740 | // error: call is ambiguous for arguments 'A' and 'long'. |
8741 | // note: candidate operator<=>(int, int) |
8742 | // note: candidate operator<=>(long, long) |
8743 | // |
8744 | // To avoid this error, this function deviates from the specification and adds |
8745 | // the mixed overloads `operator<=>(L, R)` where L and R are promoted |
8746 | // arithmetic types (the same as the generic relational overloads). |
8747 | // |
8748 | // For now this function acts as a placeholder. |
8749 | void addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads() { |
8750 | addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
8751 | } |
8752 | |
8753 | // C++ [over.built]p17: |
8754 | // |
8755 | // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there |
8756 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8757 | // |
8758 | // LR operator%(L, R); |
8759 | // LR operator&(L, R); |
8760 | // LR operator^(L, R); |
8761 | // LR operator|(L, R); |
8762 | // L operator<<(L, R); |
8763 | // L operator>>(L, R); |
8764 | // |
8765 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions |
8766 | // between types L and R. |
8767 | void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads() { |
8768 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8769 | return; |
8770 | |
8771 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType; |
8772 | Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) { |
8773 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; |
8774 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { |
8775 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], |
8776 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; |
8777 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); |
8778 | } |
8779 | } |
8780 | } |
8781 | |
8782 | // C++ [over.built]p20: |
8783 | // |
8784 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or |
8785 | // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or |
8786 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8787 | // |
8788 | // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T); |
8789 | void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { |
8790 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. |
8791 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; |
8792 | |
8793 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { |
8794 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { |
8795 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) |
8796 | continue; |
8797 | |
8798 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, EnumTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8799 | } |
8800 | |
8801 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { |
8802 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) |
8803 | continue; |
8804 | |
8805 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, MemPtrTy, Args, CandidateSet); |
8806 | } |
8807 | } |
8808 | } |
8809 | |
8810 | // C++ [over.built]p19: |
8811 | // |
8812 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either |
8813 | // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions |
8814 | // of the form |
8815 | // |
8816 | // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*); |
8817 | // |
8818 | // C++ [over.built]p21: |
8819 | // |
8820 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or |
8821 | // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or |
8822 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8823 | // |
8824 | // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); |
8825 | // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); |
8826 | void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { |
8827 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. |
8828 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; |
8829 | |
8830 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { |
8831 | // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added. |
8832 | if (isEqualOp) |
8833 | AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)); |
8834 | else if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) |
8835 | continue; |
8836 | |
8837 | // non-volatile version |
8838 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { |
8839 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), |
8840 | isEqualOp ? PtrTy : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), |
8841 | }; |
8842 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8843 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp); |
8844 | |
8845 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && |
8846 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); |
8847 | if (NeedVolatile) { |
8848 | // volatile version |
8849 | ParamTypes[0] = |
8850 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); |
8851 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8852 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8853 | } |
8854 | |
8855 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && |
8856 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { |
8857 | // restrict version |
8858 | ParamTypes[0] = |
8859 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); |
8860 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8861 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8862 | |
8863 | if (NeedVolatile) { |
8864 | // volatile restrict version |
8865 | ParamTypes[0] = |
8866 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( |
8867 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); |
8868 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8869 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8870 | } |
8871 | } |
8872 | } |
8873 | |
8874 | if (isEqualOp) { |
8875 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { |
8876 | // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice. |
8877 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) |
8878 | continue; |
8879 | |
8880 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { |
8881 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), |
8882 | PtrTy, |
8883 | }; |
8884 | |
8885 | // non-volatile version |
8886 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8887 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); |
8888 | |
8889 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && |
8890 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); |
8891 | if (NeedVolatile) { |
8892 | // volatile version |
8893 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8894 | S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); |
8895 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8896 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); |
8897 | } |
8898 | |
8899 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && |
8900 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { |
8901 | // restrict version |
8902 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( |
8903 | S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); |
8904 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8905 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); |
8906 | |
8907 | if (NeedVolatile) { |
8908 | // volatile restrict version |
8909 | ParamTypes[0] = |
8910 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( |
8911 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); |
8912 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8913 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); |
8914 | } |
8915 | } |
8916 | } |
8917 | } |
8918 | } |
8919 | |
8920 | // C++ [over.built]p18: |
8921 | // |
8922 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type, |
8923 | // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted |
8924 | // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of |
8925 | // the form |
8926 | // |
8927 | // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R); |
8928 | // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R); |
8929 | // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R); |
8930 | // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R); |
8931 | // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R); |
8932 | void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { |
8933 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8934 | return; |
8935 | |
8936 | for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) { |
8937 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; |
8938 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { |
8939 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; |
8940 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; |
8941 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( |
8942 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); |
8943 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). |
8944 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); |
8945 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8946 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8947 | |
8948 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). |
8949 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { |
8950 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(LeftBaseTy); |
8951 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); |
8952 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8953 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8954 | } |
8955 | } |
8956 | } |
8957 | |
8958 | // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types. |
8959 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) |
8960 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) { |
8961 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; |
8962 | ParamTypes[1] = Vec2Ty; |
8963 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). |
8964 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Vec1Ty); |
8965 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8966 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8967 | |
8968 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). |
8969 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { |
8970 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(Vec1Ty); |
8971 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); |
8972 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
8973 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); |
8974 | } |
8975 | } |
8976 | } |
8977 | |
8978 | // C++ [over.built]p22: |
8979 | // |
8980 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ |
8981 | // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral |
8982 | // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
8983 | // |
8984 | // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R); |
8985 | // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R); |
8986 | // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R); |
8987 | // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R); |
8988 | // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R); |
8989 | // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R); |
8990 | void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() { |
8991 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) |
8992 | return; |
8993 | |
8994 | for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) { |
8995 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; |
8996 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { |
8997 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; |
8998 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; |
8999 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( |
9000 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); |
9001 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). |
9002 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy); |
9003 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9004 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { |
9005 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). |
9006 | ParamTypes[0] = LeftBaseTy; |
9007 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]); |
9008 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); |
9009 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9010 | } |
9011 | } |
9012 | } |
9013 | } |
9014 | |
9015 | // C++ [over.operator]p23: |
9016 | // |
9017 | // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form |
9018 | // |
9019 | // bool operator!(bool); |
9020 | // bool operator&&(bool, bool); |
9021 | // bool operator||(bool, bool); |
9022 | void addExclaimOverload() { |
9023 | QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy; |
9024 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet, |
9025 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, |
9026 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1); |
9027 | } |
9028 | void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() { |
9029 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy }; |
9030 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, |
9031 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, |
9032 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2); |
9033 | } |
9034 | |
9035 | // C++ [over.built]p13: |
9036 | // |
9037 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there |
9038 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form |
9039 | // |
9040 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] |
9041 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); |
9042 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] |
9043 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE] |
9044 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); |
9045 | void addSubscriptOverloads() { |
9046 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { |
9047 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, S.Context.getPointerDiffType()}; |
9048 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); |
9049 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) |
9050 | continue; |
9051 | |
9052 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t) |
9053 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9054 | } |
9055 | |
9056 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { |
9057 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), PtrTy}; |
9058 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); |
9059 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) |
9060 | continue; |
9061 | |
9062 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*) |
9063 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9064 | } |
9065 | } |
9066 | |
9067 | // C++ [over.built]p11: |
9068 | // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type, |
9069 | // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object |
9070 | // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs, |
9071 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
9072 | // |
9073 | // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*); |
9074 | // |
9075 | // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2. |
9076 | void addArrowStarOverloads() { |
9077 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { |
9078 | QualType C1Ty = PtrTy; |
9079 | QualType C1; |
9080 | QualifierCollector Q1; |
9081 | C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0); |
9082 | if (!isa<RecordType>(C1)) |
9083 | continue; |
9084 | // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set. |
9085 | // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a |
9086 | // volatile/restrict type. |
9087 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile()) |
9088 | continue; |
9089 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict()) |
9090 | continue; |
9091 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_types()) { |
9092 | const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(MemPtrTy); |
9093 | QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0); |
9094 | C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType(); |
9095 | if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2)) |
9096 | break; |
9097 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, MemPtrTy}; |
9098 | // build CV12 T& |
9099 | QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType(); |
9100 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && |
9101 | T.isVolatileQualified()) |
9102 | continue; |
9103 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && |
9104 | T.isRestrictQualified()) |
9105 | continue; |
9106 | T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T); |
9107 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9108 | } |
9109 | } |
9110 | } |
9111 | |
9112 | // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been |
9113 | // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are |
9114 | // therefore added as binary. |
9115 | // |
9116 | // C++ [over.built]p25: |
9117 | // For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped |
9118 | // enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form |
9119 | // |
9120 | // T operator?(bool, T, T); |
9121 | // |
9122 | void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() { |
9123 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. |
9124 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; |
9125 | |
9126 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { |
9127 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { |
9128 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) |
9129 | continue; |
9130 | |
9131 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; |
9132 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9133 | } |
9134 | |
9135 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { |
9136 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) |
9137 | continue; |
9138 | |
9139 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; |
9140 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9141 | } |
9142 | |
9143 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
9144 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { |
9145 | if (!EnumTy->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped()) |
9146 | continue; |
9147 | |
9148 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) |
9149 | continue; |
9150 | |
9151 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; |
9152 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); |
9153 | } |
9154 | } |
9155 | } |
9156 | } |
9157 | }; |
9158 | |
9159 | } // end anonymous namespace |
9160 | |
9161 | /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in |
9162 | /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based |
9163 | /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the |
9164 | /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int |
9165 | /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition. |
9166 | void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
9167 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9168 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
9169 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { |
9170 | // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only |
9171 | // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates |
9172 | // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record |
9173 | // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types. |
9174 | Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; |
9175 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst(); |
9176 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) |
9177 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]); |
9178 | |
9179 | bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false; |
9180 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false; |
9181 | SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes; |
9182 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
9183 | CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this); |
9184 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(), |
9185 | OpLoc, |
9186 | true, |
9187 | (Op == OO_Exclaim || |
9188 | Op == OO_AmpAmp || |
9189 | Op == OO_PipePipe), |
9190 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); |
9191 | HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType || |
9192 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes(); |
9193 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = |
9194 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType || |
9195 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(); |
9196 | } |
9197 | |
9198 | // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set |
9199 | // for any of the arguments to the operator. |
9200 | // |
9201 | // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have |
9202 | // 'bool' overloads. |
9203 | if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType && |
9204 | !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe)) |
9205 | return; |
9206 | |
9207 | // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads. |
9208 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, |
9209 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, |
9210 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, |
9211 | CandidateTypes, CandidateSet); |
9212 | |
9213 | // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply. |
9214 | switch (Op) { |
9215 | case OO_None: |
9216 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: |
9217 | llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expected an overloaded operator" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9217); |
9218 | |
9219 | case OO_New: |
9220 | case OO_Delete: |
9221 | case OO_Array_New: |
9222 | case OO_Array_Delete: |
9223 | case OO_Call: |
9224 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9225) |
9225 | "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9225); |
9226 | |
9227 | case OO_Comma: |
9228 | case OO_Arrow: |
9229 | case OO_Coawait: |
9230 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: |
9231 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the |
9232 | // operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the |
9233 | // built-in candidates set is empty. |
9234 | break; |
9235 | |
9236 | case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary |
9237 | if (Args.size() == 1) |
9238 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads(); |
9239 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
9240 | |
9241 | case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary |
9242 | if (Args.size() == 1) { |
9243 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads(); |
9244 | } else { |
9245 | OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op); |
9246 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9247 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9248 | } |
9249 | break; |
9250 | |
9251 | case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary |
9252 | if (Args.size() == 1) |
9253 | OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads(); |
9254 | else { |
9255 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9256 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9257 | } |
9258 | break; |
9259 | |
9260 | case OO_Slash: |
9261 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9262 | break; |
9263 | |
9264 | case OO_PlusPlus: |
9265 | case OO_MinusMinus: |
9266 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op); |
9267 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads(); |
9268 | break; |
9269 | |
9270 | case OO_EqualEqual: |
9271 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: |
9272 | OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads(); |
9273 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/false); |
9274 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9275 | break; |
9276 | |
9277 | case OO_Less: |
9278 | case OO_Greater: |
9279 | case OO_LessEqual: |
9280 | case OO_GreaterEqual: |
9281 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/false); |
9282 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9283 | break; |
9284 | |
9285 | case OO_Spaceship: |
9286 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/true); |
9287 | OpBuilder.addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads(); |
9288 | break; |
9289 | |
9290 | case OO_Percent: |
9291 | case OO_Caret: |
9292 | case OO_Pipe: |
9293 | case OO_LessLess: |
9294 | case OO_GreaterGreater: |
9295 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(); |
9296 | break; |
9297 | |
9298 | case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary |
9299 | if (Args.size() == 1) |
9300 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: |
9301 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the |
9302 | // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty. |
9303 | break; |
9304 | |
9305 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(); |
9306 | break; |
9307 | |
9308 | case OO_Tilde: |
9309 | OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads(); |
9310 | break; |
9311 | |
9312 | case OO_Equal: |
9313 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); |
9314 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
9315 | |
9316 | case OO_PlusEqual: |
9317 | case OO_MinusEqual: |
9318 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); |
9319 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; |
9320 | |
9321 | case OO_StarEqual: |
9322 | case OO_SlashEqual: |
9323 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); |
9324 | break; |
9325 | |
9326 | case OO_PercentEqual: |
9327 | case OO_LessLessEqual: |
9328 | case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: |
9329 | case OO_AmpEqual: |
9330 | case OO_CaretEqual: |
9331 | case OO_PipeEqual: |
9332 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads(); |
9333 | break; |
9334 | |
9335 | case OO_Exclaim: |
9336 | OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload(); |
9337 | break; |
9338 | |
9339 | case OO_AmpAmp: |
9340 | case OO_PipePipe: |
9341 | OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload(); |
9342 | break; |
9343 | |
9344 | case OO_Subscript: |
9345 | if (Args.size() == 2) |
9346 | OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads(); |
9347 | break; |
9348 | |
9349 | case OO_ArrowStar: |
9350 | OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads(); |
9351 | break; |
9352 | |
9353 | case OO_Conditional: |
9354 | OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads(); |
9355 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); |
9356 | break; |
9357 | } |
9358 | } |
9359 | |
9360 | /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup |
9361 | /// to the set of overloading candidates. |
9362 | /// |
9363 | /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the |
9364 | /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds |
9365 | /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload |
9366 | /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]). |
9367 | void |
9368 | Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
9369 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9370 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
9371 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
9372 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
9373 | bool PartialOverloading) { |
9374 | ADLResult Fns; |
9375 | |
9376 | // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing |
9377 | // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality, |
9378 | // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However, |
9379 | // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the |
9380 | // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are |
9381 | // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway? |
9382 | |
9383 | // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments? |
9384 | ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns); |
9385 | |
9386 | // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about. |
9387 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(), |
9388 | CandEnd = CandidateSet.end(); |
9389 | Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand) |
9390 | if (Cand->Function) { |
9391 | Fns.erase(Cand->Function); |
9392 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) |
9393 | Fns.erase(FunTmpl); |
9394 | } |
9395 | |
9396 | // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload |
9397 | // set. |
9398 | for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
9399 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none); |
9400 | |
9401 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) { |
9402 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) |
9403 | continue; |
9404 | |
9405 | AddOverloadCandidate( |
9406 | FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
9407 | PartialOverloading, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, |
9408 | /*AllowExplicitConversion=*/false, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); |
9409 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) { |
9410 | AddOverloadCandidate( |
9411 | FD, FoundDecl, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, |
9412 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, |
9413 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversion=*/false, |
9414 | ADLCallKind::UsesADL, None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); |
9415 | } |
9416 | } else { |
9417 | auto *FTD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I); |
9418 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
9419 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, |
9420 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, |
9421 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); |
9422 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed( |
9423 | Context, FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) { |
9424 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
9425 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, {Args[1], Args[0]}, |
9426 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, |
9427 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL, |
9428 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); |
9429 | } |
9430 | } |
9431 | } |
9432 | } |
9433 | |
9434 | namespace { |
9435 | enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse }; |
9436 | } |
9437 | |
9438 | /// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of |
9439 | /// overload resolution. |
9440 | /// |
9441 | /// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff |
9442 | /// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as |
9443 | /// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if |
9444 | /// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes. |
9445 | /// |
9446 | /// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if |
9447 | /// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are |
9448 | /// worse than Cand1's. |
9449 | static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1, |
9450 | const FunctionDecl *Cand2) { |
9451 | // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs. |
9452 | bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); |
9453 | bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); |
9454 | if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) { |
9455 | if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr) |
9456 | return Comparison::Equal; |
9457 | return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse; |
9458 | } |
9459 | |
9460 | auto Cand1Attrs = Cand1->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); |
9461 | auto Cand2Attrs = Cand2->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); |
9462 | |
9463 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID; |
9464 | for (auto Pair : zip_longest(Cand1Attrs, Cand2Attrs)) { |
9465 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand1A = std::get<0>(Pair); |
9466 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand2A = std::get<1>(Pair); |
9467 | |
9468 | // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1 |
9469 | // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2, and vice versa. |
9470 | if (!Cand1A) |
9471 | return Comparison::Worse; |
9472 | if (!Cand2A) |
9473 | return Comparison::Better; |
9474 | |
9475 | Cand1ID.clear(); |
9476 | Cand2ID.clear(); |
9477 | |
9478 | (*Cand1A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true); |
9479 | (*Cand2A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true); |
9480 | if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID) |
9481 | return Comparison::Worse; |
9482 | } |
9483 | |
9484 | return Comparison::Equal; |
9485 | } |
9486 | |
9487 | static Comparison |
9488 | isBetterMultiversionCandidate(const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, |
9489 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { |
9490 | if (!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->isMultiVersion() || !Cand2.Function || |
9491 | !Cand2.Function->isMultiVersion()) |
9492 | return Comparison::Equal; |
9493 | |
9494 | // If both are invalid, they are equal. If one of them is invalid, the other |
9495 | // is better. |
9496 | if (Cand1.Function->isInvalidDecl()) { |
9497 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) |
9498 | return Comparison::Equal; |
9499 | return Comparison::Worse; |
9500 | } |
9501 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) |
9502 | return Comparison::Better; |
9503 | |
9504 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch/cpu_specific multiversion situation, prefer |
9505 | // cpu_dispatch, else arbitrarily based on the identifiers. |
9506 | bool Cand1CPUDisp = Cand1.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); |
9507 | bool Cand2CPUDisp = Cand2.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); |
9508 | const auto *Cand1CPUSpec = Cand1.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); |
9509 | const auto *Cand2CPUSpec = Cand2.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); |
9510 | |
9511 | if (!Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUSpec && !Cand2CPUSpec) |
9512 | return Comparison::Equal; |
9513 | |
9514 | if (Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp) |
9515 | return Comparison::Better; |
9516 | if (Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUDisp) |
9517 | return Comparison::Worse; |
9518 | |
9519 | if (Cand1CPUSpec && Cand2CPUSpec) { |
9520 | if (Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() != Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size()) |
9521 | return Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() < Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size() |
9522 | ? Comparison::Better |
9523 | : Comparison::Worse; |
9524 | |
9525 | std::pair<CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator, CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator> |
9526 | FirstDiff = std::mismatch( |
9527 | Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end(), |
9528 | Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), |
9529 | [](const IdentifierInfo *LHS, const IdentifierInfo *RHS) { |
9530 | return LHS->getName() == RHS->getName(); |
9531 | }); |
9532 | |
9533 | assert(FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() &&(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9534 | "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same "(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
9535 | "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!")(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9535, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9536 | return (*FirstDiff.first)->getName() < (*FirstDiff.second)->getName() |
9537 | ? Comparison::Better |
9538 | : Comparison::Worse; |
9539 | } |
9540 | llvm_unreachable("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9540); |
9541 | } |
9542 | |
9543 | /// Compute the type of the implicit object parameter for the given function, |
9544 | /// if any. Returns None if there is no implicit object parameter, and a null |
9545 | /// QualType if there is a 'matches anything' implicit object parameter. |
9546 | static Optional<QualType> getImplicitObjectParamType(ASTContext &Context, |
9547 | const FunctionDecl *F) { |
9548 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(F) || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(F)) |
9549 | return llvm::None; |
9550 | |
9551 | auto *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F); |
9552 | // Static member functions' object parameters match all types. |
9553 | if (M->isStatic()) |
9554 | return QualType(); |
9555 | |
9556 | QualType T = M->getThisObjectType(); |
9557 | if (M->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) |
9558 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); |
9559 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); |
9560 | } |
9561 | |
9562 | static bool haveSameParameterTypes(ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *F1, |
9563 | const FunctionDecl *F2, unsigned NumParams) { |
9564 | if (declaresSameEntity(F1, F2)) |
9565 | return true; |
9566 | |
9567 | auto NextParam = [&](const FunctionDecl *F, unsigned &I, bool First) { |
9568 | if (First) { |
9569 | if (Optional<QualType> T = getImplicitObjectParamType(Context, F)) |
9570 | return *T; |
9571 | } |
9572 | assert(I < F->getNumParams())(static_cast <bool> (I < F->getNumParams()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < F->getNumParams()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9572, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
9573 | return F->getParamDecl(I++)->getType(); |
9574 | }; |
9575 | |
9576 | unsigned I1 = 0, I2 = 0; |
9577 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { |
9578 | QualType T1 = NextParam(F1, I1, I == 0); |
9579 | QualType T2 = NextParam(F2, I2, I == 0); |
9580 | assert(!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && "Unexpected null param types")(static_cast <bool> (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull () && "Unexpected null param types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && \"Unexpected null param types\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9580, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9581 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) |
9582 | return false; |
9583 | } |
9584 | return true; |
9585 | } |
9586 | |
9587 | /// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload |
9588 | /// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1). |
9589 | bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate( |
9590 | Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, const OverloadCandidate &Cand2, |
9591 | SourceLocation Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind Kind) { |
9592 | // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable |
9593 | // functions. |
9594 | if (!Cand2.Viable) |
9595 | return Cand1.Viable; |
9596 | else if (!Cand1.Viable) |
9597 | return false; |
9598 | |
9599 | // [CUDA] A function with 'never' preference is marked not viable, therefore |
9600 | // is never shown up here. The worst preference shown up here is 'wrong side', |
9601 | // e.g. an H function called by a HD function in device compilation. This is |
9602 | // valid AST as long as the HD function is not emitted, e.g. it is an inline |
9603 | // function which is called only by an H function. A deferred diagnostic will |
9604 | // be triggered if it is emitted. However a wrong-sided function is still |
9605 | // a viable candidate here. |
9606 | // |
9607 | // If Cand1 can be emitted and Cand2 cannot be emitted in the current |
9608 | // context, Cand1 is better than Cand2. If Cand1 can not be emitted and Cand2 |
9609 | // can be emitted, Cand1 is not better than Cand2. This rule should have |
9610 | // precedence over other rules. |
9611 | // |
9612 | // If both Cand1 and Cand2 can be emitted, or neither can be emitted, then |
9613 | // other rules should be used to determine which is better. This is because |
9614 | // host/device based overloading resolution is mostly for determining |
9615 | // viability of a function. If two functions are both viable, other factors |
9616 | // should take precedence in preference, e.g. the standard-defined preferences |
9617 | // like argument conversion ranks or enable_if partial-ordering. The |
9618 | // preference for pass-object-size parameters is probably most similar to a |
9619 | // type-based-overloading decision and so should take priority. |
9620 | // |
9621 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference will be |
9622 | // used again to determine which is better. |
9623 | // |
9624 | // TODO: Currently IdentifyCUDAPreference does not return correct values |
9625 | // for functions called in global variable initializers due to missing |
9626 | // correct context about device/host. Therefore we can only enforce this |
9627 | // rule when there is a caller. We should enforce this rule for functions |
9628 | // in global variable initializers once proper context is added. |
9629 | // |
9630 | // TODO: We can only enable the hostness based overloading resolution when |
9631 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on since this requires deferring |
9632 | // overloading resolution diagnostics. |
9633 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && |
9634 | S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { |
9635 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) { |
9636 | bool IsCallerImplicitHD = Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Caller); |
9637 | bool IsCand1ImplicitHD = |
9638 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand1.Function); |
9639 | bool IsCand2ImplicitHD = |
9640 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand2.Function); |
9641 | auto P1 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function); |
9642 | auto P2 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); |
9643 | assert(P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never)(static_cast <bool> (P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9643, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9644 | // The implicit HD function may be a function in a system header which |
9645 | // is forced by pragma. In device compilation, if we prefer HD candidates |
9646 | // over wrong-sided candidates, overloading resolution may change, which |
9647 | // may result in non-deferrable diagnostics. As a workaround, we let |
9648 | // implicit HD candidates take equal preference as wrong-sided candidates. |
9649 | // This will preserve the overloading resolution. |
9650 | // TODO: We still need special handling of implicit HD functions since |
9651 | // they may incur other diagnostics to be deferred. We should make all |
9652 | // host/device related diagnostics deferrable and remove special handling |
9653 | // of implicit HD functions. |
9654 | auto EmitThreshold = |
9655 | (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && IsCallerImplicitHD && |
9656 | (IsCand1ImplicitHD || IsCand2ImplicitHD)) |
9657 | ? Sema::CFP_Never |
9658 | : Sema::CFP_WrongSide; |
9659 | auto Cand1Emittable = P1 > EmitThreshold; |
9660 | auto Cand2Emittable = P2 > EmitThreshold; |
9661 | if (Cand1Emittable && !Cand2Emittable) |
9662 | return true; |
9663 | if (!Cand1Emittable && Cand2Emittable) |
9664 | return false; |
9665 | } |
9666 | } |
9667 | |
9668 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: |
9669 | // |
9670 | // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such |
9671 | // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for |
9672 | // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither |
9673 | // better nor worse than ICS1(F). |
9674 | unsigned StartArg = 0; |
9675 | if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument) |
9676 | StartArg = 1; |
9677 | |
9678 | auto IsIllFormedConversion = [&](const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { |
9679 | // We don't allow incompatible pointer conversions in C++. |
9680 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
9681 | return ICS.isStandard() && |
9682 | ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; |
9683 | |
9684 | // The only ill-formed conversion we allow in C++ is the string literal to |
9685 | // char* conversion, which is only considered ill-formed after C++11. |
9686 | return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && |
9687 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS); |
9688 | }; |
9689 | |
9690 | // Define functions that don't require ill-formed conversions for a given |
9691 | // argument to be better candidates than functions that do. |
9692 | unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size(); |
9693 | assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch")(static_cast <bool> (Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && \"Overload candidate mismatch\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9693, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9694 | bool HasBetterConversion = false; |
9695 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { |
9696 | bool Cand1Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx]); |
9697 | bool Cand2Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx]); |
9698 | if (Cand1Bad != Cand2Bad) { |
9699 | if (Cand1Bad) |
9700 | return false; |
9701 | HasBetterConversion = true; |
9702 | } |
9703 | } |
9704 | |
9705 | if (HasBetterConversion) |
9706 | return true; |
9707 | |
9708 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: |
9709 | // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another |
9710 | // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse |
9711 | // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then... |
9712 | bool HasWorseConversion = false; |
9713 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { |
9714 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, |
9715 | Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx], |
9716 | Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) { |
9717 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: |
9718 | // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence. |
9719 | HasBetterConversion = true; |
9720 | break; |
9721 | |
9722 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: |
9723 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && |
9724 | Cand1.isReversed() != Cand2.isReversed() && |
9725 | haveSameParameterTypes(S.Context, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function, |
9726 | NumArgs)) { |
9727 | // Work around large-scale breakage caused by considering reversed |
9728 | // forms of operator== in C++20: |
9729 | // |
9730 | // When comparing a function against a reversed function with the same |
9731 | // parameter types, if we have a better conversion for one argument and |
9732 | // a worse conversion for the other, the implicit conversion sequences |
9733 | // are treated as being equally good. |
9734 | // |
9735 | // This prevents a comparison function from being considered ambiguous |
9736 | // with a reversed form that is written in the same way. |
9737 | // |
9738 | // We diagnose this as an extension from CreateOverloadedBinOp. |
9739 | HasWorseConversion = true; |
9740 | break; |
9741 | } |
9742 | |
9743 | // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2. |
9744 | return false; |
9745 | |
9746 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: |
9747 | // Do nothing. |
9748 | break; |
9749 | } |
9750 | } |
9751 | |
9752 | // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than |
9753 | // ICSj(F2), or, if not that, |
9754 | if (HasBetterConversion && !HasWorseConversion) |
9755 | return true; |
9756 | |
9757 | // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion |
9758 | // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence |
9759 | // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e., |
9760 | // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better |
9761 | // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence |
9762 | // from the return type of F2 to the destination type. |
9763 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion && |
9764 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && |
9765 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) && |
9766 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) { |
9767 | // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the |
9768 | // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension |
9769 | // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function |
9770 | // pointer or block. |
9771 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = |
9772 | compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); |
9773 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) |
9774 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, |
9775 | Cand1.FinalConversion, |
9776 | Cand2.FinalConversion); |
9777 | |
9778 | if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) |
9779 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; |
9780 | |
9781 | // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions |
9782 | // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per |
9783 | // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3. |
9784 | } |
9785 | |
9786 | // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 guaranteed copy elision wording, |
9787 | // as combined with the resolution to CWG issue 243. |
9788 | // |
9789 | // When the context is initialization by constructor ([over.match.ctor] or |
9790 | // either phase of [over.match.list]), a constructor is preferred over |
9791 | // a conversion function. |
9792 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByConstructor && NumArgs == 1 && |
9793 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && |
9794 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function) != |
9795 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function)) |
9796 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); |
9797 | |
9798 | // -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template |
9799 | // specialization, or, if not that, |
9800 | bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function && |
9801 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); |
9802 | bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function && |
9803 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); |
9804 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization != Cand2IsSpecialization) |
9805 | return Cand2IsSpecialization; |
9806 | |
9807 | // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function |
9808 | // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2 |
9809 | // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or, |
9810 | // if not that, |
9811 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization && Cand2IsSpecialization) { |
9812 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate( |
9813 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), |
9814 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), Loc, |
9815 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) ? TPOC_Conversion |
9816 | : TPOC_Call, |
9817 | Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments, Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments, |
9818 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed())) |
9819 | return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); |
9820 | } |
9821 | |
9822 | // -— F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same |
9823 | // parameter-type-lists, and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...], |
9824 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && !Cand1IsSpecialization && |
9825 | !Cand2IsSpecialization && Cand1.Function->hasPrototype() && |
9826 | Cand2.Function->hasPrototype()) { |
9827 | auto *PT1 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand1.Function->getFunctionType()); |
9828 | auto *PT2 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand2.Function->getFunctionType()); |
9829 | if (PT1->getNumParams() == PT2->getNumParams() && |
9830 | PT1->isVariadic() == PT2->isVariadic() && |
9831 | S.FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(PT1, PT2)) { |
9832 | Expr *RC1 = Cand1.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); |
9833 | Expr *RC2 = Cand2.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); |
9834 | if (RC1 && RC2) { |
9835 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; |
9836 | if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand1.Function, {RC1}, Cand2.Function, |
9837 | {RC2}, AtLeastAsConstrained1) || |
9838 | S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand2.Function, {RC2}, Cand1.Function, |
9839 | {RC1}, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) |
9840 | return false; |
9841 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 != AtLeastAsConstrained2) |
9842 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; |
9843 | } else if (RC1 || RC2) { |
9844 | return RC1 != nullptr; |
9845 | } |
9846 | } |
9847 | } |
9848 | |
9849 | // -- F1 is a constructor for a class D, F2 is a constructor for a base |
9850 | // class B of D, and for all arguments the corresponding parameters of |
9851 | // F1 and F2 have the same type. |
9852 | // FIXME: Implement the "all parameters have the same type" check. |
9853 | bool Cand1IsInherited = |
9854 | isa_and_nonnull<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl()); |
9855 | bool Cand2IsInherited = |
9856 | isa_and_nonnull<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl()); |
9857 | if (Cand1IsInherited != Cand2IsInherited) |
9858 | return Cand2IsInherited; |
9859 | else if (Cand1IsInherited) { |
9860 | assert(Cand2IsInherited)(static_cast <bool> (Cand2IsInherited) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2IsInherited", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9860 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
9861 | auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext()); |
9862 | auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext()); |
9863 | if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class)) |
9864 | return true; |
9865 | if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class)) |
9866 | return false; |
9867 | // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous. |
9868 | } |
9869 | |
9870 | // -- F2 is a rewritten candidate (12.4.1.2) and F1 is not |
9871 | // -- F1 and F2 are rewritten candidates, and F2 is a synthesized candidate |
9872 | // with reversed order of parameters and F1 is not |
9873 | // |
9874 | // We rank reversed + different operator as worse than just reversed, but |
9875 | // that comparison can never happen, because we only consider reversing for |
9876 | // the maximally-rewritten operator (== or <=>). |
9877 | if (Cand1.RewriteKind != Cand2.RewriteKind) |
9878 | return Cand1.RewriteKind < Cand2.RewriteKind; |
9879 | |
9880 | // Check C++17 tie-breakers for deduction guides. |
9881 | { |
9882 | auto *Guide1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand1.Function); |
9883 | auto *Guide2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand2.Function); |
9884 | if (Guide1 && Guide2) { |
9885 | // -- F1 is generated from a deduction-guide and F2 is not |
9886 | if (Guide1->isImplicit() != Guide2->isImplicit()) |
9887 | return Guide2->isImplicit(); |
9888 | |
9889 | // -- F1 is the copy deduction candidate(16.3.1.8) and F2 is not |
9890 | if (Guide1->isCopyDeductionCandidate()) |
9891 | return true; |
9892 | } |
9893 | } |
9894 | |
9895 | // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution. |
9896 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { |
9897 | Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); |
9898 | if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal) |
9899 | return Cmp == Comparison::Better; |
9900 | } |
9901 | |
9902 | bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr && |
9903 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function); |
9904 | bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr && |
9905 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function); |
9906 | if (HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1) |
9907 | return true; |
9908 | |
9909 | auto MV = isBetterMultiversionCandidate(Cand1, Cand2); |
9910 | if (MV == Comparison::Better) |
9911 | return true; |
9912 | if (MV == Comparison::Worse) |
9913 | return false; |
9914 | |
9915 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference is used |
9916 | // to determine which is better. |
9917 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { |
9918 | FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true); |
9919 | return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) > |
9920 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); |
9921 | } |
9922 | |
9923 | // General member function overloading is handled above, so this only handles |
9924 | // constructors with address spaces. |
9925 | // This only handles address spaces since C++ has no other |
9926 | // qualifier that can be used with constructors. |
9927 | const auto *CD1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); |
9928 | const auto *CD2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function); |
9929 | if (CD1 && CD2) { |
9930 | LangAS AS1 = CD1->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
9931 | LangAS AS2 = CD2->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
9932 | if (AS1 != AS2) { |
9933 | if (Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AS2, AS1)) |
9934 | return true; |
9935 | if (Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AS2, AS1)) |
9936 | return false; |
9937 | } |
9938 | } |
9939 | |
9940 | return false; |
9941 | } |
9942 | |
9943 | /// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of |
9944 | /// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no |
9945 | /// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including |
9946 | /// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to |
9947 | /// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both |
9948 | /// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using |
9949 | /// a modularized libstdc++). |
9950 | bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
9951 | const NamedDecl *B) { |
9952 | auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A); |
9953 | auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B); |
9954 | if (!VA || !VB) |
9955 | return false; |
9956 | |
9957 | // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage |
9958 | // entity in different modules. |
9959 | if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( |
9960 | VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) || |
9961 | getOwningModule(VA) == getOwningModule(VB) || |
9962 | VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible()) |
9963 | return false; |
9964 | |
9965 | // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent. |
9966 | // |
9967 | // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity. |
9968 | // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is |
9969 | // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all. |
9970 | if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType())) |
9971 | return true; |
9972 | |
9973 | // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but |
9974 | // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes. |
9975 | if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) { |
9976 | if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) { |
9977 | // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and |
9978 | // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type. |
9979 | auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext()); |
9980 | auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext()); |
9981 | if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() || |
9982 | !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(), |
9983 | EnumB->getIntegerType())) |
9984 | return false; |
9985 | // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators. |
9986 | return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal()); |
9987 | } |
9988 | } |
9989 | |
9990 | // Nothing else is sufficiently similar. |
9991 | return false; |
9992 | } |
9993 | |
9994 | void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
9995 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) { |
9996 | assert(D && "Unknown declaration")(static_cast <bool> (D && "Unknown declaration" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Unknown declaration\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9996, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
9997 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D; |
9998 | |
9999 | Module *M = getOwningModule(D); |
10000 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) |
10001 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); |
10002 | |
10003 | for (auto *E : Equiv) { |
10004 | Module *M = getOwningModule(E); |
10005 | Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) |
10006 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); |
10007 | } |
10008 | } |
10009 | |
10010 | /// Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3) |
10011 | /// within an overload candidate set. |
10012 | /// |
10013 | /// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for |
10014 | /// which overload resolution occurs. |
10015 | /// |
10016 | /// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted |
10017 | /// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found. |
10018 | /// |
10019 | /// \returns The result of overload resolution. |
10020 | OverloadingResult |
10021 | OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
10022 | iterator &Best) { |
10023 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates; |
10024 | std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates), |
10025 | [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; }); |
10026 | |
10027 | // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA but |
10028 | // are accepted by both clang and NVCC. However, during a particular |
10029 | // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to |
10030 | // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based |
10031 | // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one |
10032 | // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore |
10033 | // the WrongSide candidate. |
10034 | // We only need to remove wrong-sided candidates here if |
10035 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is off. When |
10036 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on, all candidates are compared |
10037 | // uniformly in isBetterOverloadCandidate. |
10038 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && !S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { |
10039 | const FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true); |
10040 | bool ContainsSameSideCandidate = |
10041 | llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
10042 | // Check viable function only. |
10043 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && |
10044 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == |
10045 | Sema::CFP_SameSide; |
10046 | }); |
10047 | if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) { |
10048 | auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
10049 | // Check viable function only to avoid unnecessary data copying/moving. |
10050 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && |
10051 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == |
10052 | Sema::CFP_WrongSide; |
10053 | }; |
10054 | llvm::erase_if(Candidates, IsWrongSideCandidate); |
10055 | } |
10056 | } |
10057 | |
10058 | // Find the best viable function. |
10059 | Best = end(); |
10060 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { |
10061 | Cand->Best = false; |
10062 | if (Cand->Viable) |
10063 | if (Best == end() || |
10064 | isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc, Kind)) |
10065 | Best = Cand; |
10066 | } |
10067 | |
10068 | // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort. |
10069 | if (Best == end()) |
10070 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; |
10071 | |
10072 | llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands; |
10073 | |
10074 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 4> PendingBest; |
10075 | PendingBest.push_back(&*Best); |
10076 | Best->Best = true; |
10077 | |
10078 | // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable |
10079 | // function. If not, we have an ambiguity. |
10080 | while (!PendingBest.empty()) { |
10081 | auto *Curr = PendingBest.pop_back_val(); |
10082 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { |
10083 | if (Cand->Viable && !Cand->Best && |
10084 | !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Curr, *Cand, Loc, Kind)) { |
10085 | PendingBest.push_back(Cand); |
10086 | Cand->Best = true; |
10087 | |
10088 | if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Cand->Function, |
10089 | Curr->Function)) |
10090 | EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function); |
10091 | else |
10092 | Best = end(); |
10093 | } |
10094 | } |
10095 | } |
10096 | |
10097 | // If we found more than one best candidate, this is ambiguous. |
10098 | if (Best == end()) |
10099 | return OR_Ambiguous; |
10100 | |
10101 | // Best is the best viable function. |
10102 | if (Best->Function && Best->Function->isDeleted()) |
10103 | return OR_Deleted; |
10104 | |
10105 | if (!EquivalentCands.empty()) |
10106 | S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function, |
10107 | EquivalentCands); |
10108 | |
10109 | return OR_Success; |
10110 | } |
10111 | |
10112 | namespace { |
10113 | |
10114 | enum OverloadCandidateKind { |
10115 | oc_function, |
10116 | oc_method, |
10117 | oc_reversed_binary_operator, |
10118 | oc_constructor, |
10119 | oc_implicit_default_constructor, |
10120 | oc_implicit_copy_constructor, |
10121 | oc_implicit_move_constructor, |
10122 | oc_implicit_copy_assignment, |
10123 | oc_implicit_move_assignment, |
10124 | oc_implicit_equality_comparison, |
10125 | oc_inherited_constructor |
10126 | }; |
10127 | |
10128 | enum OverloadCandidateSelect { |
10129 | ocs_non_template, |
10130 | ocs_template, |
10131 | ocs_described_template, |
10132 | }; |
10133 | |
10134 | static std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> |
10135 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
10136 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind CRK, |
10137 | std::string &Description) { |
10138 | |
10139 | bool isTemplate = Fn->isTemplateDecl() || Found->isTemplateDecl(); |
10140 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) { |
10141 | isTemplate = true; |
10142 | Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( |
10143 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); |
10144 | } |
10145 | |
10146 | OverloadCandidateSelect Select = [&]() { |
10147 | if (!Description.empty()) |
10148 | return ocs_described_template; |
10149 | return isTemplate ? ocs_template : ocs_non_template; |
10150 | }(); |
10151 | |
10152 | OverloadCandidateKind Kind = [&]() { |
10153 | if (Fn->isImplicit() && Fn->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_EqualEqual) |
10154 | return oc_implicit_equality_comparison; |
10155 | |
10156 | if (CRK & CRK_Reversed) |
10157 | return oc_reversed_binary_operator; |
10158 | |
10159 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { |
10160 | if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) { |
10161 | if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found)) |
10162 | return oc_inherited_constructor; |
10163 | else |
10164 | return oc_constructor; |
10165 | } |
10166 | |
10167 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) |
10168 | return oc_implicit_default_constructor; |
10169 | |
10170 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) |
10171 | return oc_implicit_move_constructor; |
10172 | |
10173 | assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&(static_cast <bool> (Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10174, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10174 | "unexpected sort of implicit constructor")(static_cast <bool> (Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10174, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10175 | return oc_implicit_copy_constructor; |
10176 | } |
10177 | |
10178 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { |
10179 | // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but |
10180 | // it doesn't hurt to split it out. |
10181 | if (!Meth->isImplicit()) |
10182 | return oc_method; |
10183 | |
10184 | if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) |
10185 | return oc_implicit_move_assignment; |
10186 | |
10187 | if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) |
10188 | return oc_implicit_copy_assignment; |
10189 | |
10190 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && \"expected conversion\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10190, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10191 | return oc_method; |
10192 | } |
10193 | |
10194 | return oc_function; |
10195 | }(); |
10196 | |
10197 | return std::make_pair(Kind, Select); |
10198 | } |
10199 | |
10200 | void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) { |
10201 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload |
10202 | // set. |
10203 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)) |
10204 | S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(), |
10205 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor) |
10206 | << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass(); |
10207 | } |
10208 | |
10209 | } // end anonymous namespace |
10210 | |
10211 | static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
10212 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
10213 | for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) { |
10214 | bool AlwaysTrue; |
10215 | if (EnableIf->getCond()->isValueDependent() || |
10216 | !EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx)) |
10217 | return false; |
10218 | if (!AlwaysTrue) |
10219 | return false; |
10220 | } |
10221 | return true; |
10222 | } |
10223 | |
10224 | /// Returns true if we can take the address of the function. |
10225 | /// |
10226 | /// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic |
10227 | /// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are |
10228 | /// we in overload resolution? |
10229 | /// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored |
10230 | /// if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution. |
10231 | static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, |
10232 | bool Complain, |
10233 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
10234 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
10235 | if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) { |
10236 | if (Complain) { |
10237 | if (InOverloadResolution) |
10238 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), |
10239 | diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr); |
10240 | else |
10241 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD; |
10242 | } |
10243 | return false; |
10244 | } |
10245 | |
10246 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
10247 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
10248 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) |
10249 | return false; |
10250 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { |
10251 | if (Complain) { |
10252 | if (InOverloadResolution) { |
10253 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; |
10254 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { |
10255 | TemplateArgString += " "; |
10256 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( |
10257 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), |
10258 | *FD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); |
10259 | } |
10260 | |
10261 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), |
10262 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) |
10263 | << TemplateArgString; |
10264 | } else |
10265 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_constraints_not_satisfied) |
10266 | << FD; |
10267 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); |
10268 | } |
10269 | return false; |
10270 | } |
10271 | } |
10272 | |
10273 | auto I = llvm::find_if(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { |
10274 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); |
10275 | }); |
10276 | if (I == FD->param_end()) |
10277 | return true; |
10278 | |
10279 | if (Complain) { |
10280 | // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing |
10281 | unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1; |
10282 | if (InOverloadResolution) |
10283 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
10284 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params) |
10285 | << ParamNo; |
10286 | else |
10287 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params) |
10288 | << FD << ParamNo; |
10289 | } |
10290 | return false; |
10291 | } |
10292 | |
10293 | static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S, |
10294 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
10295 | return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true, |
10296 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, |
10297 | /*Loc=*/SourceLocation()); |
10298 | } |
10299 | |
10300 | bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
10301 | bool Complain, |
10302 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
10303 | return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain, |
10304 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
10305 | Loc); |
10306 | } |
10307 | |
10308 | // Don't print candidates other than the one that matches the calling |
10309 | // convention of the call operator, since that is guaranteed to exist. |
10310 | static bool shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(FunctionDecl *Fn) { |
10311 | const auto *ConvD = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn); |
10312 | |
10313 | if (!ConvD) |
10314 | return false; |
10315 | const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent()); |
10316 | if (!RD->isLambda()) |
10317 | return false; |
10318 | |
10319 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = RD->getLambdaCallOperator(); |
10320 | CallingConv CallOpCC = |
10321 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
10322 | QualType ConvRTy = ConvD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
10323 | CallingConv ConvToCC = |
10324 | ConvRTy->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
10325 | |
10326 | return ConvToCC != CallOpCC; |
10327 | } |
10328 | |
10329 | // Notes the location of an overload candidate. |
10330 | void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
10331 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind, |
10332 | QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) { |
10333 | if (TakingAddress && !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(*this, Fn)) |
10334 | return; |
10335 | if (Fn->isMultiVersion() && Fn->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && |
10336 | !Fn->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) |
10337 | return; |
10338 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) |
10339 | return; |
10340 | |
10341 | std::string FnDesc; |
10342 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> KSPair = |
10343 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, RewriteKind, FnDesc); |
10344 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) |
10345 | << (unsigned)KSPair.first << (unsigned)KSPair.second |
10346 | << Fn << FnDesc; |
10347 | |
10348 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType); |
10349 | Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD); |
10350 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found); |
10351 | } |
10352 | |
10353 | static void |
10354 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(Sema &S, ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate> Cands) { |
10355 | // Perhaps the ambiguity was caused by two atomic constraints that are |
10356 | // 'identical' but not equivalent: |
10357 | // |
10358 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) { } // #1 |
10359 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) && T::value { } // #2 |
10360 | // |
10361 | // The 'sizeof(T) > 4' constraints are seemingly equivalent and should cause |
10362 | // #2 to subsume #1, but these constraint are not considered equivalent |
10363 | // according to the subsumption rules because they are not the same |
10364 | // source-level construct. This behavior is quite confusing and we should try |
10365 | // to help the user figure out what happened. |
10366 | |
10367 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> FirstAC, SecondAC; |
10368 | FunctionDecl *FirstCand = nullptr, *SecondCand = nullptr; |
10369 | for (auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
10370 | if (!I->Function) |
10371 | continue; |
10372 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> AC; |
10373 | if (auto *Template = I->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) |
10374 | Template->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); |
10375 | else |
10376 | I->Function->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); |
10377 | if (AC.empty()) |
10378 | continue; |
10379 | if (FirstCand == nullptr) { |
10380 | FirstCand = I->Function; |
10381 | FirstAC = AC; |
10382 | } else if (SecondCand == nullptr) { |
10383 | SecondCand = I->Function; |
10384 | SecondAC = AC; |
10385 | } else { |
10386 | // We have more than one pair of constrained functions - this check is |
10387 | // expensive and we'd rather not try to diagnose it. |
10388 | return; |
10389 | } |
10390 | } |
10391 | if (!SecondCand) |
10392 | return; |
10393 | // The diagnostic can only happen if there are associated constraints on |
10394 | // both sides (there needs to be some identical atomic constraint). |
10395 | if (S.MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(FirstCand, FirstAC, |
10396 | SecondCand, SecondAC)) |
10397 | // Just show the user one diagnostic, they'll probably figure it out |
10398 | // from here. |
10399 | return; |
10400 | } |
10401 | |
10402 | // Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through |
10403 | // OverloadedExpr |
10404 | void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType, |
10405 | bool TakingAddress) { |
10406 | assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10406, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10407 | |
10408 | OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr); |
10409 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression; |
10410 | |
10411 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), |
10412 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); |
10413 | I != IEnd; ++I) { |
10414 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = |
10415 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { |
10416 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), CRK_None, DestType, |
10417 | TakingAddress); |
10418 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun |
10419 | = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { |
10420 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, DestType, TakingAddress); |
10421 | } |
10422 | } |
10423 | } |
10424 | |
10425 | /// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the |
10426 | /// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and |
10427 | /// target types of the conversion. |
10428 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( |
10429 | Sema &S, |
10430 | SourceLocation CaretLoc, |
10431 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const { |
10432 | S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag) |
10433 | << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType(); |
10434 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; |
10435 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E; |
10436 | for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
10437 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow()) |
10438 | break; |
10439 | ++CandsShown; |
10440 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second); |
10441 | } |
10442 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); |
10443 | if (I != E) |
10444 | S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); |
10445 | } |
10446 | |
10447 | static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, |
10448 | unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) { |
10449 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I]; |
10450 | assert(Conv.isBad())(static_cast <bool> (Conv.isBad()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv.isBad()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10450, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10451 | assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Function && \"for now, candidate must be a function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10451, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10452 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; |
10453 | |
10454 | // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a |
10455 | // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the |
10456 | // conversion-slot index. |
10457 | bool isObjectArgument = false; |
10458 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { |
10459 | if (I == 0) |
10460 | isObjectArgument = true; |
10461 | else |
10462 | I--; |
10463 | } |
10464 | |
10465 | std::string FnDesc; |
10466 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = |
10467 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind(), |
10468 | FnDesc); |
10469 | |
10470 | Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr; |
10471 | QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType(); |
10472 | QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType(); |
10473 | |
10474 | if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) { |
10475 | assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?")(static_cast <bool> (FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromExpr && \"overload set argument came from implicit argument?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10475, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10476 | Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens(); |
10477 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) |
10478 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
10479 | DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName(); |
10480 | |
10481 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload) |
10482 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10483 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << ToTy |
10484 | << Name << I + 1; |
10485 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10486 | return; |
10487 | } |
10488 | |
10489 | // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due |
10490 | // to a qualifier mismatch. |
10491 | CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy); |
10492 | CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy); |
10493 | if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
10494 | CToTy = RT->getPointeeType(); |
10495 | else { |
10496 | // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches. |
10497 | if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
10498 | if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10499 | CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(); |
10500 | CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType(); |
10501 | } |
10502 | } |
10503 | |
10504 | if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() && |
10505 | !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) { |
10506 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); |
10507 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); |
10508 | |
10509 | if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) { |
10510 | if (isObjectArgument) |
10511 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace_this) |
10512 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second |
10513 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) |
10514 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace(); |
10515 | else |
10516 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace) |
10517 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second |
10518 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) |
10519 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace() |
10520 | << ToTy->isReferenceType() << I + 1; |
10521 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10522 | return; |
10523 | } |
10524 | |
10525 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { |
10526 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership) |
10527 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10528 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10529 | << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime() |
10530 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; |
10531 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10532 | return; |
10533 | } |
10534 | |
10535 | if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
10536 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc) |
10537 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10538 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10539 | << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr() |
10540 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; |
10541 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10542 | return; |
10543 | } |
10544 | |
10545 | if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) { |
10546 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned) |
10547 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10548 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10549 | << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I + 1; |
10550 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10551 | return; |
10552 | } |
10553 | |
10554 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); |
10555 | assert(CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch")(static_cast <bool> (CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CVR && \"expected qualifiers mismatch\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10555, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10556 | |
10557 | if (isObjectArgument) { |
10558 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this) |
10559 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10560 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10561 | << (CVR - 1); |
10562 | } else { |
10563 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr) |
10564 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10565 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10566 | << (CVR - 1) << I + 1; |
10567 | } |
10568 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10569 | return; |
10570 | } |
10571 | |
10572 | if (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue || |
10573 | Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) { |
10574 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_value_category) |
10575 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10576 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 |
10577 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) |
10578 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); |
10579 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10580 | return; |
10581 | } |
10582 | |
10583 | // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since |
10584 | // telling the user that it has type void is not useful. |
10585 | if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) { |
10586 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument) |
10587 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10588 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10589 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 |
10590 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers ? 1 |
10591 | : Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::too_many_initializers |
10592 | ? 2 |
10593 | : 0); |
10594 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10595 | return; |
10596 | } |
10597 | |
10598 | // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently, |
10599 | // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered |
10600 | // the failure. |
10601 | QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType(); |
10602 | if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
10603 | TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
10604 | if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) { |
10605 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. |
10606 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete) |
10607 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10608 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10609 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 |
10610 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); |
10611 | |
10612 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10613 | return; |
10614 | } |
10615 | |
10616 | // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions. |
10617 | unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0; |
10618 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10619 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10620 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( |
10621 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && |
10622 | !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && |
10623 | !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && |
10624 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(), |
10625 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType())) |
10626 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 1; |
10627 | } |
10628 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy |
10629 | = FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
10630 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy |
10631 | = ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
10632 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) |
10633 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) |
10634 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( |
10635 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && |
10636 | FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface)) |
10637 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 2; |
10638 | } else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
10639 | if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) && |
10640 | !FromTy->isIncompleteType() && |
10641 | !ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && |
10642 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy)) { |
10643 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 3; |
10644 | } |
10645 | } |
10646 | |
10647 | if (BaseToDerivedConversion) { |
10648 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv) |
10649 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10650 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) |
10651 | << (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1) << FromTy << ToTy << I + 1; |
10652 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10653 | return; |
10654 | } |
10655 | |
10656 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) && |
10657 | isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) { |
10658 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); |
10659 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); |
10660 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { |
10661 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv) |
10662 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second |
10663 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) |
10664 | << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; |
10665 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10666 | return; |
10667 | } |
10668 | } |
10669 | |
10670 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && |
10671 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function)) |
10672 | return; |
10673 | |
10674 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. |
10675 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv); |
10676 | FDiag << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
10677 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy |
10678 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 |
10679 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); |
10680 | |
10681 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. |
10682 | for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(), |
10683 | HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI) |
10684 | FDiag << *HI; |
10685 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag); |
10686 | |
10687 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
10688 | } |
10689 | |
10690 | /// Additional arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload |
10691 | /// candidates. This is not covered by the more general DiagnoseArityMismatch() |
10692 | /// over a candidate in any candidate set. |
10693 | static bool CheckArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, |
10694 | unsigned NumArgs) { |
10695 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; |
10696 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); |
10697 | |
10698 | // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we |
10699 | // have an arity mismatch when in fact it looks like we have the |
10700 | // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have |
10701 | // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions. |
10702 | // Just don't report anything. |
10703 | if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() && |
10704 | Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) |
10705 | return true; |
10706 | |
10707 | if (NumArgs < MinParams) { |
10708 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10710, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10709 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10710, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10710 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments))(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10710, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10711 | } else { |
10712 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10714, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10713 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10714, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10714 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments))(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10714, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10715 | } |
10716 | |
10717 | return false; |
10718 | } |
10719 | |
10720 | /// General arity mismatch diagnosis over a candidate in a candidate set. |
10721 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *D, |
10722 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { |
10723 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10724 | "The templated declaration should at least be a function"(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10725 | " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many"(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
10726 | " or too few arguments")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10727 | |
10728 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
10729 | |
10730 | // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case |
10731 | const auto *FnTy = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
10732 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); |
10733 | |
10734 | // at least / at most / exactly |
10735 | unsigned mode, modeCount; |
10736 | if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) { |
10737 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams() || FnTy->isVariadic() || |
10738 | FnTy->isTemplateVariadic()) |
10739 | mode = 0; // "at least" |
10740 | else |
10741 | mode = 2; // "exactly" |
10742 | modeCount = MinParams; |
10743 | } else { |
10744 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams()) |
10745 | mode = 1; // "at most" |
10746 | else |
10747 | mode = 2; // "exactly" |
10748 | modeCount = FnTy->getNumParams(); |
10749 | } |
10750 | |
10751 | std::string Description; |
10752 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = |
10753 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Found, Fn, CRK_None, Description); |
10754 | |
10755 | if (modeCount == 1 && Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) |
10756 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity_one) |
10757 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second |
10758 | << Description << mode << Fn->getParamDecl(0) << NumFormalArgs; |
10759 | else |
10760 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity) |
10761 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second |
10762 | << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs; |
10763 | |
10764 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10765 | } |
10766 | |
10767 | /// Arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload candidate. |
10768 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, |
10769 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { |
10770 | if (!CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumFormalArgs)) |
10771 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, NumFormalArgs); |
10772 | } |
10773 | |
10774 | static TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate(Decl *Templated) { |
10775 | if (TemplateDecl *TD = Templated->getDescribedTemplate()) |
10776 | return TD; |
10777 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration"::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10778) |
10778 | " for bad deduction diagnosis")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10778); |
10779 | } |
10780 | |
10781 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction. |
10782 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *Templated, |
10783 | DeductionFailureInfo &DeductionFailure, |
10784 | unsigned NumArgs, |
10785 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { |
10786 | TemplateParameter Param = DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter(); |
10787 | NamedDecl *ParamD; |
10788 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) || |
10789 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) || |
10790 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>()); |
10791 | switch (DeductionFailure.Result) { |
10792 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
10793 | llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10793); |
10794 | |
10795 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: { |
10796 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10796, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10797 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10798 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction) |
10799 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); |
10800 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10801 | return; |
10802 | } |
10803 | |
10804 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: { |
10805 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10805, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10806 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10807 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction_pack) |
10808 | << ParamD->getDeclName() |
10809 | << (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() + 1) |
10810 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); |
10811 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10812 | return; |
10813 | } |
10814 | |
10815 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { |
10816 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10816, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10817 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD); |
10818 | |
10819 | QualType Param = DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType(); |
10820 | |
10821 | // Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a |
10822 | // qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that. |
10823 | QualifierCollector Qs; |
10824 | Qs.strip(Param); |
10825 | QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl()); |
10826 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam))(static_cast <bool> (S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10826, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10827 | |
10828 | // Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do |
10829 | // about that. It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't |
10830 | // have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't |
10831 | // done on dependent types). |
10832 | QualType Arg = DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType(); |
10833 | |
10834 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified) |
10835 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam; |
10836 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10837 | return; |
10838 | } |
10839 | |
10840 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: { |
10841 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10841, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10842 | int which = 0; |
10843 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) |
10844 | which = 0; |
10845 | else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) { |
10846 | // Deduction might have failed because we deduced arguments of two |
10847 | // different types for a non-type template parameter. |
10848 | // FIXME: Use a different TDK value for this. |
10849 | QualType T1 = |
10850 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); |
10851 | QualType T2 = |
10852 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); |
10853 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && !S.Context.hasSameType(T1, T2)) { |
10854 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10855 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction_types) |
10856 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << T1 |
10857 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() << T2; |
10858 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10859 | return; |
10860 | } |
10861 | |
10862 | which = 1; |
10863 | } else { |
10864 | which = 2; |
10865 | } |
10866 | |
10867 | // Tweak the diagnostic if the problem is that we deduced packs of |
10868 | // different arities. We'll print the actual packs anyway in case that |
10869 | // includes additional useful information. |
10870 | if (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && |
10871 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && |
10872 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() != |
10873 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->pack_size()) { |
10874 | which = 3; |
10875 | } |
10876 | |
10877 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10878 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction) |
10879 | << which << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() |
10880 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); |
10881 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10882 | return; |
10883 | } |
10884 | |
10885 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
10886 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10886, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
10887 | if (ParamD->getDeclName()) |
10888 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10889 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named) |
10890 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); |
10891 | else { |
10892 | int index = 0; |
10893 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) |
10894 | index = TTP->getIndex(); |
10895 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP |
10896 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) |
10897 | index = NTTP->getIndex(); |
10898 | else |
10899 | index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex(); |
10900 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10901 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed) |
10902 | << (index + 1); |
10903 | } |
10904 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10905 | return; |
10906 | |
10907 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { |
10908 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. |
10909 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; |
10910 | TemplateArgumentList *Args = DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList(); |
10911 | TemplateArgString = " "; |
10912 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( |
10913 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); |
10914 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) |
10915 | TemplateArgString.clear(); |
10916 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10917 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) |
10918 | << TemplateArgString; |
10919 | |
10920 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint( |
10921 | static_cast<CNSInfo*>(DeductionFailure.Data)->Satisfaction); |
10922 | return; |
10923 | } |
10924 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
10925 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
10926 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Found, Templated, NumArgs); |
10927 | return; |
10928 | |
10929 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
10930 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10931 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth); |
10932 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10933 | return; |
10934 | |
10935 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: { |
10936 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. |
10937 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; |
10938 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = |
10939 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { |
10940 | TemplateArgString = " "; |
10941 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( |
10942 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); |
10943 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) |
10944 | TemplateArgString.clear(); |
10945 | } |
10946 | |
10947 | // If this candidate was disabled by enable_if, say so. |
10948 | PartialDiagnosticAt *PDiag = DeductionFailure.getSFINAEDiagnostic(); |
10949 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == |
10950 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if) { |
10951 | // FIXME: Use the source range of the condition, and the fully-qualified |
10952 | // name of the enable_if template. These are both present in PDiag. |
10953 | S.Diag(PDiag->first, diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if) |
10954 | << "'enable_if'" << TemplateArgString; |
10955 | return; |
10956 | } |
10957 | |
10958 | // We found a specific requirement that disabled the enable_if. |
10959 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == |
10960 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_requirement) { |
10961 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10962 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_requirement) |
10963 | << PDiag->second.getStringArg(0) << TemplateArgString; |
10964 | return; |
10965 | } |
10966 | |
10967 | // Format the SFINAE diagnostic into the argument string. |
10968 | // FIXME: Add a general mechanism to include a PartialDiagnostic *'s |
10969 | // formatted message in another diagnostic. |
10970 | SmallString<128> SFINAEArgString; |
10971 | SourceRange R; |
10972 | if (PDiag) { |
10973 | SFINAEArgString = ": "; |
10974 | R = SourceRange(PDiag->first, PDiag->first); |
10975 | PDiag->second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), SFINAEArgString); |
10976 | } |
10977 | |
10978 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
10979 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure) |
10980 | << TemplateArgString << SFINAEArgString << R; |
10981 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
10982 | return; |
10983 | } |
10984 | |
10985 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
10986 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { |
10987 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. |
10988 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; |
10989 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = |
10990 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { |
10991 | TemplateArgString = " "; |
10992 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( |
10993 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); |
10994 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) |
10995 | TemplateArgString.clear(); |
10996 | } |
10997 | |
10998 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deduced_mismatch) |
10999 | << (*DeductionFailure.getCallArgIndex() + 1) |
11000 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() |
11001 | << TemplateArgString |
11002 | << (DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested); |
11003 | break; |
11004 | } |
11005 | |
11006 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { |
11007 | // FIXME: Provide a source location to indicate what we couldn't match. |
11008 | TemplateArgument FirstTA = *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); |
11009 | TemplateArgument SecondTA = *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); |
11010 | if (FirstTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template && |
11011 | SecondTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) { |
11012 | TemplateName FirstTN = FirstTA.getAsTemplate(); |
11013 | TemplateName SecondTN = SecondTA.getAsTemplate(); |
11014 | if (FirstTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template && |
11015 | SecondTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template) { |
11016 | if (FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName() == |
11017 | SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName()) { |
11018 | // FIXME: This fixes a bad diagnostic where both templates are named |
11019 | // the same. This particular case is a bit difficult since: |
11020 | // 1) It is passed as a string to the diagnostic printer. |
11021 | // 2) The diagnostic printer only attempts to find a better |
11022 | // name for types, not decls. |
11023 | // Ideally, this should folded into the diagnostic printer. |
11024 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
11025 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch_qualified) |
11026 | << FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl() << SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl(); |
11027 | return; |
11028 | } |
11029 | } |
11030 | } |
11031 | |
11032 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && isa<FunctionDecl>(Templated) && |
11033 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, cast<FunctionDecl>(Templated))) |
11034 | return; |
11035 | |
11036 | // FIXME: For generic lambda parameters, check if the function is a lambda |
11037 | // call operator, and if so, emit a prettier and more informative |
11038 | // diagnostic that mentions 'auto' and lambda in addition to |
11039 | // (or instead of?) the canonical template type parameters. |
11040 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
11041 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch) |
11042 | << FirstTA << SecondTA; |
11043 | return; |
11044 | } |
11045 | // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off |
11046 | // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague. |
11047 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
11048 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction); |
11049 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); |
11050 | return; |
11051 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
11052 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), |
11053 | diag::note_cuda_ovl_candidate_target_mismatch); |
11054 | return; |
11055 | } |
11056 | } |
11057 | |
11058 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction, for function calls. |
11059 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, |
11060 | unsigned NumArgs, |
11061 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { |
11062 | unsigned TDK = Cand->DeductionFailure.Result; |
11063 | if (TDK == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments || TDK == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments) { |
11064 | if (CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs)) |
11065 | return; |
11066 | } |
11067 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, // pattern |
11068 | Cand->DeductionFailure, NumArgs, TakingCandidateAddress); |
11069 | } |
11070 | |
11071 | /// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets. |
11072 | static void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11073 | FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true); |
11074 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; |
11075 | |
11076 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), |
11077 | CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); |
11078 | |
11079 | std::string FnDesc; |
11080 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = |
11081 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Callee, |
11082 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); |
11083 | |
11084 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target) |
11085 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template |
11086 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */ |
11087 | << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget; |
11088 | |
11089 | // This could be an implicit constructor for which we could not infer the |
11090 | // target due to a collsion. Diagnose that case. |
11091 | CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); |
11092 | if (Meth != nullptr && Meth->isImplicit()) { |
11093 | CXXRecordDecl *ParentClass = Meth->getParent(); |
11094 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM; |
11095 | |
11096 | switch (FnKindPair.first) { |
11097 | default: |
11098 | return; |
11099 | case oc_implicit_default_constructor: |
11100 | CSM = Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; |
11101 | break; |
11102 | case oc_implicit_copy_constructor: |
11103 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; |
11104 | break; |
11105 | case oc_implicit_move_constructor: |
11106 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; |
11107 | break; |
11108 | case oc_implicit_copy_assignment: |
11109 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; |
11110 | break; |
11111 | case oc_implicit_move_assignment: |
11112 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; |
11113 | break; |
11114 | }; |
11115 | |
11116 | bool ConstRHS = false; |
11117 | if (Meth->getNumParams()) { |
11118 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = |
11119 | Meth->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
11120 | ConstRHS = RT->getPointeeType().isConstQualified(); |
11121 | } |
11122 | } |
11123 | |
11124 | S.inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(ParentClass, CSM, Meth, |
11125 | /* ConstRHS */ ConstRHS, |
11126 | /* Diagnose */ true); |
11127 | } |
11128 | } |
11129 | |
11130 | static void DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11131 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; |
11132 | EnableIfAttr *Attr = static_cast<EnableIfAttr*>(Cand->DeductionFailure.Data); |
11133 | |
11134 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), |
11135 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) |
11136 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); |
11137 | } |
11138 | |
11139 | static void DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11140 | ExplicitSpecifier ES = ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Cand->Function); |
11141 | assert(ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate")(static_cast <bool> (ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ES.isExplicit() && \"not an explicit candidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11141, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11142 | |
11143 | unsigned Kind; |
11144 | switch (Cand->Function->getDeclKind()) { |
11145 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConstructor: |
11146 | Kind = 0; |
11147 | break; |
11148 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConversion: |
11149 | Kind = 1; |
11150 | break; |
11151 | case Decl::Kind::CXXDeductionGuide: |
11152 | Kind = Cand->Function->isImplicit() ? 0 : 2; |
11153 | break; |
11154 | default: |
11155 | llvm_unreachable("invalid Decl")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid Decl", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11155); |
11156 | } |
11157 | |
11158 | // Note the location of the first (in-class) declaration; a redeclaration |
11159 | // (particularly an out-of-class definition) will typically lack the |
11160 | // 'explicit' specifier. |
11161 | // FIXME: This is probably a good thing to do for all 'candidate' notes. |
11162 | FunctionDecl *First = Cand->Function->getFirstDecl(); |
11163 | if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = First->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) |
11164 | First = Pattern->getFirstDecl(); |
11165 | |
11166 | S.Diag(First->getLocation(), |
11167 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit) |
11168 | << Kind << (ES.getExpr() ? 1 : 0) |
11169 | << (ES.getExpr() ? ES.getExpr()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); |
11170 | } |
11171 | |
11172 | /// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've |
11173 | /// already generated a primary error at the call site. |
11174 | /// |
11175 | /// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret |
11176 | /// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some |
11177 | /// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing |
11178 | /// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still |
11179 | /// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed |
11180 | /// overload. |
11181 | /// |
11182 | /// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems |
11183 | /// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd |
11184 | /// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics. |
11185 | /// \param CtorDestAS Addr space of object being constructed (for ctor |
11186 | /// candidates only). |
11187 | static void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, |
11188 | unsigned NumArgs, |
11189 | bool TakingCandidateAddress, |
11190 | LangAS CtorDestAS = LangAS::Default) { |
11191 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; |
11192 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) |
11193 | return; |
11194 | |
11195 | // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable. |
11196 | if (Cand->Viable) { |
11197 | if (Fn->isDeleted()) { |
11198 | std::string FnDesc; |
11199 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = |
11200 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, |
11201 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); |
11202 | |
11203 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted) |
11204 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc |
11205 | << (Fn->isDeleted() ? (Fn->isDeletedAsWritten() ? 1 : 2) : 0); |
11206 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
11207 | return; |
11208 | } |
11209 | |
11210 | // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates. |
11211 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); |
11212 | return; |
11213 | } |
11214 | |
11215 | switch (Cand->FailureKind) { |
11216 | case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments: |
11217 | case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments: |
11218 | return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs); |
11219 | |
11220 | case ovl_fail_bad_deduction: |
11221 | return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, NumArgs, |
11222 | TakingCandidateAddress); |
11223 | |
11224 | case ovl_fail_illegal_constructor: { |
11225 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor) |
11226 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0); |
11227 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
11228 | return; |
11229 | } |
11230 | |
11231 | case ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch: { |
11232 | Qualifiers QualsForPrinting; |
11233 | QualsForPrinting.setAddressSpace(CtorDestAS); |
11234 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), |
11235 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor_adrspace_mismatch) |
11236 | << QualsForPrinting; |
11237 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
11238 | return; |
11239 | } |
11240 | |
11241 | case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion: |
11242 | case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion: |
11243 | case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact: |
11244 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); |
11245 | |
11246 | case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: { |
11247 | unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); |
11248 | for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I) |
11249 | if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad()) |
11250 | return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I, TakingCandidateAddress); |
11251 | |
11252 | // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit |
11253 | // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle |
11254 | // those conditions and diagnose them well. |
11255 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); |
11256 | } |
11257 | |
11258 | case ovl_fail_bad_target: |
11259 | return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand); |
11260 | |
11261 | case ovl_fail_enable_if: |
11262 | return DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(S, Cand); |
11263 | |
11264 | case ovl_fail_explicit: |
11265 | return DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(S, Cand); |
11266 | |
11267 | case ovl_fail_inhctor_slice: |
11268 | // It's generally not interesting to note copy/move constructors here. |
11269 | if (cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) |
11270 | return; |
11271 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), |
11272 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor_slice) |
11273 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0) |
11274 | << Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isRValueReferenceType(); |
11275 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); |
11276 | return; |
11277 | |
11278 | case ovl_fail_addr_not_available: { |
11279 | bool Available = checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function); |
11280 | (void)Available; |
11281 | assert(!Available)(static_cast <bool> (!Available) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Available", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11281, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11282 | break; |
11283 | } |
11284 | case ovl_non_default_multiversion_function: |
11285 | // Do nothing, these should simply be ignored. |
11286 | break; |
11287 | |
11288 | case ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied: { |
11289 | std::string FnDesc; |
11290 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = |
11291 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, |
11292 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); |
11293 | |
11294 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), |
11295 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_constraints_not_satisfied) |
11296 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template |
11297 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */; |
11298 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
11299 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(Fn, Satisfaction)) |
11300 | break; |
11301 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); |
11302 | } |
11303 | } |
11304 | } |
11305 | |
11306 | static void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11307 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Cand->Surrogate)) |
11308 | return; |
11309 | |
11310 | // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type, |
11311 | // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing |
11312 | // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types). |
11313 | QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType(); |
11314 | bool isLValueReference = false; |
11315 | bool isRValueReference = false; |
11316 | bool isPointer = false; |
11317 | if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = |
11318 | FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) { |
11319 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); |
11320 | isLValueReference = true; |
11321 | } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = |
11322 | FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) { |
11323 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); |
11324 | isRValueReference = true; |
11325 | } |
11326 | if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
11327 | FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
11328 | isPointer = true; |
11329 | } |
11330 | // Desugar down to a function type. |
11331 | FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0); |
11332 | // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate. |
11333 | if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType); |
11334 | if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType); |
11335 | if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType); |
11336 | |
11337 | S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand) |
11338 | << FnType; |
11339 | } |
11340 | |
11341 | static void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S, StringRef Opc, |
11342 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11343 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11344 | assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && \"builtin operator is not binary\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11344, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11345 | std::string TypeStr("operator"); |
11346 | TypeStr += Opc; |
11347 | TypeStr += "("; |
11348 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[0].getAsString(); |
11349 | if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) { |
11350 | TypeStr += ")"; |
11351 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; |
11352 | } else { |
11353 | TypeStr += ", "; |
11354 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[1].getAsString(); |
11355 | TypeStr += ")"; |
11356 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; |
11357 | } |
11358 | } |
11359 | |
11360 | static void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11361 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11362 | for (const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS : Cand->Conversions) { |
11363 | if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid |
11364 | if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue; |
11365 | |
11366 | ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( |
11367 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)); |
11368 | } |
11369 | } |
11370 | |
11371 | static SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) { |
11372 | if (Cand->Function) |
11373 | return Cand->Function->getLocation(); |
11374 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) |
11375 | return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(); |
11376 | return SourceLocation(); |
11377 | } |
11378 | |
11379 | static unsigned RankDeductionFailure(const DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) { |
11380 | switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) { |
11381 | case Sema::TDK_Success: |
11382 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: |
11383 | llvm_unreachable("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11383); |
11384 | |
11385 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: |
11386 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: |
11387 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: |
11388 | return 1; |
11389 | |
11390 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: |
11391 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: |
11392 | return 2; |
11393 | |
11394 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: |
11395 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: |
11396 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: |
11397 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: |
11398 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: |
11399 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: |
11400 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: |
11401 | return 3; |
11402 | |
11403 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: |
11404 | return 4; |
11405 | |
11406 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: |
11407 | return 5; |
11408 | |
11409 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: |
11410 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: |
11411 | return 6; |
11412 | } |
11413 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled deduction result" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11413); |
11414 | } |
11415 | |
11416 | namespace { |
11417 | struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay { |
11418 | Sema &S; |
11419 | SourceLocation Loc; |
11420 | size_t NumArgs; |
11421 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK; |
11422 | |
11423 | CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay( |
11424 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, size_t NArgs, |
11425 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) |
11426 | : S(S), NumArgs(NArgs), CSK(CSK) {} |
11427 | |
11428 | OverloadFailureKind EffectiveFailureKind(const OverloadCandidate *C) const { |
11429 | // If there are too many or too few arguments, that's the high-order bit we |
11430 | // want to sort by, even if the immediate failure kind was something else. |
11431 | if (C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || |
11432 | C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) |
11433 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); |
11434 | |
11435 | if (C->Function) { |
11436 | if (NumArgs > C->Function->getNumParams() && !C->Function->isVariadic()) |
11437 | return ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; |
11438 | if (NumArgs < C->Function->getMinRequiredArguments()) |
11439 | return ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; |
11440 | } |
11441 | |
11442 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); |
11443 | } |
11444 | |
11445 | bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L, |
11446 | const OverloadCandidate *R) { |
11447 | // Fast-path this check. |
11448 | if (L == R) return false; |
11449 | |
11450 | // Order first by viability. |
11451 | if (L->Viable) { |
11452 | if (!R->Viable) return true; |
11453 | |
11454 | // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload |
11455 | // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort |
11456 | // that could exploit it. |
11457 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation(), CSK)) |
11458 | return true; |
11459 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation(), CSK)) |
11460 | return false; |
11461 | } else if (R->Viable) |
11462 | return false; |
11463 | |
11464 | assert(L->Viable == R->Viable)(static_cast <bool> (L->Viable == R->Viable) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Viable == R->Viable", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11464, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11465 | |
11466 | // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates: |
11467 | if (!L->Viable) { |
11468 | OverloadFailureKind LFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(L); |
11469 | OverloadFailureKind RFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(R); |
11470 | |
11471 | // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates. |
11472 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || |
11473 | LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { |
11474 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || |
11475 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { |
11476 | int LDist = std::abs((int)L->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); |
11477 | int RDist = std::abs((int)R->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); |
11478 | if (LDist == RDist) { |
11479 | if (LFailureKind == RFailureKind) |
11480 | // Sort non-surrogates before surrogates. |
11481 | return !L->IsSurrogate && R->IsSurrogate; |
11482 | // Sort candidates requiring fewer parameters than there were |
11483 | // arguments given after candidates requiring more parameters |
11484 | // than there were arguments given. |
11485 | return LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; |
11486 | } |
11487 | return LDist < RDist; |
11488 | } |
11489 | return false; |
11490 | } |
11491 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || |
11492 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) |
11493 | return true; |
11494 | |
11495 | // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number |
11496 | // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions. |
11497 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) { |
11498 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) |
11499 | return true; |
11500 | |
11501 | // The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes, |
11502 | // comes first. |
11503 | unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; |
11504 | unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; |
11505 | numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numLFixes; |
11506 | numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numRFixes; |
11507 | if (numLFixes != numRFixes) { |
11508 | return numLFixes < numRFixes; |
11509 | } |
11510 | |
11511 | // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions... |
11512 | // FIXME: this might not be transitive. |
11513 | assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size())(static_cast <bool> (L->Conversions.size() == R-> Conversions.size()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11513, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11514 | |
11515 | int leftBetter = 0; |
11516 | unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument); |
11517 | for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
11518 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, |
11519 | L->Conversions[I], |
11520 | R->Conversions[I])) { |
11521 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: |
11522 | leftBetter++; |
11523 | break; |
11524 | |
11525 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: |
11526 | leftBetter--; |
11527 | break; |
11528 | |
11529 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: |
11530 | break; |
11531 | } |
11532 | } |
11533 | if (leftBetter > 0) return true; |
11534 | if (leftBetter < 0) return false; |
11535 | |
11536 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) |
11537 | return false; |
11538 | |
11539 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) { |
11540 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction) |
11541 | return true; |
11542 | |
11543 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) |
11544 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) |
11545 | < RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); |
11546 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) |
11547 | return false; |
11548 | |
11549 | // TODO: others? |
11550 | } |
11551 | |
11552 | // Sort everything else by location. |
11553 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); |
11554 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); |
11555 | |
11556 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. |
11557 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false; |
11558 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true; |
11559 | |
11560 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); |
11561 | } |
11562 | }; |
11563 | } |
11564 | |
11565 | /// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only |
11566 | /// computes up to the first bad conversion. Produces the FixIt set if |
11567 | /// possible. |
11568 | static void |
11569 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, |
11570 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
11571 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) { |
11572 | assert(!Cand->Viable)(static_cast <bool> (!Cand->Viable) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cand->Viable", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11572 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11573 | |
11574 | // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion. |
11575 | if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) |
11576 | return; |
11577 | |
11578 | // We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected. |
11579 | bool Unfixable = false; |
11580 | // Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes. |
11581 | Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization); |
11582 | |
11583 | // Attempt to fix the bad conversion. |
11584 | unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size(); |
11585 | for (unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); /**/; |
11586 | ++ConvIdx) { |
11587 | assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate")(static_cast <bool> (ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvIdx != ConvCount && \"no bad conversion in candidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11587, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11588 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() && |
11589 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { |
11590 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); |
11591 | break; |
11592 | } |
11593 | } |
11594 | |
11595 | // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload |
11596 | // operation somehow. |
11597 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; |
11598 | |
11599 | unsigned ConvIdx = 0; |
11600 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0; |
11601 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes; |
11602 | bool Reversed = Cand->isReversed(); |
11603 | |
11604 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) { |
11605 | QualType ConvType |
11606 | = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
11607 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
11608 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); |
11609 | ParamTypes = ConvType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); |
11610 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. |
11611 | ConvIdx = 1; |
11612 | } else if (Cand->Function) { |
11613 | ParamTypes = |
11614 | Cand->Function->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); |
11615 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) && |
11616 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function) && !Reversed) { |
11617 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. |
11618 | ConvIdx = 1; |
11619 | if (CSK == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && |
11620 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Call && |
11621 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != |
11622 | OO_Subscript) |
11623 | // Argument 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. |
11624 | ArgIdx = 1; |
11625 | } |
11626 | } else { |
11627 | // Builtin operator. |
11628 | assert(ConvCount <= 3)(static_cast <bool> (ConvCount <= 3) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvCount <= 3", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11628 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11629 | ParamTypes = Cand->BuiltinParamTypes; |
11630 | } |
11631 | |
11632 | // Fill in the rest of the conversions. |
11633 | for (unsigned ParamIdx = Reversed ? ParamTypes.size() - 1 : 0; |
11634 | ConvIdx != ConvCount; |
11635 | ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx, ParamIdx += (Reversed ? -1 : 1)) { |
11636 | assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion")(static_cast <bool> (ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgIdx < Args.size() && \"no argument for this arg conversion\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11636, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11637 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { |
11638 | // We've already checked this conversion. |
11639 | } else if (ParamIdx < ParamTypes.size()) { |
11640 | if (ParamTypes[ParamIdx]->isDependentType()) |
11641 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setAsIdentityConversion( |
11642 | Args[ArgIdx]->getType()); |
11643 | else { |
11644 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx] = |
11645 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTypes[ParamIdx], |
11646 | SuppressUserConversions, |
11647 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, |
11648 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ |
11649 | S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); |
11650 | // Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists. |
11651 | if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) |
11652 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); |
11653 | } |
11654 | } else |
11655 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); |
11656 | } |
11657 | } |
11658 | |
11659 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 32> OverloadCandidateSet::CompleteCandidates( |
11660 | Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
11661 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11662 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { |
11663 | // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would |
11664 | // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those. |
11665 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands; |
11666 | if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size()); |
11667 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { |
11668 | if (!Filter(*Cand)) |
11669 | continue; |
11670 | switch (OCD) { |
11671 | case OCD_AllCandidates: |
11672 | if (!Cand->Viable) { |
11673 | if (!Cand->Function && !Cand->IsSurrogate) { |
11674 | // This a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general, |
11675 | // want to list every possible builtin candidate. |
11676 | continue; |
11677 | } |
11678 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args, Kind); |
11679 | } |
11680 | break; |
11681 | |
11682 | case OCD_ViableCandidates: |
11683 | if (!Cand->Viable) |
11684 | continue; |
11685 | break; |
11686 | |
11687 | case OCD_AmbiguousCandidates: |
11688 | if (!Cand->Best) |
11689 | continue; |
11690 | break; |
11691 | } |
11692 | |
11693 | Cands.push_back(Cand); |
11694 | } |
11695 | |
11696 | llvm::stable_sort( |
11697 | Cands, CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S, OpLoc, Args.size(), Kind)); |
11698 | |
11699 | return Cands; |
11700 | } |
11701 | |
11702 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::shouldDeferDiags(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
11703 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
11704 | bool DeferHint = false; |
11705 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().GPUDeferDiag) { |
11706 | // Defer diagnostic for CUDA/HIP if there are wrong-sided candidates or |
11707 | // host device candidates. |
11708 | auto WrongSidedCands = |
11709 | CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, OpLoc, [](auto &Cand) { |
11710 | return (Cand.Viable == false && |
11711 | Cand.FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_target) || |
11712 | (Cand.Function && |
11713 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && |
11714 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()); |
11715 | }); |
11716 | DeferHint = !WrongSidedCands.empty(); |
11717 | } |
11718 | return DeferHint; |
11719 | } |
11720 | |
11721 | /// When overload resolution fails, prints diagnostic messages containing the |
11722 | /// candidates in the candidate set. |
11723 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates( |
11724 | PartialDiagnosticAt PD, Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, |
11725 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11726 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { |
11727 | |
11728 | auto Cands = CompleteCandidates(S, OCD, Args, OpLoc, Filter); |
11729 | |
11730 | S.Diag(PD.first, PD.second, shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)); |
11731 | |
11732 | NoteCandidates(S, Args, Cands, Opc, OpLoc); |
11733 | |
11734 | if (OCD == OCD_AmbiguousCandidates) |
11735 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(S, {begin(), end()}); |
11736 | } |
11737 | |
11738 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
11739 | ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate *> Cands, |
11740 | StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
11741 | bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false; |
11742 | |
11743 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); |
11744 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; |
11745 | auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); |
11746 | for (; I != E; ++I) { |
11747 | OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I; |
11748 | |
11749 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow() && |
11750 | ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) { |
11751 | break; |
11752 | } |
11753 | ++CandsShown; |
11754 | |
11755 | if (Cand->Function) |
11756 | NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args.size(), |
11757 | /*TakingCandidateAddress=*/false, DestAS); |
11758 | else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) |
11759 | NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand); |
11760 | else { |
11761 | assert(Cand->Viable &&(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11762, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
11762 | "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11762, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11763 | // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin |
11764 | // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an |
11765 | // ambiguous user-defined conversion. |
11766 | // |
11767 | // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see |
11768 | // different ambiguities, though. |
11769 | if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) { |
11770 | NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand); |
11771 | ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true; |
11772 | } |
11773 | |
11774 | // If this is a viable builtin, print it. |
11775 | NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand); |
11776 | } |
11777 | } |
11778 | |
11779 | // Inform S.Diags that we've shown an overload set with N elements. This may |
11780 | // inform the future value of S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow(). |
11781 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); |
11782 | |
11783 | if (I != E) |
11784 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates, |
11785 | shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)) |
11786 | << int(E - I); |
11787 | } |
11788 | |
11789 | static SourceLocation |
11790 | GetLocationForCandidate(const TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand) { |
11791 | return Cand->Specialization ? Cand->Specialization->getLocation() |
11792 | : SourceLocation(); |
11793 | } |
11794 | |
11795 | namespace { |
11796 | struct CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay { |
11797 | Sema &S; |
11798 | CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {} |
11799 | |
11800 | bool operator()(const TemplateSpecCandidate *L, |
11801 | const TemplateSpecCandidate *R) { |
11802 | // Fast-path this check. |
11803 | if (L == R) |
11804 | return false; |
11805 | |
11806 | // Assuming that both candidates are not matches... |
11807 | |
11808 | // Sort by the ranking of deduction failures. |
11809 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) |
11810 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) < |
11811 | RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); |
11812 | |
11813 | // Sort everything else by location. |
11814 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); |
11815 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); |
11816 | |
11817 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. |
11818 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) |
11819 | return false; |
11820 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) |
11821 | return true; |
11822 | |
11823 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); |
11824 | } |
11825 | }; |
11826 | } |
11827 | |
11828 | /// Diagnose a template argument deduction failure. |
11829 | /// We are treating these failures as overload failures due to bad |
11830 | /// deductions. |
11831 | void TemplateSpecCandidate::NoteDeductionFailure(Sema &S, |
11832 | bool ForTakingAddress) { |
11833 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, FoundDecl, Specialization, // pattern |
11834 | DeductionFailure, /*NumArgs=*/0, ForTakingAddress); |
11835 | } |
11836 | |
11837 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { |
11838 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { |
11839 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); |
11840 | } |
11841 | } |
11842 | |
11843 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::clear() { |
11844 | destroyCandidates(); |
11845 | Candidates.clear(); |
11846 | } |
11847 | |
11848 | /// NoteCandidates - When no template specialization match is found, prints |
11849 | /// diagnostic messages containing the non-matching specializations that form |
11850 | /// the candidate set. |
11851 | /// This is analoguous to OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates() with |
11852 | /// OCD == OCD_AllCandidates and Cand->Viable == false. |
11853 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { |
11854 | // Sort the candidates by position (assuming no candidate is a match). |
11855 | // Sorting directly would be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers |
11856 | // and sort those. |
11857 | SmallVector<TemplateSpecCandidate *, 32> Cands; |
11858 | Cands.reserve(size()); |
11859 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { |
11860 | if (Cand->Specialization) |
11861 | Cands.push_back(Cand); |
11862 | // Otherwise, this is a non-matching builtin candidate. We do not, |
11863 | // in general, want to list every possible builtin candidate. |
11864 | } |
11865 | |
11866 | llvm::sort(Cands, CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(S)); |
11867 | |
11868 | // FIXME: Perhaps rename OverloadsShown and getShowOverloads() |
11869 | // for generalization purposes (?). |
11870 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); |
11871 | |
11872 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateSpecCandidate *>::iterator I, E; |
11873 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; |
11874 | for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
11875 | TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand = *I; |
11876 | |
11877 | // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidates we'll spam |
11878 | // the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the |
11879 | // candidate list. |
11880 | if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) |
11881 | break; |
11882 | ++CandsShown; |
11883 | |
11884 | assert(Cand->Specialization &&(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
11885 | "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
11886 | Cand->NoteDeductionFailure(S, ForTakingAddress); |
11887 | } |
11888 | |
11889 | if (I != E) |
11890 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); |
11891 | } |
11892 | |
11893 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
11894 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
11895 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
11896 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
11897 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
11898 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
11899 | QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) { |
11900 | QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType; |
11901 | if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = |
11902 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
11903 | Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
11904 | else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = |
11905 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
11906 | Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType(); |
11907 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr = |
11908 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
11909 | Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType(); |
11910 | Ret = |
11911 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType(); |
11912 | return Ret; |
11913 | } |
11914 | |
11915 | static bool completeFunctionType(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
11916 | bool Complain = true) { |
11917 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && |
11918 | S.DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc, Complain)) |
11919 | return true; |
11920 | |
11921 | auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
11922 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && |
11923 | isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()) && |
11924 | !S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT)) |
11925 | return true; |
11926 | |
11927 | return false; |
11928 | } |
11929 | |
11930 | namespace { |
11931 | // A helper class to help with address of function resolution |
11932 | // - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters |
11933 | class AddressOfFunctionResolver { |
11934 | Sema& S; |
11935 | Expr* SourceExpr; |
11936 | const QualType& TargetType; |
11937 | QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type |
11938 | |
11939 | bool Complain; |
11940 | //DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair; |
11941 | ASTContext& Context; |
11942 | |
11943 | bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction; |
11944 | bool FoundNonTemplateFunction; |
11945 | bool StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; |
11946 | bool HasComplained; |
11947 | |
11948 | OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo; |
11949 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr; |
11950 | TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs; |
11951 | SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches; |
11952 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates; |
11953 | |
11954 | public: |
11955 | AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr *SourceExpr, |
11956 | const QualType &TargetType, bool Complain) |
11957 | : S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType), |
11958 | Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()), |
11959 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction( |
11960 | !!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()), |
11961 | FoundNonTemplateFunction(false), |
11962 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(false), |
11963 | HasComplained(false), |
11964 | OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)), |
11965 | OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression), |
11966 | FailedCandidates(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), /*ForTakingAddress=*/true) { |
11967 | ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType(); |
11968 | |
11969 | if (TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) { |
11970 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) |
11971 | if (!UME->isImplicitAccess() && |
11972 | !S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(UME)) |
11973 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer = true; |
11974 | } else if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
11975 | DeclAccessPair dap; |
11976 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
11977 | OvlExpr, false, &dap)) { |
11978 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) |
11979 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { |
11980 | // If the target type is a non-function type and the function found |
11981 | // is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was the |
11982 | // target, it's the only possible type to end up with. |
11983 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true; |
11984 | |
11985 | // And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form. |
11986 | // We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions. |
11987 | if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer) |
11988 | return; |
11989 | } |
11990 | |
11991 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap, Fn)); |
11992 | } |
11993 | return; |
11994 | } |
11995 | |
11996 | if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
11997 | OvlExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs); |
11998 | |
11999 | if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) { |
12000 | // C++ [over.over]p4: |
12001 | // If more than one function is selected, [...] |
12002 | if (Matches.size() > 1 && !eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates()) { |
12003 | if (FoundNonTemplateFunction) |
12004 | EliminateAllTemplateMatches(); |
12005 | else |
12006 | EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate(); |
12007 | } |
12008 | } |
12009 | |
12010 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Matches.size() > 1) |
12011 | EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches(); |
12012 | } |
12013 | |
12014 | bool hasComplained() const { return HasComplained; } |
12015 | |
12016 | private: |
12017 | bool candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
12018 | QualType Discard; |
12019 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType, FD->getType()) || |
12020 | S.IsFunctionConversion(FD->getType(), TargetFunctionType, Discard); |
12021 | } |
12022 | |
12023 | /// \return true if A is considered a better overload candidate for the |
12024 | /// desired type than B. |
12025 | bool isBetterCandidate(const FunctionDecl *A, const FunctionDecl *B) { |
12026 | // If A doesn't have exactly the correct type, we don't want to classify it |
12027 | // as "better" than anything else. This way, the user is required to |
12028 | // disambiguate for us if there are multiple candidates and no exact match. |
12029 | return candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(A) && |
12030 | (!candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(B) || |
12031 | compareEnableIfAttrs(S, A, B) == Comparison::Better); |
12032 | } |
12033 | |
12034 | /// \return true if we were able to eliminate all but one overload candidate, |
12035 | /// false otherwise. |
12036 | bool eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates() { |
12037 | // Same algorithm as overload resolution -- one pass to pick the "best", |
12038 | // another pass to be sure that nothing is better than the best. |
12039 | auto Best = Matches.begin(); |
12040 | for (auto I = Matches.begin()+1, E = Matches.end(); I != E; ++I) |
12041 | if (isBetterCandidate(I->second, Best->second)) |
12042 | Best = I; |
12043 | |
12044 | const FunctionDecl *BestFn = Best->second; |
12045 | auto IsBestOrInferiorToBest = [this, BestFn]( |
12046 | const std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *> &Pair) { |
12047 | return BestFn == Pair.second || isBetterCandidate(BestFn, Pair.second); |
12048 | }; |
12049 | |
12050 | // Note: We explicitly leave Matches unmodified if there isn't a clear best |
12051 | // option, so we can potentially give the user a better error |
12052 | if (!llvm::all_of(Matches, IsBestOrInferiorToBest)) |
12053 | return false; |
12054 | Matches[0] = *Best; |
12055 | Matches.resize(1); |
12056 | return true; |
12057 | } |
12058 | |
12059 | bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const { |
12060 | return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType(); |
12061 | } |
12062 | |
12063 | // [ToType] [Return] |
12064 | |
12065 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false |
12066 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false |
12067 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true |
12068 | void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() { |
12069 | TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType); |
12070 | } |
12071 | |
12072 | // return true if any matching specializations were found |
12073 | bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate, |
12074 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { |
12075 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method |
12076 | = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) { |
12077 | // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and |
12078 | // static when converting to member pointer. |
12079 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) |
12080 | return false; |
12081 | } |
12082 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) |
12083 | return false; |
12084 | |
12085 | // C++ [over.over]p2: |
12086 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is |
12087 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the |
12088 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single |
12089 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of |
12090 | // overloaded functions considered. |
12091 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; |
12092 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); |
12093 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result |
12094 | = S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, |
12095 | &OvlExplicitTemplateArgs, |
12096 | TargetFunctionType, Specialization, |
12097 | Info, /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { |
12098 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. |
12099 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() |
12100 | .set(CurAccessFunPair, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), |
12101 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); |
12102 | return false; |
12103 | } |
12104 | |
12105 | // Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match or |
12106 | // compatible pointer-to-function arguments that would be adjusted by ICS. |
12107 | // This function template specicalization works. |
12108 | assert(S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType((static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12110, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
12109 | Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()),(static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12110, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
12110 | Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType)))(static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12110, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12111 | |
12112 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Specialization)) |
12113 | return false; |
12114 | |
12115 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization)); |
12116 | return true; |
12117 | } |
12118 | |
12119 | bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn, |
12120 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { |
12121 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { |
12122 | // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static |
12123 | // when converting to member pointer. |
12124 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) |
12125 | return false; |
12126 | } |
12127 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) |
12128 | return false; |
12129 | |
12130 | if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) { |
12131 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) |
12132 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) |
12133 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !S.IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, FunDecl)) |
12134 | return false; |
12135 | if (FunDecl->isMultiVersion()) { |
12136 | const auto *TA = FunDecl->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); |
12137 | if (TA && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) |
12138 | return false; |
12139 | } |
12140 | |
12141 | // If any candidate has a placeholder return type, trigger its deduction |
12142 | // now. |
12143 | if (completeFunctionType(S, FunDecl, SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), |
12144 | Complain)) { |
12145 | HasComplained |= Complain; |
12146 | return false; |
12147 | } |
12148 | |
12149 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FunDecl)) |
12150 | return false; |
12151 | |
12152 | // If we're in C, we need to support types that aren't exactly identical. |
12153 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
12154 | candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(FunDecl)) { |
12155 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair( |
12156 | CurAccessFunPair, cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()))); |
12157 | FoundNonTemplateFunction = true; |
12158 | return true; |
12159 | } |
12160 | } |
12161 | |
12162 | return false; |
12163 | } |
12164 | |
12165 | bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() { |
12166 | bool Ret = false; |
12167 | |
12168 | // If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to |
12169 | // member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type. |
12170 | if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) |
12171 | return false; |
12172 | |
12173 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), |
12174 | E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); |
12175 | I != E; ++I) { |
12176 | // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function. |
12177 | NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
12178 | |
12179 | // C++ [over.over]p3: |
12180 | // Non-member functions and static member functions match |
12181 | // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function." |
12182 | // Nonstatic member functions match targets of |
12183 | // type "pointer-to-member-function." |
12184 | // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter. |
12185 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate |
12186 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) { |
12187 | if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair())) |
12188 | Ret = true; |
12189 | } |
12190 | // If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates. |
12191 | else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && |
12192 | AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair())) |
12193 | Ret = true; |
12194 | } |
12195 | assert(Ret || Matches.empty())(static_cast <bool> (Ret || Matches.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ret || Matches.empty()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12195, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
12196 | return Ret; |
12197 | } |
12198 | |
12199 | void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() { |
12200 | // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is |
12201 | // eliminated if the set contains a second function template |
12202 | // specialization whose function template is more specialized |
12203 | // than the function template of F1 according to the partial |
12204 | // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2. |
12205 | |
12206 | // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a |
12207 | // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the |
12208 | // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the |
12209 | // best function template (if it exists). |
12210 | |
12211 | UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid! |
12212 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I) |
12213 | MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess()); |
12214 | |
12215 | // TODO: It looks like FailedCandidates does not serve much purpose |
12216 | // here, since the no_viable diagnostic has index 0. |
12217 | UnresolvedSetIterator Result = S.getMostSpecialized( |
12218 | MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(), FailedCandidates, |
12219 | SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), S.PDiag(), |
12220 | S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) |
12221 | << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(), |
12222 | S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) |
12223 | << (unsigned)oc_function << (unsigned)ocs_described_template, |
12224 | Complain, TargetFunctionType); |
12225 | |
12226 | if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) { |
12227 | // Make it the first and only element |
12228 | Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first; |
12229 | Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result); |
12230 | Matches.resize(1); |
12231 | } else |
12232 | HasComplained |= Complain; |
12233 | } |
12234 | |
12235 | void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() { |
12236 | // [...] any function template specializations in the set are |
12237 | // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...] |
12238 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) { |
12239 | if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == nullptr) |
12240 | ++I; |
12241 | else { |
12242 | Matches[I] = Matches[--N]; |
12243 | Matches.resize(N); |
12244 | } |
12245 | } |
12246 | } |
12247 | |
12248 | void EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches() { |
12249 | S.EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true), |
12250 | Matches); |
12251 | } |
12252 | |
12253 | public: |
12254 | void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const { |
12255 | assert(Matches.empty())(static_cast <bool> (Matches.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.empty()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12255 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
12256 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable) |
12257 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType |
12258 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); |
12259 | if (FailedCandidates.empty()) |
12260 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, |
12261 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); |
12262 | else { |
12263 | // We have some deduction failure messages. Use them to diagnose |
12264 | // the function templates, and diagnose the non-template candidates |
12265 | // normally. |
12266 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), |
12267 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); |
12268 | I != IEnd; ++I) |
12269 | if (FunctionDecl *Fun = |
12270 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl())) |
12271 | if (!functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Fun)) |
12272 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, TargetFunctionType, |
12273 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); |
12274 | FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(S, OvlExpr->getBeginLoc()); |
12275 | } |
12276 | } |
12277 | |
12278 | bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { |
12279 | return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction && |
12280 | !OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer; |
12281 | } |
12282 | |
12283 | void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { |
12284 | // TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might |
12285 | // have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers? |
12286 | // TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt. |
12287 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier) |
12288 | << TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); |
12289 | } |
12290 | |
12291 | bool IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { |
12292 | return StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; |
12293 | } |
12294 | |
12295 | void ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { |
12296 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), |
12297 | diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
12298 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); |
12299 | } |
12300 | |
12301 | void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const { |
12302 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref) |
12303 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType; |
12304 | } |
12305 | |
12306 | void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const { |
12307 | assert(Matches.size() > 1)(static_cast <bool> (Matches.size() > 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.size() > 1", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12307, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
12308 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) |
12309 | << OvlExpr->getName() << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); |
12310 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, |
12311 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); |
12312 | } |
12313 | |
12314 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); } |
12315 | |
12316 | int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); } |
12317 | |
12318 | FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const { |
12319 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; |
12320 | return Matches[0].second; |
12321 | } |
12322 | |
12323 | const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const { |
12324 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; |
12325 | return &Matches[0].first; |
12326 | } |
12327 | }; |
12328 | } |
12329 | |
12330 | /// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of |
12331 | /// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an |
12332 | /// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type |
12333 | /// we're trying to resolve to. For example: |
12334 | /// |
12335 | /// @code |
12336 | /// int f(double); |
12337 | /// int f(int); |
12338 | /// |
12339 | /// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double) |
12340 | /// @endcode |
12341 | /// |
12342 | /// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be |
12343 | /// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this |
12344 | /// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error. |
12345 | FunctionDecl * |
12346 | Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
12347 | QualType TargetType, |
12348 | bool Complain, |
12349 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult, |
12350 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) { |
12351 | assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12352 | |
12353 | AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType, |
12354 | Complain); |
12355 | int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches(); |
12356 | FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; |
12357 | bool ShouldComplain = Complain && !Resolver.hasComplained(); |
12358 | if (NumMatches == 0 && ShouldComplain) { |
12359 | if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) |
12360 | Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction(); |
12361 | else |
12362 | Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound(); |
12363 | } |
12364 | else if (NumMatches > 1 && ShouldComplain) |
12365 | Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound(); |
12366 | else if (NumMatches == 1) { |
12367 | Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl(); |
12368 | assert(Fn)(static_cast <bool> (Fn) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12368, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12369 | if (auto *FPT = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
12370 | ResolveExceptionSpec(AddressOfExpr->getExprLoc(), FPT); |
12371 | FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair(); |
12372 | if (Complain) { |
12373 | if (Resolver.IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer()) |
12374 | Resolver.ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(); |
12375 | else |
12376 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult); |
12377 | } |
12378 | } |
12379 | |
12380 | if (pHadMultipleCandidates) |
12381 | *pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates(); |
12382 | return Fn; |
12383 | } |
12384 | |
12385 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to |
12386 | /// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address taken. |
12387 | /// This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null. |
12388 | /// |
12389 | /// This routine can only succeed if from all of the candidates in the overload |
12390 | /// set for SrcExpr that can have their addresses taken, there is one candidate |
12391 | /// that is more constrained than the rest. |
12392 | FunctionDecl * |
12393 | Sema::resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &Pair) { |
12394 | OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(E); |
12395 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression; |
12396 | bool IsResultAmbiguous = false; |
12397 | FunctionDecl *Result = nullptr; |
12398 | DeclAccessPair DAP; |
12399 | SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 2> AmbiguousDecls; |
12400 | |
12401 | auto CheckMoreConstrained = |
12402 | [&] (FunctionDecl *FD1, FunctionDecl *FD2) -> Optional<bool> { |
12403 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> AC1, AC2; |
12404 | FD1->getAssociatedConstraints(AC1); |
12405 | FD2->getAssociatedConstraints(AC2); |
12406 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; |
12407 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD1, AC1, FD2, AC2, AtLeastAsConstrained1)) |
12408 | return None; |
12409 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD2, AC2, FD1, AC1, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) |
12410 | return None; |
12411 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 == AtLeastAsConstrained2) |
12412 | return None; |
12413 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; |
12414 | }; |
12415 | |
12416 | // Don't use the AddressOfResolver because we're specifically looking for |
12417 | // cases where we have one overload candidate that lacks |
12418 | // enable_if/pass_object_size/... |
12419 | for (auto I = Ovl->decls_begin(), E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
12420 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
12421 | if (!FD) |
12422 | return nullptr; |
12423 | |
12424 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) |
12425 | continue; |
12426 | |
12427 | // We have more than one result - see if it is more constrained than the |
12428 | // previous one. |
12429 | if (Result) { |
12430 | Optional<bool> MoreConstrainedThanPrevious = CheckMoreConstrained(FD, |
12431 | Result); |
12432 | if (!MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) { |
12433 | IsResultAmbiguous = true; |
12434 | AmbiguousDecls.push_back(FD); |
12435 | continue; |
12436 | } |
12437 | if (!*MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) |
12438 | continue; |
12439 | // FD is more constrained - replace Result with it. |
12440 | } |
12441 | IsResultAmbiguous = false; |
12442 | DAP = I.getPair(); |
12443 | Result = FD; |
12444 | } |
12445 | |
12446 | if (IsResultAmbiguous) |
12447 | return nullptr; |
12448 | |
12449 | if (Result) { |
12450 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> ResultAC; |
12451 | // We skipped over some ambiguous declarations which might be ambiguous with |
12452 | // the selected result. |
12453 | for (FunctionDecl *Skipped : AmbiguousDecls) |
12454 | if (!CheckMoreConstrained(Skipped, Result).hasValue()) |
12455 | return nullptr; |
12456 | Pair = DAP; |
12457 | } |
12458 | return Result; |
12459 | } |
12460 | |
12461 | /// Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded |
12462 | /// function reference using resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate. This |
12463 | /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if |
12464 | /// requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay. |
12465 | /// |
12466 | /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate fails. |
12467 | /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true. |
12468 | bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( |
12469 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConverion) { |
12470 | Expr *E = SrcExpr.get(); |
12471 | assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload")(static_cast <bool> (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && \"SrcExpr must be an overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12471, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12472 | |
12473 | DeclAccessPair DAP; |
12474 | FunctionDecl *Found = resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(E, DAP); |
12475 | if (!Found || Found->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || |
12476 | Found->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) |
12477 | return false; |
12478 | |
12479 | // Emitting multiple diagnostics for a function that is both inaccessible and |
12480 | // unavailable is consistent with our behavior elsewhere. So, always check |
12481 | // for both. |
12482 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc()); |
12483 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP); |
12484 | Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found); |
12485 | if (DoFunctionPointerConverion && Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType()) |
12486 | SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false); |
12487 | else |
12488 | SrcExpr = Fixed; |
12489 | return true; |
12490 | } |
12491 | |
12492 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to |
12493 | /// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function. |
12494 | /// |
12495 | /// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function |
12496 | /// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template |
12497 | /// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults, |
12498 | /// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3. |
12499 | /// |
12500 | /// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is |
12501 | /// returned. |
12502 | FunctionDecl * |
12503 | Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
12504 | bool Complain, |
12505 | DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) { |
12506 | // C++ [over.over]p1: |
12507 | // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the |
12508 | // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ] |
12509 | // C++ [over.over]p1: |
12510 | // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the & |
12511 | // operator. |
12512 | |
12513 | // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done. |
12514 | if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
12515 | return nullptr; |
12516 | |
12517 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; |
12518 | ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); |
12519 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates(ovl->getNameLoc()); |
12520 | |
12521 | // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one |
12522 | // whose type matches exactly. |
12523 | FunctionDecl *Matched = nullptr; |
12524 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(), |
12525 | E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
12526 | // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3: |
12527 | // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts |
12528 | // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is |
12529 | // specified and it, along with any default template arguments, |
12530 | // identifies a single function template specialization, then the |
12531 | // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization. |
12532 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate |
12533 | = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()); |
12534 | |
12535 | // C++ [over.over]p2: |
12536 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is |
12537 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the |
12538 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single |
12539 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of |
12540 | // overloaded functions considered. |
12541 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; |
12542 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); |
12543 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result |
12544 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
12545 | Specialization, Info, |
12546 | /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { |
12547 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. |
12548 | // TODO: Actually use the failed-deduction info? |
12549 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() |
12550 | .set(I.getPair(), FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), |
12551 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); |
12552 | continue; |
12553 | } |
12554 | |
12555 | assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "no specialization and no error?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"no specialization and no error?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12555, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12556 | |
12557 | // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration. |
12558 | if (Matched) { |
12559 | if (Complain) { |
12560 | Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) |
12561 | << ovl->getName(); |
12562 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl); |
12563 | } |
12564 | return nullptr; |
12565 | } |
12566 | |
12567 | Matched = Specialization; |
12568 | if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair(); |
12569 | } |
12570 | |
12571 | if (Matched && |
12572 | completeFunctionType(*this, Matched, ovl->getExprLoc(), Complain)) |
12573 | return nullptr; |
12574 | |
12575 | return Matched; |
12576 | } |
12577 | |
12578 | // Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved |
12579 | // because it identifies a single function template specialization. |
12580 | // |
12581 | // Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true |
12582 | // |
12583 | // Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the |
12584 | // expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded. Always |
12585 | // returns true if 'complain' is set. |
12586 | bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
12587 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConverion, |
12588 | bool complain, SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining, |
12589 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining, |
12590 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) { |
12591 | assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12591, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12592 | |
12593 | OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get()); |
12594 | |
12595 | DeclAccessPair found; |
12596 | ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression; |
12597 | if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
12598 | ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) { |
12599 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getBeginLoc())) { |
12600 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); |
12601 | return true; |
12602 | } |
12603 | |
12604 | // It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're |
12605 | // resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member. |
12606 | // Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which |
12607 | // is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this. |
12608 | if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer && |
12609 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) && |
12610 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) { |
12611 | if (!complain) return false; |
12612 | |
12613 | Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(), |
12614 | diag::err_bound_member_function) |
12615 | << 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange(); |
12616 | |
12617 | // TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of |
12618 | // static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression |
12619 | // would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type). |
12620 | // Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why |
12621 | // the static candidates were rejected. |
12622 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); |
12623 | return true; |
12624 | } |
12625 | |
12626 | // Fix the expression to refer to 'fn'. |
12627 | SingleFunctionExpression = |
12628 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.get(), found, fn); |
12629 | |
12630 | // If desired, do function-to-pointer decay. |
12631 | if (doFunctionPointerConverion) { |
12632 | SingleFunctionExpression = |
12633 | DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.get()); |
12634 | if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) { |
12635 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); |
12636 | return true; |
12637 | } |
12638 | } |
12639 | } |
12640 | |
12641 | if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) { |
12642 | if (complain) { |
12643 | Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining) |
12644 | << ovl.Expression->getName() |
12645 | << DestTypeForComplaining |
12646 | << OpRangeForComplaining |
12647 | << ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(); |
12648 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get()); |
12649 | |
12650 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); |
12651 | return true; |
12652 | } |
12653 | |
12654 | return false; |
12655 | } |
12656 | |
12657 | SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression; |
12658 | return true; |
12659 | } |
12660 | |
12661 | /// Add a single candidate to the overload set. |
12662 | static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S, |
12663 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
12664 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
12665 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12666 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
12667 | bool PartialOverloading, |
12668 | bool KnownValid) { |
12669 | NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl(); |
12670 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)) |
12671 | Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl(); |
12672 | |
12673 | if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) { |
12674 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { |
12675 | assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?")(static_cast <bool> (!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"Explicit template arguments?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12675, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12676 | return; |
12677 | } |
12678 | // Prevent ill-formed function decls to be added as overload candidates. |
12679 | if (!isa<FunctionProtoType>(Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>())) |
12680 | return; |
12681 | |
12682 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, |
12683 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
12684 | PartialOverloading); |
12685 | return; |
12686 | } |
12687 | |
12688 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate |
12689 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) { |
12690 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl, |
12691 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, |
12692 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
12693 | PartialOverloading); |
12694 | return; |
12695 | } |
12696 | |
12697 | assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate")(static_cast <bool> (!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"unhandled case in overloaded call candidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12697, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12698 | } |
12699 | |
12700 | /// Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument |
12701 | /// dependent lookup to the given overload set. |
12702 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
12703 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12704 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
12705 | bool PartialOverloading) { |
12706 | |
12707 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
12708 | // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules |
12709 | // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
12710 | // |
12711 | // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1) |
12712 | // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent |
12713 | // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains |
12714 | // |
12715 | // -- a declaration of a class member, or |
12716 | // |
12717 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a |
12718 | // using-declaration, or |
12719 | // |
12720 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function |
12721 | // template |
12722 | // |
12723 | // then Y is empty. |
12724 | |
12725 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { |
12726 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), |
12727 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
12728 | assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord())(static_cast <bool> (!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12728, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12729 | assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||(static_cast <bool> (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || ! (*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12730, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
12730 | !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())(static_cast <bool> (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || ! (*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12730, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12731 | assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())(static_cast <bool> ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12731, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12732 | } |
12733 | } |
12734 | #endif |
12735 | |
12736 | // It would be nice to avoid this copy. |
12737 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; |
12738 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; |
12739 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
12740 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); |
12741 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; |
12742 | } |
12743 | |
12744 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), |
12745 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) |
12746 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, |
12747 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading, |
12748 | /*KnownValid*/ true); |
12749 | |
12750 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) |
12751 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), ULE->getExprLoc(), |
12752 | Args, ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
12753 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading); |
12754 | } |
12755 | |
12756 | /// Add the call candidates from the given set of lookup results to the given |
12757 | /// overload set. Non-function lookup results are ignored. |
12758 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates( |
12759 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
12760 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { |
12761 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) |
12762 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, |
12763 | CandidateSet, false, /*KnownValid*/ false); |
12764 | } |
12765 | |
12766 | /// Determine whether a declaration with the specified name could be moved into |
12767 | /// a different namespace. |
12768 | static bool canBeDeclaredInNamespace(const DeclarationName &Name) { |
12769 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { |
12770 | case OO_New: case OO_Array_New: |
12771 | case OO_Delete: case OO_Array_Delete: |
12772 | return false; |
12773 | |
12774 | default: |
12775 | return true; |
12776 | } |
12777 | } |
12778 | |
12779 | /// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a |
12780 | /// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template |
12781 | /// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not |
12782 | /// correctly implement two-stage name lookup. |
12783 | /// |
12784 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. |
12785 | static bool DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup( |
12786 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
12787 | LookupResult &R, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK, |
12788 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12789 | CXXRecordDecl **FoundInClass = nullptr) { |
12790 | if (!SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() || !SS.isEmpty()) |
12791 | return false; |
12792 | |
12793 | for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { |
12794 | if (DC->isTransparentContext()) |
12795 | continue; |
12796 | |
12797 | SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
12798 | |
12799 | if (!R.empty()) { |
12800 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
12801 | |
12802 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc, CSK); |
12803 | SemaRef.AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, |
12804 | Candidates); |
12805 | |
12806 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
12807 | OverloadingResult OR = |
12808 | Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best); |
12809 | |
12810 | if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { |
12811 | // We either found non-function declarations or a best viable function |
12812 | // at class scope. A class-scope lookup result disables ADL. Don't |
12813 | // look past this, but let the caller know that we found something that |
12814 | // either is, or might be, usable in this class. |
12815 | if (FoundInClass) { |
12816 | *FoundInClass = RD; |
12817 | if (OR == OR_Success) { |
12818 | R.clear(); |
12819 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); |
12820 | R.resolveKind(); |
12821 | } |
12822 | } |
12823 | return false; |
12824 | } |
12825 | |
12826 | if (OR != OR_Success) { |
12827 | // There wasn't a unique best function or function template. |
12828 | return false; |
12829 | } |
12830 | |
12831 | // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest |
12832 | // declaring the function there instead. |
12833 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces; |
12834 | Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses; |
12835 | SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(FnLoc, Args, |
12836 | AssociatedNamespaces, |
12837 | AssociatedClasses); |
12838 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces; |
12839 | if (canBeDeclaredInNamespace(R.getLookupName())) { |
12840 | DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace(); |
12841 | for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator |
12842 | it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(), |
12843 | end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) { |
12844 | // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'. |
12845 | if (Std && Std->Encloses(*it)) |
12846 | continue; |
12847 | |
12848 | // Never suggest declaring a function within a namespace with a |
12849 | // reserved name, like __gnu_cxx. |
12850 | NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(*it); |
12851 | if (NS && |
12852 | NS->getQualifiedNameAsString().find("__") != std::string::npos) |
12853 | continue; |
12854 | |
12855 | SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it); |
12856 | } |
12857 | } |
12858 | |
12859 | SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) |
12860 | << R.getLookupName(); |
12861 | if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) { |
12862 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), |
12863 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) |
12864 | << R.getLookupName() << 0; |
12865 | } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) { |
12866 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), |
12867 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) |
12868 | << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin(); |
12869 | } else { |
12870 | // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here, |
12871 | // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce |
12872 | // a localized representation of a list of items. |
12873 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), |
12874 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) |
12875 | << R.getLookupName() << 2; |
12876 | } |
12877 | |
12878 | // Try to recover by calling this function. |
12879 | return true; |
12880 | } |
12881 | |
12882 | R.clear(); |
12883 | } |
12884 | |
12885 | return false; |
12886 | } |
12887 | |
12888 | /// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a |
12889 | /// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template |
12890 | /// was defined. |
12891 | /// |
12892 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. |
12893 | static bool |
12894 | DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
12895 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
12896 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
12897 | DeclarationName OpName = |
12898 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); |
12899 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName); |
12900 | return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R, |
12901 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, |
12902 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args); |
12903 | } |
12904 | |
12905 | namespace { |
12906 | class BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII { |
12907 | Sema &SemaRef; |
12908 | public: |
12909 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) { |
12910 | assert(SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false)(static_cast <bool> (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12910, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12911 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = true; |
12912 | } |
12913 | |
12914 | ~BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII() { |
12915 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = false; |
12916 | } |
12917 | }; |
12918 | |
12919 | } |
12920 | |
12921 | /// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found. |
12922 | /// |
12923 | /// This function will do one of three things: |
12924 | /// * Diagnose, recover, and return a recovery expression. |
12925 | /// * Diagnose, fail to recover, and return ExprError(). |
12926 | /// * Do not diagnose, do not recover, and return ExprResult(). The caller is |
12927 | /// expected to diagnose as appropriate. |
12928 | static ExprResult |
12929 | BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
12930 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
12931 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
12932 | MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
12933 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
12934 | bool EmptyLookup, bool AllowTypoCorrection) { |
12935 | // Do not try to recover if it is already building a recovery call. |
12936 | // This stops infinite loops for template instantiations like |
12937 | // |
12938 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(t)) {} |
12939 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(&t)) {} |
12940 | if (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr) |
12941 | return ExprResult(); |
12942 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII RCE(SemaRef); |
12943 | |
12944 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
12945 | SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); |
12946 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(); |
12947 | |
12948 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; |
12949 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; |
12950 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
12951 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); |
12952 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; |
12953 | } |
12954 | |
12955 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), |
12956 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
12957 | CXXRecordDecl *FoundInClass = nullptr; |
12958 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R, |
12959 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal, |
12960 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, &FoundInClass)) { |
12961 | // OK, diagnosed a two-phase lookup issue. |
12962 | } else if (EmptyLookup) { |
12963 | // Try to recover from an empty lookup with typo correction. |
12964 | R.clear(); |
12965 | NoTypoCorrectionCCC NoTypoValidator{}; |
12966 | FunctionCallFilterCCC FunctionCallValidator(SemaRef, Args.size(), |
12967 | ExplicitTemplateArgs != nullptr, |
12968 | dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn)); |
12969 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &Validator = |
12970 | AllowTypoCorrection |
12971 | ? static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(FunctionCallValidator) |
12972 | : static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(NoTypoValidator); |
12973 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Validator, ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
12974 | Args)) |
12975 | return ExprError(); |
12976 | } else if (FoundInClass && SemaRef.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
12977 | // We found a usable declaration of the name in a dependent base of some |
12978 | // enclosing class. |
12979 | // FIXME: We should also explain why the candidates found by name lookup |
12980 | // were not viable. |
12981 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R)) |
12982 | return ExprError(); |
12983 | } else { |
12984 | // We had viable candidates and couldn't recover; let the caller diagnose |
12985 | // this. |
12986 | return ExprResult(); |
12987 | } |
12988 | |
12989 | // If we get here, we should have issued a diagnostic and formed a recovery |
12990 | // lookup result. |
12991 | assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery")(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"lookup results empty despite recovery\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12991, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
12992 | |
12993 | // If recovery created an ambiguity, just bail out. |
12994 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { |
12995 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
12996 | return ExprError(); |
12997 | } |
12998 | |
12999 | // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the |
13000 | // casts and such from the call, we don't really care. |
13001 | ExprResult NewFn = ExprError(); |
13002 | if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) |
13003 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, |
13004 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, S); |
13005 | else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) |
13006 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, false, |
13007 | ExplicitTemplateArgs); |
13008 | else |
13009 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); |
13010 | |
13011 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) |
13012 | return ExprError(); |
13013 | |
13014 | // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it |
13015 | // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never |
13016 | // end up here. |
13017 | return SemaRef.BuildCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr, NewFn.get(), LParenLoc, |
13018 | MultiExprArg(Args.data(), Args.size()), |
13019 | RParenLoc); |
13020 | } |
13021 | |
13022 | /// Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from |
13023 | /// the given function. |
13024 | /// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set. |
13025 | bool Sema::buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
13026 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
13027 | MultiExprArg Args, |
13028 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
13029 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
13030 | ExprResult *Result) { |
13031 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
13032 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { |
13033 | // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. |
13034 | assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL")(static_cast <bool> (!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ULE->getQualifier() && \"qualified name with ADL\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13034, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13035 | |
13036 | // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. |
13037 | // Verify that this was correctly set up. |
13038 | FunctionDecl *F; |
13039 | if (ULE->decls_begin() != ULE->decls_end() && |
13040 | ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() && |
13041 | (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) && |
13042 | F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit()) |
13043 | llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("performing ADL for builtin" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13043); |
13044 | |
13045 | // We don't perform ADL in C. |
13046 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"ADL enabled in C\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13046, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13047 | } |
13048 | #endif |
13049 | |
13050 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; |
13051 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { |
13052 | *Result = ExprError(); |
13053 | return true; |
13054 | } |
13055 | |
13056 | // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate |
13057 | // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup. |
13058 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, *CandidateSet); |
13059 | |
13060 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && |
13061 | CurContext->isDependentContext() && !isSFINAEContext() && |
13062 | (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) { |
13063 | |
13064 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
13065 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || |
13066 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best) == |
13067 | OR_No_Viable_Function) { |
13068 | // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function |
13069 | // then create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name |
13070 | // lookup to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent |
13071 | // base classes. |
13072 | CallExpr *CE = |
13073 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, |
13074 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
13075 | CE->markDependentForPostponedNameLookup(); |
13076 | *Result = CE; |
13077 | return true; |
13078 | } |
13079 | } |
13080 | |
13081 | if (CandidateSet->empty()) |
13082 | return false; |
13083 | |
13084 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); |
13085 | return false; |
13086 | } |
13087 | |
13088 | // Guess at what the return type for an unresolvable overload should be. |
13089 | static QualType chooseRecoveryType(OverloadCandidateSet &CS, |
13090 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best) { |
13091 | llvm::Optional<QualType> Result; |
13092 | // Adjust Type after seeing a candidate. |
13093 | auto ConsiderCandidate = [&](const OverloadCandidate &Candidate) { |
13094 | if (!Candidate.Function) |
13095 | return; |
13096 | if (Candidate.Function->isInvalidDecl()) |
13097 | return; |
13098 | QualType T = Candidate.Function->getReturnType(); |
13099 | if (T.isNull()) |
13100 | return; |
13101 | if (!Result) |
13102 | Result = T; |
13103 | else if (Result != T) |
13104 | Result = QualType(); |
13105 | }; |
13106 | |
13107 | // Look for an unambiguous type from a progressively larger subset. |
13108 | // e.g. if types disagree, but all *viable* overloads return int, choose int. |
13109 | // |
13110 | // First, consider only the best candidate. |
13111 | if (Best && *Best != CS.end()) |
13112 | ConsiderCandidate(**Best); |
13113 | // Next, consider only viable candidates. |
13114 | if (!Result) |
13115 | for (const auto &C : CS) |
13116 | if (C.Viable) |
13117 | ConsiderCandidate(C); |
13118 | // Finally, consider all candidates. |
13119 | if (!Result) |
13120 | for (const auto &C : CS) |
13121 | ConsiderCandidate(C); |
13122 | |
13123 | if (!Result) |
13124 | return QualType(); |
13125 | auto Value = Result.getValue(); |
13126 | if (Value.isNull() || Value->isUndeducedType()) |
13127 | return QualType(); |
13128 | return Value; |
13129 | } |
13130 | |
13131 | /// FinishOverloadedCallExpr - given an OverloadCandidateSet, builds and returns |
13132 | /// the completed call expression. If overload resolution fails, emits |
13133 | /// diagnostics and returns ExprError() |
13134 | static ExprResult FinishOverloadedCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
13135 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
13136 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
13137 | MultiExprArg Args, |
13138 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
13139 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
13140 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
13141 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best, |
13142 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult, |
13143 | bool AllowTypoCorrection) { |
13144 | switch (OverloadResult) { |
13145 | case OR_Success: { |
13146 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; |
13147 | SemaRef.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, (*Best)->FoundDecl); |
13148 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc())) |
13149 | return ExprError(); |
13150 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); |
13151 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, |
13152 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, |
13153 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); |
13154 | } |
13155 | |
13156 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { |
13157 | // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might |
13158 | // have meant to call. |
13159 | ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, |
13160 | Args, RParenLoc, |
13161 | CandidateSet->empty(), |
13162 | AllowTypoCorrection); |
13163 | if (Recovery.isInvalid() || Recovery.isUsable()) |
13164 | return Recovery; |
13165 | |
13166 | // If the user passes in a function that we can't take the address of, we |
13167 | // generally end up emitting really bad error messages. Here, we attempt to |
13168 | // emit better ones. |
13169 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { |
13170 | if (!Arg->getType()->isFunctionType()) |
13171 | continue; |
13172 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { |
13173 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
13174 | if (FD && |
13175 | !SemaRef.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, |
13176 | Arg->getExprLoc())) |
13177 | return ExprError(); |
13178 | } |
13179 | } |
13180 | |
13181 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( |
13182 | PartialDiagnosticAt( |
13183 | Fn->getBeginLoc(), |
13184 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) |
13185 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), |
13186 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
13187 | break; |
13188 | } |
13189 | |
13190 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
13191 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( |
13192 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), |
13193 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) |
13194 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), |
13195 | SemaRef, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); |
13196 | break; |
13197 | |
13198 | case OR_Deleted: { |
13199 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( |
13200 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), |
13201 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) |
13202 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), |
13203 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
13204 | |
13205 | // We emitted an error for the unavailable/deleted function call but keep |
13206 | // the call in the AST. |
13207 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; |
13208 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); |
13209 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, |
13210 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, |
13211 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); |
13212 | } |
13213 | } |
13214 | |
13215 | // Overload resolution failed, try to recover. |
13216 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> SubExprs = {Fn}; |
13217 | SubExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); |
13218 | return SemaRef.CreateRecoveryExpr(Fn->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, |
13219 | chooseRecoveryType(*CandidateSet, Best)); |
13220 | } |
13221 | |
13222 | static void markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(Sema &S, |
13223 | OverloadCandidateSet &CS) { |
13224 | for (auto I = CS.begin(), E = CS.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
13225 | if (I->Viable && |
13226 | !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(I->Function, /*Complain=*/false)) { |
13227 | I->Viable = false; |
13228 | I->FailureKind = ovl_fail_addr_not_available; |
13229 | } |
13230 | } |
13231 | } |
13232 | |
13233 | /// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn |
13234 | /// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call |
13235 | /// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down |
13236 | /// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns |
13237 | /// the call expression produced by overload resolution. |
13238 | /// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError. |
13239 | ExprResult Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
13240 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
13241 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
13242 | MultiExprArg Args, |
13243 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
13244 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
13245 | bool AllowTypoCorrection, |
13246 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken) { |
13247 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc(), |
13248 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
13249 | ExprResult result; |
13250 | |
13251 | if (buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, ULE, Args, LParenLoc, &CandidateSet, |
13252 | &result)) |
13253 | return result; |
13254 | |
13255 | // If the user handed us something like `(&Foo)(Bar)`, we need to ensure that |
13256 | // functions that aren't addressible are considered unviable. |
13257 | if (CalleesAddressIsTaken) |
13258 | markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(*this, CandidateSet); |
13259 | |
13260 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
13261 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = |
13262 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); |
13263 | |
13264 | return FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, |
13265 | ExecConfig, &CandidateSet, &Best, |
13266 | OverloadResult, AllowTypoCorrection); |
13267 | } |
13268 | |
13269 | static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { |
13270 | return Functions.size() > 1 || |
13271 | (Functions.size() == 1 && |
13272 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*Functions.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())); |
13273 | } |
13274 | |
13275 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
13276 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, |
13277 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, |
13278 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
13279 | bool PerformADL) { |
13280 | return UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass, NNSLoc, DNI, |
13281 | PerformADL, IsOverloaded(Fns), |
13282 | Fns.begin(), Fns.end()); |
13283 | } |
13284 | |
13285 | /// Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded |
13286 | /// operator. |
13287 | /// |
13288 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*'). |
13289 | /// |
13290 | /// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. |
13291 | /// |
13292 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be |
13293 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this |
13294 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., |
13295 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This |
13296 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added |
13297 | /// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(). |
13298 | /// |
13299 | /// \param Input The input argument. |
13300 | ExprResult |
13301 | Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
13302 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
13303 | Expr *Input, bool PerformADL) { |
13304 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
13305 | assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator")(static_cast <bool> (Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Op != OO_None && \"Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13306 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); |
13307 | // TODO: provide better source location info. |
13308 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); |
13309 | |
13310 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input)) |
13311 | return ExprError(); |
13312 | |
13313 | Expr *Args[2] = { Input, nullptr }; |
13314 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; |
13315 | |
13316 | // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as |
13317 | // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or |
13318 | // post-decrement. |
13319 | if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) { |
13320 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); |
13321 | Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, |
13322 | SourceLocation()); |
13323 | NumArgs = 2; |
13324 | } |
13325 | |
13326 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, NumArgs); |
13327 | |
13328 | if (Input->isTypeDependent()) { |
13329 | if (Fns.empty()) |
13330 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input, Opc, Context.DependentTy, |
13331 | VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, false, |
13332 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
13333 | |
13334 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators |
13335 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( |
13336 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns); |
13337 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) |
13338 | return ExprError(); |
13339 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), ArgsArray, |
13340 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, OpLoc, |
13341 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
13342 | } |
13343 | |
13344 | // Build an empty overload set. |
13345 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); |
13346 | |
13347 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. |
13348 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); |
13349 | |
13350 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. |
13351 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); |
13352 | |
13353 | // Add candidates from ADL. |
13354 | if (PerformADL) { |
13355 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, ArgsArray, |
13356 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/nullptr, |
13357 | CandidateSet); |
13358 | } |
13359 | |
13360 | // Add builtin operator candidates. |
13361 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); |
13362 | |
13363 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
13364 | |
13365 | // Perform overload resolution. |
13366 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
13367 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { |
13368 | case OR_Success: { |
13369 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. |
13370 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; |
13371 | |
13372 | if (FnDecl) { |
13373 | Expr *Base = nullptr; |
13374 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that |
13375 | // operator. |
13376 | |
13377 | // Convert the arguments. |
13378 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { |
13379 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); |
13380 | |
13381 | ExprResult InputRes = |
13382 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, |
13383 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); |
13384 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) |
13385 | return ExprError(); |
13386 | Base = Input = InputRes.get(); |
13387 | } else { |
13388 | // Convert the arguments. |
13389 | ExprResult InputInit |
13390 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
13391 | Context, |
13392 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), |
13393 | SourceLocation(), |
13394 | Input); |
13395 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) |
13396 | return ExprError(); |
13397 | Input = InputInit.get(); |
13398 | } |
13399 | |
13400 | // Build the actual expression node. |
13401 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, |
13402 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, |
13403 | OpLoc); |
13404 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) |
13405 | return ExprError(); |
13406 | |
13407 | // Determine the result type. |
13408 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); |
13409 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); |
13410 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
13411 | |
13412 | Args[0] = Input; |
13413 | CallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( |
13414 | Context, Op, FnExpr.get(), ArgsArray, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, |
13415 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); |
13416 | |
13417 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) |
13418 | return ExprError(); |
13419 | |
13420 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FnDecl, TheCall, |
13421 | FnDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) |
13422 | return ExprError(); |
13423 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FnDecl); |
13424 | } else { |
13425 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then |
13426 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in |
13427 | // operator node. |
13428 | ExprResult InputRes = PerformImplicitConversion( |
13429 | Input, Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing, |
13430 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); |
13431 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) |
13432 | return ExprError(); |
13433 | Input = InputRes.get(); |
13434 | break; |
13435 | } |
13436 | } |
13437 | |
13438 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
13439 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by |
13440 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were |
13441 | // defined too late to be candidates. |
13442 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray)) |
13443 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. |
13444 | return ExprError(); |
13445 | |
13446 | // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a |
13447 | // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us. |
13448 | break; |
13449 | |
13450 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
13451 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
13452 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, |
13453 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) |
13454 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
13455 | << Input->getType() << Input->getSourceRange()), |
13456 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, ArgsArray, |
13457 | UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc); |
13458 | return ExprError(); |
13459 | |
13460 | case OR_Deleted: |
13461 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
13462 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) |
13463 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
13464 | << Input->getSourceRange()), |
13465 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, ArgsArray, UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
13466 | OpLoc); |
13467 | return ExprError(); |
13468 | } |
13469 | |
13470 | // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a |
13471 | // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to |
13472 | // build a built-in operation. |
13473 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); |
13474 | } |
13475 | |
13476 | /// Perform lookup for an overloaded binary operator. |
13477 | void Sema::LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
13478 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
13479 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
13480 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool PerformADL) { |
13481 | SourceLocation OpLoc = CandidateSet.getLocation(); |
13482 | |
13483 | OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = |
13484 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().AllowRewrittenCandidates |
13485 | ? getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(Op) |
13486 | : OO_None; |
13487 | |
13488 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. This also adds the |
13489 | // rewritten candidates using these functions if necessary. |
13490 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, Args, CandidateSet); |
13491 | |
13492 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. |
13493 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); |
13494 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Op)) |
13495 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, |
13496 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); |
13497 | |
13498 | // In C++20, also add any rewritten member candidates. |
13499 | if (ExtraOp) { |
13500 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); |
13501 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(ExtraOp)) |
13502 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, |
13503 | CandidateSet, |
13504 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); |
13505 | } |
13506 | |
13507 | // Add candidates from ADL. Per [over.match.oper]p2, this lookup is not |
13508 | // performed for an assignment operator (nor for operator[] nor operator->, |
13509 | // which don't get here). |
13510 | if (Op != OO_Equal && PerformADL) { |
13511 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); |
13512 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, Args, |
13513 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, |
13514 | CandidateSet); |
13515 | if (ExtraOp) { |
13516 | DeclarationName ExtraOpName = |
13517 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(ExtraOp); |
13518 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ExtraOpName, OpLoc, Args, |
13519 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, |
13520 | CandidateSet); |
13521 | } |
13522 | } |
13523 | |
13524 | // Add builtin operator candidates. |
13525 | // |
13526 | // FIXME: We don't add any rewritten candidates here. This is strictly |
13527 | // incorrect; a builtin candidate could be hidden by a non-viable candidate, |
13528 | // resulting in our selecting a rewritten builtin candidate. For example: |
13529 | // |
13530 | // enum class E { e }; |
13531 | // bool operator!=(E, E) requires false; |
13532 | // bool k = E::e != E::e; |
13533 | // |
13534 | // ... should select the rewritten builtin candidate 'operator==(E, E)'. But |
13535 | // it seems unreasonable to consider rewritten builtin candidates. A core |
13536 | // issue has been filed proposing to removed this requirement. |
13537 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); |
13538 | } |
13539 | |
13540 | /// Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded |
13541 | /// operator. |
13542 | /// |
13543 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+'). |
13544 | /// |
13545 | /// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. |
13546 | /// |
13547 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be |
13548 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this |
13549 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., |
13550 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This |
13551 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added |
13552 | /// by CreateOverloadedBinOp(). |
13553 | /// |
13554 | /// \param LHS Left-hand argument. |
13555 | /// \param RHS Right-hand argument. |
13556 | /// \param PerformADL Whether to consider operator candidates found by ADL. |
13557 | /// \param AllowRewrittenCandidates Whether to consider candidates found by |
13558 | /// C++20 operator rewrites. |
13559 | /// \param DefaultedFn If we are synthesizing a defaulted operator function, |
13560 | /// the function in question. Such a function is never a candidate in |
13561 | /// our overload resolution. This also enables synthesizing a three-way |
13562 | /// comparison from < and == as described in C++20 [class.spaceship]p1. |
13563 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
13564 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
13565 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, |
13566 | Expr *RHS, bool PerformADL, |
13567 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates, |
13568 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { |
13569 | Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS }; |
13570 | LHS=RHS=nullptr; // Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple |
13571 | |
13572 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
13573 | AllowRewrittenCandidates = false; |
13574 | |
13575 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
13576 | |
13577 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent |
13578 | // expression. |
13579 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { |
13580 | if (Fns.empty()) { |
13581 | // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent |
13582 | // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment. |
13583 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) |
13584 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( |
13585 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, |
13586 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Context.DependentTy, |
13587 | Context.DependentTy); |
13588 | return BinaryOperator::Create( |
13589 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, |
13590 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
13591 | } |
13592 | |
13593 | // FIXME: save results of ADL from here? |
13594 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators |
13595 | // TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component. |
13596 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); |
13597 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); |
13598 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( |
13599 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns, PerformADL); |
13600 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) |
13601 | return ExprError(); |
13602 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), Args, |
13603 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, OpLoc, |
13604 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
13605 | } |
13606 | |
13607 | // Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS. |
13608 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) |
13609 | return ExprError(); |
13610 | |
13611 | // Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should |
13612 | // not get here with a PseudoObject LHS. |
13613 | assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty)(static_cast <bool> (Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13614 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) |
13615 | return ExprError(); |
13616 | |
13617 | // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution |
13618 | // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually |
13619 | // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the |
13620 | // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to |
13621 | // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does. |
13622 | // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms. |
13623 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
13624 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); |
13625 | |
13626 | // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just |
13627 | // create a built-in binary operator. |
13628 | if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD) |
13629 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); |
13630 | |
13631 | // Build the overload set. |
13632 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( |
13633 | OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, |
13634 | OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo(Op, AllowRewrittenCandidates)); |
13635 | if (DefaultedFn) |
13636 | CandidateSet.exclude(DefaultedFn); |
13637 | LookupOverloadedBinOp(CandidateSet, Op, Fns, Args, PerformADL); |
13638 | |
13639 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
13640 | |
13641 | // Perform overload resolution. |
13642 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
13643 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { |
13644 | case OR_Success: { |
13645 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. |
13646 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; |
13647 | |
13648 | bool IsReversed = Best->isReversed(); |
13649 | if (IsReversed) |
13650 | std::swap(Args[0], Args[1]); |
13651 | |
13652 | if (FnDecl) { |
13653 | Expr *Base = nullptr; |
13654 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that |
13655 | // operator. |
13656 | |
13657 | OverloadedOperatorKind ChosenOp = |
13658 | FnDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); |
13659 | |
13660 | // C++2a [over.match.oper]p9: |
13661 | // If a rewritten operator== candidate is selected by overload |
13662 | // resolution for an operator@, its return type shall be cv bool |
13663 | if (Best->RewriteKind && ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && |
13664 | !FnDecl->getReturnType()->isBooleanType()) { |
13665 | bool IsExtension = |
13666 | FnDecl->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); |
13667 | Diag(OpLoc, IsExtension ? diag::ext_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool |
13668 | : diag::err_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool) |
13669 | << FnDecl->getReturnType() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
13670 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); |
13671 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
13672 | if (!IsExtension) |
13673 | return ExprError(); |
13674 | } |
13675 | |
13676 | if (AllowRewrittenCandidates && !IsReversed && |
13677 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isReversible()) { |
13678 | // We could have reversed this operator, but didn't. Check if some |
13679 | // reversed form was a viable candidate, and if so, if it had a |
13680 | // better conversion for either parameter. If so, this call is |
13681 | // formally ambiguous, and allowing it is an extension. |
13682 | llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 4> AmbiguousWith; |
13683 | for (OverloadCandidate &Cand : CandidateSet) { |
13684 | if (Cand.Viable && Cand.Function && Cand.isReversed() && |
13685 | haveSameParameterTypes(Context, Cand.Function, FnDecl, 2)) { |
13686 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { |
13687 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences( |
13688 | *this, OpLoc, Cand.Conversions[ArgIdx], |
13689 | Best->Conversions[ArgIdx]) == |
13690 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) { |
13691 | AmbiguousWith.push_back(Cand.Function); |
13692 | break; |
13693 | } |
13694 | } |
13695 | } |
13696 | } |
13697 | |
13698 | if (!AmbiguousWith.empty()) { |
13699 | bool AmbiguousWithSelf = |
13700 | AmbiguousWith.size() == 1 && |
13701 | declaresSameEntity(AmbiguousWith.front(), FnDecl); |
13702 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed) |
13703 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
13704 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() << AmbiguousWithSelf |
13705 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); |
13706 | if (AmbiguousWithSelf) { |
13707 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), |
13708 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_self); |
13709 | } else { |
13710 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), |
13711 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_selected_candidate); |
13712 | for (auto *F : AmbiguousWith) |
13713 | Diag(F->getLocation(), |
13714 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_candidate); |
13715 | } |
13716 | } |
13717 | } |
13718 | |
13719 | // Convert the arguments. |
13720 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { |
13721 | // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members. |
13722 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); |
13723 | |
13724 | ExprResult Arg1 = |
13725 | PerformCopyInitialization( |
13726 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, |
13727 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), |
13728 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); |
13729 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) |
13730 | return ExprError(); |
13731 | |
13732 | ExprResult Arg0 = |
13733 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, |
13734 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); |
13735 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) |
13736 | return ExprError(); |
13737 | Base = Args[0] = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); |
13738 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); |
Although the value stored to 'RHS' is used in the enclosing expression, the value is never actually read from 'RHS' | |
13739 | } else { |
13740 | // Convert the arguments. |
13741 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization( |
13742 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, |
13743 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), |
13744 | SourceLocation(), Args[0]); |
13745 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) |
13746 | return ExprError(); |
13747 | |
13748 | ExprResult Arg1 = |
13749 | PerformCopyInitialization( |
13750 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, |
13751 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)), |
13752 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); |
13753 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) |
13754 | return ExprError(); |
13755 | Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); |
13756 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); |
13757 | } |
13758 | |
13759 | // Build the actual expression node. |
13760 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, |
13761 | Best->FoundDecl, Base, |
13762 | HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); |
13763 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) |
13764 | return ExprError(); |
13765 | |
13766 | // Determine the result type. |
13767 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); |
13768 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); |
13769 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
13770 | |
13771 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( |
13772 | Context, ChosenOp, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, |
13773 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); |
13774 | |
13775 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, |
13776 | FnDecl)) |
13777 | return ExprError(); |
13778 | |
13779 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, 2); |
13780 | const Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr; |
13781 | // Cut off the implicit 'this'. |
13782 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { |
13783 | ImplicitThis = ArgsArray[0]; |
13784 | ArgsArray = ArgsArray.slice(1); |
13785 | } |
13786 | |
13787 | // Check for a self move. |
13788 | if (Op == OO_Equal) |
13789 | DiagnoseSelfMove(Args[0], Args[1], OpLoc); |
13790 | |
13791 | if (ImplicitThis) { |
13792 | QualType ThisType = Context.getPointerType(ImplicitThis->getType()); |
13793 | QualType ThisTypeFromDecl = Context.getPointerType( |
13794 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)->getThisObjectType()); |
13795 | |
13796 | CheckArgAlignment(OpLoc, FnDecl, "'this'", ThisType, |
13797 | ThisTypeFromDecl); |
13798 | } |
13799 | |
13800 | checkCall(FnDecl, nullptr, ImplicitThis, ArgsArray, |
13801 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl), OpLoc, TheCall->getSourceRange(), |
13802 | VariadicDoesNotApply); |
13803 | |
13804 | ExprResult R = MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); |
13805 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
13806 | return ExprError(); |
13807 | |
13808 | R = CheckForImmediateInvocation(R, FnDecl); |
13809 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
13810 | return ExprError(); |
13811 | |
13812 | // For a rewritten candidate, we've already reversed the arguments |
13813 | // if needed. Perform the rest of the rewrite now. |
13814 | if ((Best->RewriteKind & CRK_DifferentOperator) || |
13815 | (Op == OO_Spaceship && IsReversed)) { |
13816 | if (Op == OO_ExclaimEqual) { |
13817 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13817, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13818 | R = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, UO_LNot, R.get()); |
13819 | } else { |
13820 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13820, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13821 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); |
13822 | Expr *ZeroLiteral = |
13823 | IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, OpLoc); |
13824 | |
13825 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
13826 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship; |
13827 | Ctx.Entity = FnDecl; |
13828 | pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
13829 | |
13830 | R = CreateOverloadedBinOp( |
13831 | OpLoc, Opc, Fns, IsReversed ? ZeroLiteral : R.get(), |
13832 | IsReversed ? R.get() : ZeroLiteral, PerformADL, |
13833 | /*AllowRewrittenCandidates=*/false); |
13834 | |
13835 | popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
13836 | } |
13837 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
13838 | return ExprError(); |
13839 | } else { |
13840 | assert(ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == Op && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13840, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13841 | } |
13842 | |
13843 | // Make a note in the AST if we did any rewriting. |
13844 | if (Best->RewriteKind != CRK_None) |
13845 | R = new (Context) CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(R.get(), IsReversed); |
13846 | |
13847 | return R; |
13848 | } else { |
13849 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then |
13850 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in |
13851 | // operator node. |
13852 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( |
13853 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], |
13854 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); |
13855 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) |
13856 | return ExprError(); |
13857 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); |
13858 | |
13859 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( |
13860 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], |
13861 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); |
13862 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) |
13863 | return ExprError(); |
13864 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); |
13865 | break; |
13866 | } |
13867 | } |
13868 | |
13869 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { |
13870 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p9: |
13871 | // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no |
13872 | // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the |
13873 | // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5. |
13874 | if (Opc == BO_Comma) |
13875 | break; |
13876 | |
13877 | // When defaulting an 'operator<=>', we can try to synthesize a three-way |
13878 | // compare result using '==' and '<'. |
13879 | if (DefaultedFn && Opc == BO_Cmp) { |
13880 | ExprResult E = BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(OpLoc, Fns, Args[0], |
13881 | Args[1], DefaultedFn); |
13882 | if (E.isInvalid() || E.isUsable()) |
13883 | return E; |
13884 | } |
13885 | |
13886 | // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assignment |
13887 | // operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that |
13888 | // no overloaded assignment operator found |
13889 | ExprResult Result = ExprError(); |
13890 | StringRef OpcStr = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); |
13891 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, |
13892 | Args, OpLoc); |
13893 | DeferDiagsRAII DDR(*this, |
13894 | CandidateSet.shouldDeferDiags(*this, Args, OpLoc)); |
13895 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && |
13896 | Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) { |
13897 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) |
13898 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
13899 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); |
13900 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) { |
13901 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_assign_lhs_incomplete) |
13902 | << Args[0]->getType() |
13903 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); |
13904 | } |
13905 | } else { |
13906 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by |
13907 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were |
13908 | // defined too late to be candidates. |
13909 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args)) |
13910 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. |
13911 | return ExprError(); |
13912 | |
13913 | // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will |
13914 | // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates. |
13915 | Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); |
13916 | } |
13917 | assert(Result.isInvalid() &&(static_cast <bool> (Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13918, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
13918 | "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!")(static_cast <bool> (Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13918, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13919 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Args, Cands, OpcStr, OpLoc); |
13920 | return Result; |
13921 | } |
13922 | |
13923 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
13924 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
13925 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) |
13926 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
13927 | << Args[0]->getType() |
13928 | << Args[1]->getType() |
13929 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() |
13930 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), |
13931 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
13932 | OpLoc); |
13933 | return ExprError(); |
13934 | |
13935 | case OR_Deleted: |
13936 | if (isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) { |
13937 | FunctionDecl *DeletedFD = Best->Function; |
13938 | DefaultedFunctionKind DFK = getDefaultedFunctionKind(DeletedFD); |
13939 | if (DFK.isSpecialMember()) { |
13940 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_oper) |
13941 | << Args[0]->getType() << DFK.asSpecialMember(); |
13942 | } else { |
13943 | assert(DFK.isComparison())(static_cast <bool> (DFK.isComparison()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DFK.isComparison()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13943 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
13944 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_comparison) |
13945 | << Args[0]->getType() << DeletedFD; |
13946 | } |
13947 | |
13948 | // The user probably meant to call this special member. Just |
13949 | // explain why it's deleted. |
13950 | NoteDeletedFunction(DeletedFD); |
13951 | return ExprError(); |
13952 | } |
13953 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
13954 | PartialDiagnosticAt( |
13955 | OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) |
13956 | << getOperatorSpelling(Best->Function->getDeclName() |
13957 | .getCXXOverloadedOperator()) |
13958 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() |
13959 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), |
13960 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
13961 | OpLoc); |
13962 | return ExprError(); |
13963 | } |
13964 | |
13965 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. |
13966 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); |
13967 | } |
13968 | |
13969 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison( |
13970 | SourceLocation OpLoc, const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
13971 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { |
13972 | const ComparisonCategoryInfo *Info = |
13973 | Context.CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(DefaultedFn->getReturnType()); |
13974 | // If we're not producing a known comparison category type, we can't |
13975 | // synthesize a three-way comparison. Let the caller diagnose this. |
13976 | if (!Info) |
13977 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); |
13978 | |
13979 | // If we ever want to perform this synthesis more generally, we will need to |
13980 | // apply the temporary materialization conversion to the operands. |
13981 | assert(LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() &&(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isGLValue() && RHS ->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13982, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
13982 | "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once")(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isGLValue() && RHS ->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13982, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
13983 | Expr *OrigLHS = LHS; |
13984 | Expr *OrigRHS = RHS; |
13985 | |
13986 | // Replace the LHS and RHS with OpaqueValueExprs; we're going to refer to |
13987 | // each of them multiple times below. |
13988 | LHS = new (Context) |
13989 | OpaqueValueExpr(LHS->getExprLoc(), LHS->getType(), LHS->getValueKind(), |
13990 | LHS->getObjectKind(), LHS); |
13991 | RHS = new (Context) |
13992 | OpaqueValueExpr(RHS->getExprLoc(), RHS->getType(), RHS->getValueKind(), |
13993 | RHS->getObjectKind(), RHS); |
13994 | |
13995 | ExprResult Eq = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_EQ, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, true, |
13996 | DefaultedFn); |
13997 | if (Eq.isInvalid()) |
13998 | return ExprError(); |
13999 | |
14000 | ExprResult Less = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, |
14001 | true, DefaultedFn); |
14002 | if (Less.isInvalid()) |
14003 | return ExprError(); |
14004 | |
14005 | ExprResult Greater; |
14006 | if (Info->isPartial()) { |
14007 | Greater = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, RHS, LHS, true, true, |
14008 | DefaultedFn); |
14009 | if (Greater.isInvalid()) |
14010 | return ExprError(); |
14011 | } |
14012 | |
14013 | // Form the list of comparisons we're going to perform. |
14014 | struct Comparison { |
14015 | ExprResult Cmp; |
14016 | ComparisonCategoryResult Result; |
14017 | } Comparisons[4] = |
14018 | { {Eq, Info->isStrong() ? ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal |
14019 | : ComparisonCategoryResult::Equivalent}, |
14020 | {Less, ComparisonCategoryResult::Less}, |
14021 | {Greater, ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater}, |
14022 | {ExprResult(), ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered}, |
14023 | }; |
14024 | |
14025 | int I = Info->isPartial() ? 3 : 2; |
14026 | |
14027 | // Combine the comparisons with suitable conditional expressions. |
14028 | ExprResult Result; |
14029 | for (; I >= 0; --I) { |
14030 | // Build a reference to the comparison category constant. |
14031 | auto *VI = Info->lookupValueInfo(Comparisons[I].Result); |
14032 | // FIXME: Missing a constant for a comparison category. Diagnose this? |
14033 | if (!VI) |
14034 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); |
14035 | ExprResult ThisResult = |
14036 | BuildDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(), VI->VD); |
14037 | if (ThisResult.isInvalid()) |
14038 | return ExprError(); |
14039 | |
14040 | // Build a conditional unless this is the final case. |
14041 | if (Result.get()) { |
14042 | Result = ActOnConditionalOp(OpLoc, OpLoc, Comparisons[I].Cmp.get(), |
14043 | ThisResult.get(), Result.get()); |
14044 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
14045 | return ExprError(); |
14046 | } else { |
14047 | Result = ThisResult; |
14048 | } |
14049 | } |
14050 | |
14051 | // Build a PseudoObjectExpr to model the rewriting of an <=> operator, and to |
14052 | // bind the OpaqueValueExprs before they're (repeatedly) used. |
14053 | Expr *SyntacticForm = BinaryOperator::Create( |
14054 | Context, OrigLHS, OrigRHS, BO_Cmp, Result.get()->getType(), |
14055 | Result.get()->getValueKind(), Result.get()->getObjectKind(), OpLoc, |
14056 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14057 | Expr *SemanticForm[] = {LHS, RHS, Result.get()}; |
14058 | return PseudoObjectExpr::Create(Context, SyntacticForm, SemanticForm, 2); |
14059 | } |
14060 | |
14061 | static bool PrepareArgumentsForCallToObjectOfClassType( |
14062 | Sema &S, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &MethodArgs, CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
14063 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation LParenLoc) { |
14064 | |
14065 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
14066 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
14067 | unsigned NumArgsSlots = |
14068 | MethodArgs.size() + std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams); |
14069 | // Build the full argument list for the method call (the implicit object |
14070 | // parameter is placed at the beginning of the list). |
14071 | MethodArgs.reserve(MethodArgs.size() + NumArgsSlots); |
14072 | bool IsError = false; |
14073 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter. |
14074 | // Check the argument types. |
14075 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; i++) { |
14076 | Expr *Arg; |
14077 | if (i < Args.size()) { |
14078 | Arg = Args[i]; |
14079 | ExprResult InputInit = |
14080 | S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
14081 | S.Context, Method->getParamDecl(i)), |
14082 | SourceLocation(), Arg); |
14083 | IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid(); |
14084 | Arg = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); |
14085 | } else { |
14086 | ExprResult DefArg = |
14087 | S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i)); |
14088 | if (DefArg.isInvalid()) { |
14089 | IsError = true; |
14090 | break; |
14091 | } |
14092 | Arg = DefArg.getAs<Expr>(); |
14093 | } |
14094 | |
14095 | MethodArgs.push_back(Arg); |
14096 | } |
14097 | return IsError; |
14098 | } |
14099 | |
14100 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
14101 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
14102 | Expr *Base, |
14103 | MultiExprArg ArgExpr) { |
14104 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Args; |
14105 | Args.push_back(Base); |
14106 | for (auto e : ArgExpr) { |
14107 | Args.push_back(e); |
14108 | } |
14109 | DeclarationName OpName = |
14110 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript); |
14111 | |
14112 | SourceRange Range = ArgExpr.empty() |
14113 | ? SourceRange{} |
14114 | : SourceRange(ArgExpr.front()->getBeginLoc(), |
14115 | ArgExpr.back()->getEndLoc()); |
14116 | |
14117 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent |
14118 | // expression. |
14119 | if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) { |
14120 | |
14121 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators |
14122 | // CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword? |
14123 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc); |
14124 | OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); |
14125 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( |
14126 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); |
14127 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) |
14128 | return ExprError(); |
14129 | // Can't add any actual overloads yet |
14130 | |
14131 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn.get(), Args, |
14132 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, RLoc, |
14133 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14134 | } |
14135 | |
14136 | // Handle placeholders |
14137 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; |
14138 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { |
14139 | return ExprError(); |
14140 | } |
14141 | // Build an empty overload set. |
14142 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); |
14143 | |
14144 | // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function. |
14145 | |
14146 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. |
14147 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); |
14148 | |
14149 | // Add builtin operator candidates. |
14150 | if (Args.size() == 2) |
14151 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); |
14152 | |
14153 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
14154 | |
14155 | // Perform overload resolution. |
14156 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
14157 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) { |
14158 | case OR_Success: { |
14159 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. |
14160 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; |
14161 | |
14162 | if (FnDecl) { |
14163 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that |
14164 | // operator. |
14165 | |
14166 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], ArgExpr, Best->FoundDecl); |
14167 | |
14168 | // Convert the arguments. |
14169 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl); |
14170 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> MethodArgs; |
14171 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( |
14172 | Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Best->FoundDecl, Method); |
14173 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) |
14174 | return ExprError(); |
14175 | |
14176 | MethodArgs.push_back(Arg0.get()); |
14177 | bool IsError = PrepareArgumentsForCallToObjectOfClassType( |
14178 | *this, MethodArgs, Method, ArgExpr, LLoc); |
14179 | if (IsError) |
14180 | return ExprError(); |
14181 | |
14182 | // Build the actual expression node. |
14183 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(OpName, LLoc); |
14184 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); |
14185 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr( |
14186 | *this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, Base, HadMultipleCandidates, |
14187 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), OpLocInfo.getInfo()); |
14188 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) |
14189 | return ExprError(); |
14190 | |
14191 | // Determine the result type |
14192 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); |
14193 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); |
14194 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
14195 | |
14196 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( |
14197 | Context, OO_Subscript, FnExpr.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RLoc, |
14198 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14199 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), LLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) |
14200 | return ExprError(); |
14201 | |
14202 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, |
14203 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) |
14204 | return ExprError(); |
14205 | |
14206 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), |
14207 | FnDecl); |
14208 | } else { |
14209 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then |
14210 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in |
14211 | // operator node. |
14212 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( |
14213 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], |
14214 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); |
14215 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) |
14216 | return ExprError(); |
14217 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); |
14218 | |
14219 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( |
14220 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], |
14221 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); |
14222 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) |
14223 | return ExprError(); |
14224 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); |
14225 | |
14226 | break; |
14227 | } |
14228 | } |
14229 | |
14230 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { |
14231 | PartialDiagnostic PD = |
14232 | CandidateSet.empty() |
14233 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) |
14234 | << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0 |
14235 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range) |
14236 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript) |
14237 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range); |
14238 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PD), *this, |
14239 | OCD_AllCandidates, ArgExpr, "[]", LLoc); |
14240 | return ExprError(); |
14241 | } |
14242 | |
14243 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
14244 | if (Args.size() == 2) { |
14245 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14246 | PartialDiagnosticAt( |
14247 | LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) |
14248 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() |
14249 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range), |
14250 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); |
14251 | } else { |
14252 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14253 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, |
14254 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_subscript_call) |
14255 | << Args[0]->getType() |
14256 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range), |
14257 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); |
14258 | } |
14259 | return ExprError(); |
14260 | |
14261 | case OR_Deleted: |
14262 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14263 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) |
14264 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() |
14265 | << Range), |
14266 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); |
14267 | return ExprError(); |
14268 | } |
14269 | |
14270 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. |
14271 | return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc); |
14272 | } |
14273 | |
14274 | /// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member |
14275 | /// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member |
14276 | /// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the |
14277 | /// arguments to the function call (not including the object |
14278 | /// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member |
14279 | /// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded |
14280 | /// member function. |
14281 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE, |
14282 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
14283 | MultiExprArg Args, |
14284 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
14285 | Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig, |
14286 | bool AllowRecovery) { |
14287 | assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||(static_cast <bool> (MemExprE->getType() == Context. BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14288, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
14288 | MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (MemExprE->getType() == Context. BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14288, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14289 | |
14290 | // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object |
14291 | // argument and the member function we're referring to. |
14292 | Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens(); |
14293 | |
14294 | // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. |
14295 | if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) { |
14296 | assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)(static_cast <bool> (op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14296, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14297 | assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)(static_cast <bool> (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14297, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14298 | |
14299 | QualType fnType = |
14300 | op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
14301 | |
14302 | const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
14303 | QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context); |
14304 | ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getReturnType()); |
14305 | |
14306 | // Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the |
14307 | // member function we're calling. |
14308 | Qualifiers funcQuals = proto->getMethodQuals(); |
14309 | |
14310 | QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType(); |
14311 | if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) |
14312 | objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
14313 | Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers(); |
14314 | |
14315 | Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals; |
14316 | difference.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
14317 | difference.removeAddressSpace(); |
14318 | if (difference) { |
14319 | std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString(); |
14320 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals) |
14321 | << fnType.getUnqualifiedType() |
14322 | << qualsString |
14323 | << (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2); |
14324 | } |
14325 | |
14326 | CXXMemberCallExpr *call = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( |
14327 | Context, MemExprE, Args, resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc, |
14328 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), proto->getNumParams()); |
14329 | |
14330 | if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getReturnType(), op->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), |
14331 | call, nullptr)) |
14332 | return ExprError(); |
14333 | |
14334 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, nullptr, proto, Args, RParenLoc)) |
14335 | return ExprError(); |
14336 | |
14337 | if (CheckOtherCall(call, proto)) |
14338 | return ExprError(); |
14339 | |
14340 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(call); |
14341 | } |
14342 | |
14343 | // We only try to build a recovery expr at this level if we can preserve |
14344 | // the return type, otherwise we return ExprError() and let the caller |
14345 | // recover. |
14346 | auto BuildRecoveryExpr = [&](QualType Type) { |
14347 | if (!AllowRecovery) |
14348 | return ExprError(); |
14349 | std::vector<Expr *> SubExprs = {MemExprE}; |
14350 | llvm::append_range(SubExprs, Args); |
14351 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(MemExprE->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, |
14352 | Type); |
14353 | }; |
14354 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) |
14355 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, MemExprE, Args, Context.VoidTy, VK_PRValue, |
14356 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14357 | |
14358 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; |
14359 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) |
14360 | return ExprError(); |
14361 | |
14362 | MemberExpr *MemExpr; |
14363 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr; |
14364 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_public); |
14365 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr; |
14366 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { |
14367 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); |
14368 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()); |
14369 | FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl(); |
14370 | Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier(); |
14371 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); |
14372 | } else { |
14373 | UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); |
14374 | Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier(); |
14375 | |
14376 | QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType(); |
14377 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification |
14378 | = UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue() |
14379 | : UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context); |
14380 | |
14381 | // Add overload candidates |
14382 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), |
14383 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
14384 | |
14385 | // FIXME: avoid copy. |
14386 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
14387 | if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
14388 | UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); |
14389 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; |
14390 | } |
14391 | |
14392 | for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(), |
14393 | E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
14394 | |
14395 | NamedDecl *Func = *I; |
14396 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()); |
14397 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)) |
14398 | Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl(); |
14399 | |
14400 | |
14401 | // Microsoft supports direct constructor calls. |
14402 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { |
14403 | AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), Args, |
14404 | CandidateSet, |
14405 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/ false); |
14406 | } else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) { |
14407 | // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a |
14408 | // non-template member function. |
14409 | if (TemplateArgs) |
14410 | continue; |
14411 | |
14412 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType, |
14413 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, |
14414 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); |
14415 | } else { |
14416 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( |
14417 | cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), ActingDC, |
14418 | TemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, |
14419 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); |
14420 | } |
14421 | } |
14422 | |
14423 | DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName(); |
14424 | |
14425 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); |
14426 | |
14427 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
14428 | bool Succeeded = false; |
14429 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getBeginLoc(), |
14430 | Best)) { |
14431 | case OR_Success: |
14432 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); |
14433 | FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl; |
14434 | CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl); |
14435 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) |
14436 | break; |
14437 | // If FoundDecl is different from Method (such as if one is a template |
14438 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is |
14439 | // called on both. |
14440 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying |
14441 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl |
14442 | // being used. |
14443 | if (Method != FoundDecl.getDecl() && |
14444 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) |
14445 | break; |
14446 | Succeeded = true; |
14447 | break; |
14448 | |
14449 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
14450 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14451 | PartialDiagnosticAt( |
14452 | UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), |
14453 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) |
14454 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), |
14455 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
14456 | break; |
14457 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
14458 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14459 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), |
14460 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call) |
14461 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), |
14462 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); |
14463 | break; |
14464 | case OR_Deleted: |
14465 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14466 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), |
14467 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call) |
14468 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), |
14469 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
14470 | break; |
14471 | } |
14472 | // Overload resolution fails, try to recover. |
14473 | if (!Succeeded) |
14474 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(chooseRecoveryType(CandidateSet, &Best)); |
14475 | |
14476 | MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method); |
14477 | |
14478 | // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a |
14479 | // non-member call based on that function. |
14480 | if (Method->isStatic()) { |
14481 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, |
14482 | ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); |
14483 | } |
14484 | |
14485 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens()); |
14486 | } |
14487 | |
14488 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); |
14489 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); |
14490 | ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
14491 | |
14492 | assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?")(static_cast <bool> (Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Member call to something that isn't a method?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14492, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14493 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
14494 | CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( |
14495 | Context, MemExprE, Args, ResultType, VK, RParenLoc, |
14496 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Proto->getNumParams()); |
14497 | |
14498 | // Check for a valid return type. |
14499 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(), |
14500 | TheCall, Method)) |
14501 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); |
14502 | |
14503 | // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call). |
14504 | // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise |
14505 | // it was done at lookup. |
14506 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { |
14507 | ExprResult ObjectArg = |
14508 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier, |
14509 | FoundDecl, Method); |
14510 | if (ObjectArg.isInvalid()) |
14511 | return ExprError(); |
14512 | MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.get()); |
14513 | } |
14514 | |
14515 | // Convert the rest of the arguments |
14516 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, |
14517 | RParenLoc)) |
14518 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); |
14519 | |
14520 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); |
14521 | |
14522 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) |
14523 | return ExprError(); |
14524 | |
14525 | // In the case the method to call was not selected by the overloading |
14526 | // resolution process, we still need to handle the enable_if attribute. Do |
14527 | // that here, so it will not hide previous -- and more relevant -- errors. |
14528 | if (auto *MemE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { |
14529 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = |
14530 | CheckEnableIf(Method, LParenLoc, Args, true)) { |
14531 | Diag(MemE->getMemberLoc(), |
14532 | diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) |
14533 | << Method << Method->getSourceRange(); |
14534 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), |
14535 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) |
14536 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); |
14537 | return ExprError(); |
14538 | } |
14539 | } |
14540 | |
14541 | if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) || |
14542 | isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) && |
14543 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) { |
14544 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl(); |
14545 | |
14546 | if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()) && |
14547 | MemExpr->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { |
14548 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), |
14549 | diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor) |
14550 | << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext) |
14551 | << MD->getParent(); |
14552 | |
14553 | Diag(MD->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName(); |
14554 | if (getLangOpts().AppleKext) |
14555 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_pure_qualified_call_kext) |
14556 | << MD->getParent() << MD->getDeclName(); |
14557 | } |
14558 | } |
14559 | |
14560 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = |
14561 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(TheCall->getMethodDecl())) { |
14562 | // a->A::f() doesn't go through the vtable, except in AppleKext mode. |
14563 | bool CallCanBeVirtual = !MemExpr->hasQualifier() || getLangOpts().AppleKext; |
14564 | CheckVirtualDtorCall(DD, MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), /*IsDelete=*/false, |
14565 | CallCanBeVirtual, /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/true, |
14566 | MemExpr->getMemberLoc()); |
14567 | } |
14568 | |
14569 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), |
14570 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()); |
14571 | } |
14572 | |
14573 | /// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class |
14574 | /// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an |
14575 | /// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a |
14576 | /// user-defined conversion on the object argument. |
14577 | ExprResult |
14578 | Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj, |
14579 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
14580 | MultiExprArg Args, |
14581 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
14582 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj)) |
14583 | return ExprError(); |
14584 | ExprResult Object = Obj; |
14585 | |
14586 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; |
14587 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) |
14588 | return ExprError(); |
14589 | |
14590 | assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType () && "Requires object type argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14591, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
14591 | "Requires object type argument")(static_cast <bool> (Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType () && "Requires object type argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14591, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14592 | |
14593 | // C++ [over.call.object]p1: |
14594 | // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax |
14595 | // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of |
14596 | // candidate functions includes at least the function call |
14597 | // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by |
14598 | // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of |
14599 | // (E).operator(). |
14600 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc, |
14601 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); |
14602 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); |
14603 | |
14604 | if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(), |
14605 | diag::err_incomplete_object_call, Object.get())) |
14606 | return true; |
14607 | |
14608 | const auto *Record = Object.get()->getType()->castAs<RecordType>(); |
14609 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
14610 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl()); |
14611 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
14612 | |
14613 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); |
14614 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { |
14615 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(), |
14616 | Object.get()->Classify(Context), Args, CandidateSet, |
14617 | /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); |
14618 | } |
14619 | |
14620 | // C++ [over.call.object]p2: |
14621 | // In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function |
14622 | // declared in T of the form |
14623 | // |
14624 | // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier; |
14625 | // |
14626 | // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a |
14627 | // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id |
14628 | // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning |
14629 | // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of |
14630 | // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function |
14631 | // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...] |
14632 | // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly, |
14633 | // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate |
14634 | // functions for each conversion function declared in an |
14635 | // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden |
14636 | // within T by another intervening declaration. |
14637 | const auto &Conversions = |
14638 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); |
14639 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
14640 | NamedDecl *D = *I; |
14641 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); |
14642 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
14643 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
14644 | |
14645 | // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't |
14646 | // surrogates. |
14647 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
14648 | continue; |
14649 | |
14650 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); |
14651 | if (!Conv->isExplicit()) { |
14652 | // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if |
14653 | // any) to get down to what might be a function type. |
14654 | QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); |
14655 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
14656 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); |
14657 | |
14658 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
14659 | { |
14660 | AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto, |
14661 | Object.get(), Args, CandidateSet); |
14662 | } |
14663 | } |
14664 | } |
14665 | |
14666 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
14667 | |
14668 | // Perform overload resolution. |
14669 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
14670 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), |
14671 | Best)) { |
14672 | case OR_Success: |
14673 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call |
14674 | // below. |
14675 | break; |
14676 | |
14677 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { |
14678 | PartialDiagnostic PD = |
14679 | CandidateSet.empty() |
14680 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) |
14681 | << Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1 |
14682 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()) |
14683 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call) |
14684 | << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange()); |
14685 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14686 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), PD), *this, |
14687 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
14688 | break; |
14689 | } |
14690 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
14691 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14692 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), |
14693 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call) |
14694 | << Object.get()->getType() |
14695 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), |
14696 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); |
14697 | break; |
14698 | |
14699 | case OR_Deleted: |
14700 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14701 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), |
14702 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call) |
14703 | << Object.get()->getType() |
14704 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), |
14705 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
14706 | break; |
14707 | } |
14708 | |
14709 | if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) |
14710 | return true; |
14711 | |
14712 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); |
14713 | |
14714 | if (Best->Function == nullptr) { |
14715 | // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the |
14716 | // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function. |
14717 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv |
14718 | = cast<CXXConversionDecl>( |
14719 | Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction); |
14720 | |
14721 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, |
14722 | Best->FoundDecl); |
14723 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc)) |
14724 | return ExprError(); |
14725 | assert(Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() &&(static_cast <bool> (Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl () && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
14726 | "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!")(static_cast <bool> (Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl () && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14726, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14727 | // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the |
14728 | // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion |
14729 | // on the object argument, then let BuildCallExpr finish the job. |
14730 | |
14731 | // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator. |
14732 | // and then call it. |
14733 | ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl, |
14734 | Conv, HadMultipleCandidates); |
14735 | if (Call.isInvalid()) |
14736 | return ExprError(); |
14737 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. |
14738 | Call = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( |
14739 | Context, Call.get()->getType(), CK_UserDefinedConversion, Call.get(), |
14740 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14741 | |
14742 | return BuildCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc); |
14743 | } |
14744 | |
14745 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); |
14746 | |
14747 | // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr |
14748 | // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object |
14749 | // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments. |
14750 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); |
14751 | |
14752 | // An error diagnostic has already been printed when parsing the declaration. |
14753 | if (Method->isInvalidDecl()) |
14754 | return ExprError(); |
14755 | |
14756 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
14757 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
14758 | |
14759 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo( |
14760 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call), LParenLoc); |
14761 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); |
14762 | ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, |
14763 | Obj, HadMultipleCandidates, |
14764 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), |
14765 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); |
14766 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) |
14767 | return true; |
14768 | |
14769 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> MethodArgs; |
14770 | MethodArgs.reserve(NumParams + 1); |
14771 | |
14772 | bool IsError = false; |
14773 | |
14774 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter. |
14775 | ExprResult ObjRes = |
14776 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, |
14777 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); |
14778 | if (ObjRes.isInvalid()) |
14779 | IsError = true; |
14780 | else |
14781 | Object = ObjRes; |
14782 | MethodArgs.push_back(Object.get()); |
14783 | |
14784 | IsError |= PrepareArgumentsForCallToObjectOfClassType( |
14785 | *this, MethodArgs, Method, Args, LParenLoc); |
14786 | |
14787 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". |
14788 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { |
14789 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). |
14790 | for (unsigned i = NumParams, e = Args.size(); i < e; i++) { |
14791 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, |
14792 | nullptr); |
14793 | IsError |= Arg.isInvalid(); |
14794 | MethodArgs.push_back(Arg.get()); |
14795 | } |
14796 | } |
14797 | |
14798 | if (IsError) |
14799 | return true; |
14800 | |
14801 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); |
14802 | |
14803 | // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly owned. |
14804 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); |
14805 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); |
14806 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
14807 | |
14808 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( |
14809 | Context, OO_Call, NewFn.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc, |
14810 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14811 | |
14812 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), LParenLoc, TheCall, Method)) |
14813 | return true; |
14814 | |
14815 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) |
14816 | return true; |
14817 | |
14818 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); |
14819 | } |
14820 | |
14821 | /// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator-> |
14822 | /// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and |
14823 | /// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find. |
14824 | ExprResult |
14825 | Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
14826 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound) { |
14827 | assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Base->getType()->isRecordType () && "left-hand side must have class type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14828, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
14828 | "left-hand side must have class type")(static_cast <bool> (Base->getType()->isRecordType () && "left-hand side must have class type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14828, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
14829 | |
14830 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base)) |
14831 | return ExprError(); |
14832 | |
14833 | SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc(); |
14834 | |
14835 | // C++ [over.ref]p1: |
14836 | // |
14837 | // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m |
14838 | // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if |
14839 | // the operator is selected as the best match function by the |
14840 | // overload resolution mechanism (13.3). |
14841 | DeclarationName OpName = |
14842 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow); |
14843 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); |
14844 | |
14845 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(), |
14846 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag, Base)) |
14847 | return ExprError(); |
14848 | |
14849 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
14850 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Base->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
14851 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
14852 | |
14853 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); |
14854 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { |
14855 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context), |
14856 | None, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); |
14857 | } |
14858 | |
14859 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
14860 | |
14861 | // Perform overload resolution. |
14862 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
14863 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { |
14864 | case OR_Success: |
14865 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below. |
14866 | break; |
14867 | |
14868 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { |
14869 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); |
14870 | if (CandidateSet.empty()) { |
14871 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); |
14872 | if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { |
14873 | // Report this specific error to the caller instead of emitting a |
14874 | // diagnostic, as requested. |
14875 | *NoArrowOperatorFound = true; |
14876 | return ExprError(); |
14877 | } |
14878 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) |
14879 | << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); |
14880 | if (BaseType->isRecordType() && !BaseType->isPointerType()) { |
14881 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) |
14882 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); |
14883 | } |
14884 | } else |
14885 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) |
14886 | << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange(); |
14887 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Base, Cands); |
14888 | return ExprError(); |
14889 | } |
14890 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
14891 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14892 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) |
14893 | << "->" << Base->getType() |
14894 | << Base->getSourceRange()), |
14895 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Base); |
14896 | return ExprError(); |
14897 | |
14898 | case OR_Deleted: |
14899 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14900 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) |
14901 | << "->" << Base->getSourceRange()), |
14902 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); |
14903 | return ExprError(); |
14904 | } |
14905 | |
14906 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); |
14907 | |
14908 | // Convert the object parameter. |
14909 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); |
14910 | ExprResult BaseResult = |
14911 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, |
14912 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); |
14913 | if (BaseResult.isInvalid()) |
14914 | return ExprError(); |
14915 | Base = BaseResult.get(); |
14916 | |
14917 | // Build the operator call. |
14918 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, |
14919 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); |
14920 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) |
14921 | return ExprError(); |
14922 | |
14923 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); |
14924 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); |
14925 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
14926 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = |
14927 | CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.get(), Base, |
14928 | ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
14929 | |
14930 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, Method)) |
14931 | return ExprError(); |
14932 | |
14933 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, |
14934 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) |
14935 | return ExprError(); |
14936 | |
14937 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); |
14938 | } |
14939 | |
14940 | /// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call to |
14941 | /// a literal operator described by the provided lookup results. |
14942 | ExprResult Sema::BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
14943 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
14944 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, |
14945 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
14946 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
14947 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = SuffixInfo.getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(); |
14948 | |
14949 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UDSuffixLoc, |
14950 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
14951 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, CandidateSet, |
14952 | TemplateArgs); |
14953 | |
14954 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); |
14955 | |
14956 | // Perform overload resolution. This will usually be trivial, but might need |
14957 | // to perform substitutions for a literal operator template. |
14958 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
14959 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UDSuffixLoc, Best)) { |
14960 | case OR_Success: |
14961 | case OR_Deleted: |
14962 | break; |
14963 | |
14964 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: |
14965 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14966 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UDSuffixLoc, |
14967 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) |
14968 | << R.getLookupName()), |
14969 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); |
14970 | return ExprError(); |
14971 | |
14972 | case OR_Ambiguous: |
14973 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( |
14974 | PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) |
14975 | << R.getLookupName()), |
14976 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); |
14977 | return ExprError(); |
14978 | } |
14979 | |
14980 | FunctionDecl *FD = Best->Function; |
14981 | ExprResult Fn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FD, Best->FoundDecl, |
14982 | nullptr, HadMultipleCandidates, |
14983 | SuffixInfo.getLoc(), |
14984 | SuffixInfo.getInfo()); |
14985 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) |
14986 | return true; |
14987 | |
14988 | // Check the argument types. This should almost always be a no-op, except |
14989 | // that array-to-pointer decay is applied to string literals. |
14990 | Expr *ConvArgs[2]; |
14991 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { |
14992 | ExprResult InputInit = PerformCopyInitialization( |
14993 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)), |
14994 | SourceLocation(), Args[ArgIdx]); |
14995 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) |
14996 | return true; |
14997 | ConvArgs[ArgIdx] = InputInit.get(); |
14998 | } |
14999 | |
15000 | QualType ResultTy = FD->getReturnType(); |
15001 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); |
15002 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
15003 | |
15004 | UserDefinedLiteral *UDL = UserDefinedLiteral::Create( |
15005 | Context, Fn.get(), llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvArgs, Args.size()), ResultTy, |
15006 | VK, LitEndLoc, UDSuffixLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15007 | |
15008 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FD->getReturnType(), UDSuffixLoc, UDL, FD)) |
15009 | return ExprError(); |
15010 | |
15011 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FD, UDL, nullptr)) |
15012 | return ExprError(); |
15013 | |
15014 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(UDL), FD); |
15015 | } |
15016 | |
15017 | /// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the |
15018 | /// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which |
15019 | /// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument |
15020 | /// dependent lookup. |
15021 | /// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success, |
15022 | /// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value |
15023 | /// is returned. |
15024 | Sema::ForRangeStatus |
15025 | Sema::BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
15026 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
15027 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
15028 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
15029 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
15030 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr) { |
15031 | Scope *S = nullptr; |
15032 | |
15033 | CandidateSet->clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
15034 | if (!MemberLookup.empty()) { |
15035 | ExprResult MemberRef = |
15036 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Range, Range->getType(), Loc, |
15037 | /*IsPtr=*/false, CXXScopeSpec(), |
15038 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
15039 | /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, |
15040 | MemberLookup, |
15041 | /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); |
15042 | if (MemberRef.isInvalid()) { |
15043 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); |
15044 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; |
15045 | } |
15046 | *CallExpr = BuildCallExpr(S, MemberRef.get(), Loc, None, Loc, nullptr); |
15047 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid()) { |
15048 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); |
15049 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; |
15050 | } |
15051 | } else { |
15052 | ExprResult FnR = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(/*NamingClass=*/nullptr, |
15053 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), |
15054 | NameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); |
15055 | if (FnR.isInvalid()) |
15056 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; |
15057 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnR.get()); |
15058 | |
15059 | bool CandidateSetError = buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, Fn, Range, Loc, |
15060 | CandidateSet, CallExpr); |
15061 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || CandidateSetError) { |
15062 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); |
15063 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; |
15064 | } |
15065 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
15066 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = |
15067 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); |
15068 | |
15069 | if (OverloadResult == OR_No_Viable_Function) { |
15070 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); |
15071 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; |
15072 | } |
15073 | *CallExpr = FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, Fn, Loc, Range, |
15074 | Loc, nullptr, CandidateSet, &Best, |
15075 | OverloadResult, |
15076 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/false); |
15077 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid() || OverloadResult != OR_Success) { |
15078 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); |
15079 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; |
15080 | } |
15081 | } |
15082 | return FRS_Success; |
15083 | } |
15084 | |
15085 | |
15086 | /// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to |
15087 | /// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and |
15088 | /// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function |
15089 | /// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to |
15090 | /// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr. |
15091 | Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found, |
15092 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { |
15093 | if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { |
15094 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), |
15095 | Found, Fn); |
15096 | if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr()) |
15097 | return PE; |
15098 | |
15099 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr); |
15100 | } |
15101 | |
15102 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { |
15103 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), |
15104 | Found, Fn); |
15105 | assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15107, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
15106 | SubExpr->getType()) &&(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15107, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
15107 | "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload")(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15107, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
15108 | assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?")(static_cast <bool> (ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICE->path_empty() && \"fixing up hierarchy conversion?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15108, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
15109 | if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr()) |
15110 | return ICE; |
15111 | |
15112 | return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), |
15113 | SubExpr, nullptr, ICE->getValueKind(), |
15114 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15115 | } |
15116 | |
15117 | if (auto *GSE = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)) { |
15118 | if (!GSE->isResultDependent()) { |
15119 | Expr *SubExpr = |
15120 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(GSE->getResultExpr(), Found, Fn); |
15121 | if (SubExpr == GSE->getResultExpr()) |
15122 | return GSE; |
15123 | |
15124 | // Replace the resulting type information before rebuilding the generic |
15125 | // selection expression. |
15126 | ArrayRef<Expr *> A = GSE->getAssocExprs(); |
15127 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs(A.begin(), A.end()); |
15128 | unsigned ResultIdx = GSE->getResultIndex(); |
15129 | AssocExprs[ResultIdx] = SubExpr; |
15130 | |
15131 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( |
15132 | Context, GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), |
15133 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs, GSE->getDefaultLoc(), |
15134 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), |
15135 | ResultIdx); |
15136 | } |
15137 | // Rather than fall through to the unreachable, return the original generic |
15138 | // selection expression. |
15139 | return GSE; |
15140 | } |
15141 | |
15142 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { |
15143 | assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15144, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
15144 | "Can only take the address of an overloaded function")(static_cast <bool> (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15144, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
15145 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { |
15146 | if (Method->isStatic()) { |
15147 | // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different |
15148 | // from non-member functions. |
15149 | } else { |
15150 | // Fix the subexpression, which really has to be an |
15151 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function |
15152 | // or template. |
15153 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), |
15154 | Found, Fn); |
15155 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) |
15156 | return UnOp; |
15157 | |
15158 | assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)(static_cast <bool> (isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15159, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
15159 | && "fixed to something other than a decl ref")(static_cast <bool> (isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15159, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
15160 | assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()(static_cast <bool> (cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)-> getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15161, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
15161 | && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier")(static_cast <bool> (cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)-> getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15161, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
15162 | |
15163 | // We have taken the address of a pointer to member |
15164 | // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the |
15165 | // appropriate pointer to member type. |
15166 | QualType ClassType |
15167 | = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); |
15168 | QualType MemPtrType |
15169 | = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr()); |
15170 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
15171 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
15172 | (void)isCompleteType(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), MemPtrType); |
15173 | |
15174 | return UnaryOperator::Create( |
15175 | Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, |
15176 | UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15177 | } |
15178 | } |
15179 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), |
15180 | Found, Fn); |
15181 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) |
15182 | return UnOp; |
15183 | |
15184 | // FIXME: This can't currently fail, but in principle it could. |
15185 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), UO_AddrOf, SubExpr) |
15186 | .get(); |
15187 | } |
15188 | |
15189 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { |
15190 | // FIXME: avoid copy. |
15191 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
15192 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
15193 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); |
15194 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; |
15195 | } |
15196 | |
15197 | QualType Type = Fn->getType(); |
15198 | ExprValueKind ValueKind = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_LValue : VK_PRValue; |
15199 | |
15200 | // FIXME: Duplicated from BuildDeclarationNameExpr. |
15201 | if (unsigned BID = Fn->getBuiltinID()) { |
15202 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isDirectlyAddressable(BID)) { |
15203 | Type = Context.BuiltinFnTy; |
15204 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; |
15205 | } |
15206 | } |
15207 | |
15208 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( |
15209 | Fn, Type, ValueKind, ULE->getNameInfo(), ULE->getQualifierLoc(), |
15210 | Found.getDecl(), ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); |
15211 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1); |
15212 | return DRE; |
15213 | } |
15214 | |
15215 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) { |
15216 | // FIXME: avoid copy. |
15217 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
15218 | if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
15219 | MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); |
15220 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; |
15221 | } |
15222 | |
15223 | Expr *Base; |
15224 | |
15225 | // If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an |
15226 | // implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref. |
15227 | if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) { |
15228 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { |
15229 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( |
15230 | Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, MemExpr->getNameInfo(), |
15231 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), |
15232 | MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); |
15233 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); |
15234 | return DRE; |
15235 | } else { |
15236 | SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc(); |
15237 | if (MemExpr->getQualifier()) |
15238 | Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
15239 | Base = |
15240 | BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, MemExpr->getBaseType(), /*IsImplicit=*/true); |
15241 | } |
15242 | } else |
15243 | Base = MemExpr->getBase(); |
15244 | |
15245 | ExprValueKind valueKind; |
15246 | QualType type; |
15247 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { |
15248 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
15249 | type = Fn->getType(); |
15250 | } else { |
15251 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
15252 | type = Context.BoundMemberTy; |
15253 | } |
15254 | |
15255 | return BuildMemberExpr( |
15256 | Base, MemExpr->isArrow(), MemExpr->getOperatorLoc(), |
15257 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), Fn, Found, |
15258 | /*HadMultipleCandidates=*/true, MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(), |
15259 | type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary, TemplateArgs); |
15260 | } |
15261 | |
15262 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid reference to overloaded function" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15262); |
15263 | } |
15264 | |
15265 | ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E, |
15266 | DeclAccessPair Found, |
15267 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { |
15268 | return FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E.get(), Found, Fn); |
15269 | } |
15270 | |
15271 | bool clang::shouldEnforceArgLimit(bool PartialOverloading, |
15272 | FunctionDecl *Function) { |
15273 | if (!PartialOverloading || !Function) |
15274 | return true; |
15275 | if (Function->isVariadic()) |
15276 | return false; |
15277 | if (const auto *Proto = |
15278 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getFunctionType())) |
15279 | if (Proto->isTemplateVariadic()) |
15280 | return false; |
15281 | if (auto *Pattern = Function->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) |
15282 | if (const auto *Proto = |
15283 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Pattern->getFunctionType())) |
15284 | if (Proto->isTemplateVariadic()) |
15285 | return false; |
15286 | return true; |
15287 | } |